The URL can be used to link to this page

04/21/1985 ... I r RECEIVED .1 JUN 1 0 1985 ' PBSJ. INC. - ORLANDO I - I I . 7 -"1'___ ---_..) t..-----.-- , I r_____.._~"____ , ----- ....-- --..-----.----..--- I - '_0........, I Fi c' . --I ".-., --.----______.. 11 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MARATHON AIRPORT Marathon, Florida FOR THE COUNTY OF MONROE To OVERLAY AND GROOVE RUNWAY 7/25, MARK AND STRIPE RUNWAY 7/25 INSTALL MIRLS ON RUNWAY 7/25, INSTALL PAPI-4 ON RUNWAY 7/25, INSTALL LIGHTED WIND CONE, INSTALL SAFETY LIGHTING FOR COMMERCIAL SERVICE AND GENERAL AVIATION APRON AND INSTALL STAND-BY EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATOR AND ELECTRICAL VAULT FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION AlP Project No. 3-12-0044-04 MARCH 1985 POST, BUCKLEY, SCHUH & JERNIGAN, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS, PLANNERS, & SURVEYORS Orlando, Florida Project No. 401-405. lOA ADDENDUM NO. TO SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO: All Plan Holders FOR: Marathon Airport, AIP-04 BID DATE: April 2, 1985 PROJECT NO.: 401-404.10A This addendum sets forth changes and/or additional information as referenced and is hereby made a part of and should be attached to the subject Specifications and Contract Documents. SPECI FICATIONS: SHEET L-107-3 Paragraph 107-3.3 counterpoise should be No.6 not No.8. SHEET BF-6 Item 14-45W lamps should be 30W lamps. Item 17-PAPI-4 system, delete "L-828 4.0KW regulator, S-l cut out with enclosures". ENGINEERING DRAWINGS: SHEET 34 OF 43 SUMMARY OF QUANTITIES, ELECTRICAL SCHEDULE B: Item No. 14-45W lamps should be 30W lamps. Item No. 17 PAPI-4 system delete "L-828 4.0KW regulaton, S-l cut out with enclosures". SHEET 41 OF 43, PAPI INSTALLATION PLAN & DETAILS: Runway 7 PAPI units incorrectly shown on right side of runway, should be correctly shown on left side of runway. ~e~_~ homas E. DeHart 0'/9- Designer TABLE OF CONTENTS Title Page No. Advertisement Invitation for Bid Bid Form Bid Bond Contract Payment Bond Performance and Guaranty Bond Notice of Award Notice to Procure Notice to Proceed Final Release of Lien Appendix 1 - Wage & Labor, and EEO Requirements Appendix 2 - Minority Business Enterprise Program A-I IB-l BF-l BB-8 C-l PB-l PG...l N-l N-2 N-3 RL-l APl-l AP2-l SP1l8/030785 i Section 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Item P-151 P-152 P-154 P-211 P-401 P-402 P-602 P-603 P-609 P-61O P-620 P-627 SP118/031385 TABLE OF CONTENTS Project Safety Requirements DIVISION 1 (GENERAL PROVISIONS) Definition of Terms Proposal Requirements and Conditions Award and Execution of Contract Scope of Work Control of Work Control of Materials Legal Relations and Responsibility to Public Prosecution and Progress Measurement and Payment DIVISION II (PAVING CONSTRUCTION DETAILS) EARTHWORK Clearing and Grubbing Excavation and Embankment Subbase Course FLEXIBLE BASE COURS Lime Rock Base Course FLEXIBLE SURFACE COURSE Bituminous Surface Course Mi 11 i ng MISCELLANEOUS Bituminous Prime Coat Bituminous Tack Coat Seal Coats and Bituminous Surface Treatments Structural Portland Cement Concrete Runway and Taxiway Painting Bituminous Concrete Grooving i i Page No. S-l ~ GP-1 GP-6 GP -10 GP-13 GP -18 GP-24 GP-29 GP-40 GP-47 P-151-1 P-152-1 P-154-1 P-211-1 P-401-1 P-402-1 P-602-1 P-603-1 P-609-1 P-61O-1 P-620-1 P-627-1 Item F-162 L-107 L-108 L-109 L-110 L-125 L-841 L-843 L-844 L-845 T -611 SP1l8/031385 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) DIVISION III (FENCING) Page No. Chain Link Fences (Class E) F-162-1 DIVISION VI (LIGHTING INSTALLATION) Airport 8-Foot Wind Cones Airport Underground Cable Airport Transformer Vault and Equipment Airport Underground Electrical Duct Installation of Airport Lighting Systems Auxiliary Relay Cabinet Assembly Standby Power Generator System Fuel System Storage Tank Fire Protection L-107 -1 L-108-1 . L-109-1 L-llO-1 - L-125-1 L-841-1 L-843-1 L-844-1 L-895-1 DIVISION VII (TESTS AND APPENDIX) Compaction Control Tests T-611-1 i i i NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS MARATHON AIRPORT NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on Wednesday the 3rd day of April, 1985, at 2:30 P.M. a Committee consisting of the Clerk of Courts, the County Administrator, the County Attorney and the Director of Airports will open sealed bids at the Monroe County Clerk's Office, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida, for the following: SCHEDULE A, CIVIL: Overlay and groove Runway 7125, mark and stripe Runway 7125. SCHEDULE B, ELECTRICAL: Install MIRLS on Runway 7/25, install PAPI-4 on Runway 7/25, install lighted wind cone, install safety lighting for commercial service and general aviation apron and install stand-by emergency engine generator and electrical vault. All bids must be in the hands of the Clerk of the Board of County Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida, on or before 5:00 P.M. on April 2, 1985. All bids, including the recommendation of the County Administrator and the Director of Airports will be presented to the Board of County Commissioners-of Monroe County, Florida, at their April 12, 1985 meeting at the Marathon Sub- Courthouse, Marathon, Monroe County, Florida, for final awarding or otherwise. Plans, specifications and contract documents are open to public inspection at the Director of Airports' Office, or they may be obtained frGm the County's Consulting Engineer, Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc., 889 N. Orange Ave., Orlando, Fl. 32801, upon a deposit of a non-refundable check for $80.00 payable to Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc. Qualified contractors able to marshall suitable work forces, coordinate the required work and prosecute its timely execution according to the proposed schedule are being sought by the Owner. Each bidder shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence of competency to perform the proposed work, to submit bids, and to enter into contract with the County. A complete examination and understanding of the construction plans and specifications and the site of the proposed work are necessary in order for the bidder to submit a proposal prop- erly. Award, if made, shall be made by the Owner to the lowest qualified bid- der(s) whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the Owner. Award may be made for Schedule A, or Schedule B, or Schedules A and B together, with additive alternates, depending upon the availability of funds. Bidders must comp 1y with MBE and WBE requ i rements of Monroe County and furn i sh with the bid evidence of attempts and successes of obtaining MBE and WBE participation. It is the goal of Monroe County to obtain 10 percent MBE and 2 percent WBE participation in this project. Bidders shall submit MBE and WBE requirements of Appendix 2 with his bid. All bids shall be submitted as set forth in the INVITATION FOR BIDS and shall be accompaniE~d by a bid guarantee consisting of a firm commitment, such as a bid SP118/031Cl85 A-I bond, certified check or other negotiable instrument equivalent to five percent of the bid price as assurance that the bidder will, upon acceptance of his bid, execute s.uch contractual documents as may be required within the time specified. A Payment Bond and a Performance Bond and Guaranty Bond are required for execu-- tion of the contract in an amount equal to 100 percent of the contract amount. No bid may be withdrawn after closing time for receipt of bids for a period of ninety (90) days. The County of Monroe reserves the right to reject any or all bids or individual bid items and to readvertise. The bids shall be submitted in a sealed envelope plainly marked on the outside with the name and address of the Bidder, the name of the project for which the bid is submitted, the AlP Project No. 3-12-0044-04, and date of opening. If forwarded by mail, it shall be enclosed in another envelope addressed to Mr. Art R. Skelly, Director of Airports' Office, Key West International Airport, South Roosevelt Boulevard, Key West, Florida 33040. Bids received after the time and date specified will not be considered but will be returned unopened. This Contract is under and subject to Minimum Wage Rates as established by the Secretary of the U. S. Department of Labor and Executive Order 11246 of 24 September 1965, as amended, and to the Equal Employment Opportunity Clause, and applicable Civil rights clauses. Minority Business Enterprise Plan, Appendix.2, has been established to further stimulate minority-owned businesses and Monroe County endorses the use of minority banks and will furnish a list of these banks located in the State of Florida upon request. Dated at Key West, Florida, this 8th day of March, 1985. Danny L. Kolhage Clerk of the Circuit Court and ex officio Clerk of the Board of County Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida. SP118/031885 A-2 INVITATION FOR BIDS (Construction Contract) 1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK The work identified in the ADVERTISEMENT consists of airport civil and electrical work to be performed by a qualified contractor, as follows: SCHEDULE A, CIVIL: Overl ay and groove Runway 7/25, mark and stri pe Runway 7/25. SCHEDULE B, ELECTRICAL: Install MIRLS on Runway 7/25, install PAPI-4 on Runway 7/25, install lighted wind cone, install safety lighting for commercial service and general aviation apron and install stand-by emergency engine generator and electrical vault. The above general outline of features of the work does not in any way limit the responsibility of the contractor to perform all work and furnish equip- ment, materials, and labor required by the plans and specifications referred to therein. 2. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The bidder is cautioned to carefully read all specifications and prOV1Slons included in the Specifications and Contract Documents for the Marathon Airport, Marathon, Flori da, AlP Project No. 3-12-0044-04 and the project Plans. A complete listing of the plan sheets is shown in Section 10-34 of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. 2.1 ADDENDA - CHANGES WHILE BIDDING No interpretation of the meaning of the Plans, Specifications or other Contract Documents, nor correction of any apparent ambiguity, inconsistency or er-ror therein, will be made to any Bidder orally. Every request for such interpretation or correction should be in writing, addressed to the Engineer, Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc., 889 N. Orange Ave., Orlando, Florida 32801, and must be received at least nine (9) calendar days prior to opening of Bids in order to be given consideration. All such interpretations and supplemental instructions will be in the form of written Addenda to the Contract Documents which, if issued, will be mailed by certified mail to all prospective Bidders (to the address furnished to the Owner by the prospective Bidder for such purposes) not later than five (5) calendar days prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids. In case any Bidder fails to acknowledge receipt of any such Addendum in the space provided in the Bid Form, his Bid will nevertheless be construed as though the Addendum had been received and acknowledged, and the submission of his bid will constitute acknowledgement of the receipt of the same. Only the interpretation or correction so given by the Engineer, in writing, shall be binding, and prospective Bidders are warned that no other source SP 118/030785 IB-l is authorized to give information concerning, or to explain or interpret, the Contract Documents. 2.2 FEDERAL LAWS Contemplated construction shall be governed at all times by applicable pro- vis'ions of federal laws including, but not limited to, the latest amend- ments of: 2.2.1 Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements Equal Employment Opportunity and Labor Provisions are Specified in Appendix 1. Each Bidder shall complete, sign, and include in his Bid proposal the Equal Opportunity Report Statement and Certification of Non-segregated Facilities. When a determination has been made to award a . contract to a spec i fi c contractor, such contractor sha 11 furn i sh pert i nent i nformat i on regarding his own employment policies and practices as well as those of his proposed subcontractors as the FAA, the Owner, or the Secretary of Labor may require, prior to execution of contract. All such information required of a subcontractor shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Equal Opportunity Report Statement, Certification of Non-segregated Facilities, Equal Opportunity Clause, all other EEO requirements, and all applicable labor provisions shall be included in all non-exempt subcon- tracts entered into by the Contractor. No subcontract shall be awarded to a noncomplying subcontractor. In addition, the contractor will also insert in each of h-is subcontracts a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. 2.2.2 Minority Business Participation Minol'ity Business Participation provisions, according to Appendix 2. Each Bidder shall complete paragraph 9, Appendix 2, page AP2-1 describing proposed MBE subcontracts. Bidder shall demonstrate an honest and reason- able effect, to the best of the Bidder's ability, to obtain MBE participa- tion. When unable to develop MBE subcontractors, Bidder should document same for owner evaluation. When a determination has been made to award a contract to a specific con- tractor, as the apparent low responsive bidder, such contractor shall sub- mit to the sponsor, the assurances outlined in Appendix 2, prior to receiv- ing FAA's concurrence of award. 2.2.3 Fair Labor Requirements Labor provisions, according to Part 152, Airport Aid Program, are attached and made a part of this document as Appendix 1, Volume I. SP1l8/031885 IB-2 Minimum wage rates for the construction of the proposed work established by the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor. of labor classifications and corresponding prevailing wage included in Appendix 1. The wage rate determination of the Secretary of Labor incorporated in the advertised specifications does not include rates for the requested classifications listed below. The bidder is responsible for ascertaining the rates payable for such classifications and whether area practice requires their use in accomplishing the work. No inference concerning area practice is to be drawn from their omission. Further, the omission does not, per se, establish any liability to the Government for increased costs resulting from the use of such classifications. have been Schedules rates are Electrician, journeyman Electrician, "helper 2.2.4 Occupational, Safety & Health Requirements The Occupational, Safety and Health requirements as described or defined in the following act, regulation, or advisory circular shall apply to the exe- cution of this construction Contract: Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, Public Law 91- 596. Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations: Chapter 17, Occupational Safety and Health Administration; Part 1910, Occupational, Safety and Health Standards; and Part 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. FAA AC 150/5370-2A (8/2/76), Occupational Safety on Airports. 2.2.5 Anti-Kick Back Act A 11 Contractors and Subcontractors sha 11 comp ly with the Cope 1 and "Ant i- Kick Back" Act (18 U.S.C. 876) as supplemented in Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR, Part 3) and as described in Attachment 0, Procurement Standards, of the current Federal Register. 2.2.6 Clean Air Act of 1970 Contracts and subcontracts of amounts in excess of $100,000 shall require the recipient to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders, or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act of 1970, reference Attachment 0, Procurement Standards of the current Federal Register. 2.3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR APPARENT LOW RESPONSIVE BIDDER Contractor' ass i stance is essent i alto execute spec ifi c documents promptly to obtain FAA's concurrence of contract award, to execute a contract with the owner and to prepare for a contractor NOTICE TO PROCEED. Contractor' is I NSTRUCTED to carefu 11y study Genera 1 Prov is ions, Vo 1 ume II to understand what is expected during each phase of project construction. The SP118/031885 IB-3 owner will maintain all original bid forms and bid bond(s) on file for record purposes.. The contractor shall acquire FOUR copies of contract documents from the owne:t", complete, execute and submit documentation within one week to Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc. Specific items that must be completed and exe- cuted arE!: BID ITEMS - The contractor shall confirm with the owner's engineer, Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc., items to be awarded in the final contract, to determine final contract price. CONTRACT, PAYMENT, PERFORMANCE AND GUARANTY BONDS - Complete in the amount of final contract price, effective upon owner execution of contract. CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES, Appendix 1 - Complete. BID CONDITIONS, MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM, Appendix 2 - Complete. Submit Contractor qualifications according to Paragraph 20-02 of the specifications: o Tabulation of past experience: type and size of project: sched- ule performance. o Listing of equipment to be used on the project. o Resumes of superintendent and key personnel. o Evidence of financial responsibility. Upon notification of contract award concurrence by FAA, the following events must be completed prior to issue of a NOTICE TO PROCEED according to paragraph 80-02: Owner Notify contractor(s) of award and issue notice to procure materials, emphasizing need to order long lead time items immediately. Execute contract documents and forward copy to contractor(s) and FAA. Notify Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc., of contract award. Establish requirements for on-site construction observation services of full or part-time resident engineer(s), inspector(s) or manager(s) for the construction of the project. Submit proposed staffing and qualification resumes for Engineer and FAA approval. Establish pro- posed budget, including sufficient organization and briefing time to assure constractor control. Confirm with FAA. Establish quality control requirements for tesing services by a qual- ified testing laboratory. SP1l8/031885 18-4 . tion to perform such services must conform to OMB Circular A-102 and Section 287.055, Florida Statutes. Contractor(s) Prepare detailed procurement and construction schedule for immediate submittal to the owner, FAA and Engineer. Confirm all subcontractor names andmateri a 1 suppliers. When project involves more than one contractor, a detailed and coordinated work schedule shall be sub- mitted by each contractor identifying interaction required, timing of critical events, work progress and completion dates. Schedules shall be in sufficient detai 1 that each contractor commits and signs for work responsibilities as it affects others. SChedules shall be sub- mitted to the Engineer 48 hours prior to preconstruction conference, for review and approval. Submit certificates of insurance according to paragraph 70-11, speCifically identifying sponsor coverage and project insurance. Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc. Upon receipt, review and approval of procurement and construction schedu le from contractor( s), arrange and conduct preconstruct i on con- ference. Attendees shall include: OWNER or OWNERIS REPRESENTATIVE(S) o Director of Airports o Airport Manager o Financial Officer o Legal Counsel FAA - ADO Representative FAA - GADO Representative FDOT - District Representative POST, BUCKLEY, SCHUH & JERNIGAN, INC. - Project Manager - Construction Observer CONTRACTOR(S) Air Line Representatives National Weather Service Representative FIXED BASE OPERATOR(S) or tenants of airfield who would be affected by . progress of construction. Schedule NOTICE TO PROCEED. SP118/030785 IB-5 BID FORM (This form must not be detached from the Contract Documents) Director of Airports Key West International Airport South Roosevelt Boulevard Key West, Florida 33040 3 .L\pr: \ (Date Submitted) \ 9BS Gent 1 emen:: The bidder agrees, if this bid is accepted, to contract with Monroe County in the form of contract attached, to furnish all necessary materials, equipment, machinery,. tools, apparatus, means of transportation, and labor necessary to construct and complete the work covered by this bid and other contract documents for: SCHEDULE A, CIVIL: Overl ay and groove Runway 7/25, mark and stri pe Runway 7/25. SCHEDULE B, ELECTRI CAL : I nsta 11 MIRLS on Runway 7/25, i nsta 11 PAP I -4 on Runway 7/25, install lighted wind cone, install safety lighting for commer- cial service and general aviation apron and install stand-by emergency engine generator and electrical vault. at the Marathon Airport, Marathon, Florida; to furnish the prescribed Payment Bond and Performance and Guaranty Bond for not less than the total bid price; and to furnish the required evidence of the specified insurance. The bi dder' further declares that he has exami ned the site of the work and informed himself fully in regard to all conditions pertaining to the place where the work is to be done; that he has exami ned the pl ans for the work and other contract documents relative thereto and has read all of the addenda furnished prior to the opening of the bids as acknowledged below; and that he has satis- fied himself relative to the work to be performed. The undersigned further agrees that, in case of failure on his part to execute the said contract and furnish the said bond within ten (10) days after being notified of the award of the contract to him, the check or bid bond accompanying his bid, and the money payable thereon, shall be paid into the funds of Monroe County. It is undel~stood that the bid prices stated by the undersigned in the Summary of Quantities bid is based on the estimated quantities shown and will control in awarding the contract as provided in Section 30 of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. It is further understood that the quantities stated for various items in the Summary of Quantities are estimates only and may be increased or decreased as provided in the plans and specifications. SP118/030785 BF-l The bidder hereby further agrees if awarded the contract to commence work under this contract within ten (10) days according to 80-02 of the GENERAL PROVISIONS as amended. Such notification may be delayed pending delivery of critical mate- ri a 1 s and components. The bi dder further agrees that upon issuance of the NOTICE TO PROCEED by the owner~ he will complete the work according to the fol- lowing schedule. Schedule A Calendar Days . . 120 Liquidated Damages $200/day plus costs for resident construction observation Runway closure for both schedules must be accomplished at the same time to mini- mize closure~ and during June or July for a one week maximum period. The calendar days shall be defined as CONTRACT TIME according to 80-07 of the GENERAL PROVISIONS~ and if the contractor fails to complete the work within the scheduled time or any authorized extension thereof~ there shall be deducted from the contract price a sum consisting of $200 per day for costs for resident con- struction observation for each working day elapsing beyond the specified time for contract completion including satisfaction of all punch list items or any authorized extension thereof~ as indicated in the above schedule~ in accordance with 80-08 of the GENERAL PROVISIONS as fixed~ agreed~ and liquidated damages. The unders i gned ~ as bi dder ~ hereby declares that the only person or persons interested! in this bid as principal ~ or principals~ is or are named herein and that no person other than herein mentioned has any interest in this bid or in the contract to be entered into; that this bid is made without connection with any other person~ company or parties making a bid; and that it is in all respects fair and in good faith without collusion or fraud. The bidder declares that the prices bid herein reflect minimum wage rates estab- lished foy' this area by the Secretary of Labor of the United States Department of Labor. The bidder agrees to accept in full compensation for each item~ the price named therefor in the following SUMMARY OF QUANTITIES bid: SP 118/030785 BF-2 ~\\ . ~\\ <6\\ 0\\ CD vJ D () -..D tl) 0 - C'6 () ttj Vl ""t (t) ~ ~ ~ 0 -....9 ~ ....Q f- VJ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (1) ~ \() \\ ~~ a ...... '"0 U ~ ~ e~'~ \() ::> a... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '"0 ~I e >- >- l.L e e >- >- (/) l.L ...... e 0 o e 0 0 0 o e 0 co ::> f- (/) ...... u (/) f- f- (/) ...... U ---l (/) ~ ....... en I.C'l 0 N en 0 I.C'l ....... 0 1.0 o::t 1.0 0 I.C'l 0 ('\"') " 0 1.0 ('\"') I.C'l 0 ('\"') ('\"') en " 0 .. en 0 1.0 1.0 ('\"') ('\"') ....... 1.0 N ....... 1.0 ....... .. (/) U LU - ~ I- 0 - ~ I- co 0 Z ~ :3 .. U o::t ex: ex: (1) (1) ttj '"0 ~ 0 l.1.J (1) ttj ttj (1) ex: LI.. ---l ~ U U ......>, ('\"') 0 ::> ttj V"/ V"/ U ttj ....... I Cl e >'0.. l.L >- l.1.J ~ 0') 0') u E '"0 co 0=: :c (1) e e (1) (1) (1) ...... I u ~ ...... ~...... ~ .0 (/) '"0 '"0 ttj ttj ...... s::: u ~ :::> ...... ~ V"/ ~ 0 (/) '"0 ......... V"/ V"/ ...... :::l e ...... e ~ 0') 0 -oJ co (1) e 0 - -V"/ (1) (1) (1)...... V"/ '"0 > 0 V"/ (1) V"/ V"/'"O (1) V"/ - V"/ s::: ~ u ~ ~...... u 0 '"0 U (1)U :::l ttj ttj :::l :::l...... ttj ttj ~ e ~ 0 ~ ...... 0 OV"/ ~ ...... u ttj ttj~ u ~ ~ u u ~ ~ 0.. CO :::l (1) ~ :::l (1) :::l ~ .. u ~e (1) V"/ ~ U (1) (1)(1) V"/ ~ I U '"0 (1) U ttj U U~ ttj ~ (1) ~ ~ V"/ ttj 0') E ~ ttj ttj (1) 0') E (1) ~ V"/.c ...... (1) ~ e .0 ~ ~~ e V"/ .0 :::l ttj ex:~ ~ '"0 ttj ~ ~ u ...... '"0 ttj ~ ttj :::l ~ (1) ~ :::l :::le ~ (1) ~ ~ V"/ >,e (/) V"/ (/) (/)0 V"/ ...... e 0') ttj~ ...... ...... 0') u ...... ...... ttj 0') e ......(1) V"/ ~ >< ...... e V"/ ~ V"/ >< ...... e 0')...... ~~ :::l0 (1) E :::l0 :::lU (1) E 0.. ...... e U (1) ...... . 0 ~ U . 0 ~ 0...... U ~ e >ttj cteu 0') 0') ~ ~!~ e~ 0') 0') (1) ~ ...... 0 0 0 ...... ttj e e 0 ...... ...... e e 0 ...... ~ ...... ~ (1)E~ ...... ...... ~ (1)E~ E ttj ...... u ~ e ~ ~:::l ~:::l ...... e ~:::l :::l .c ...... >, e E ...... co ttj ~ >, ...... :::l ...... ttj ~ >, ~ 0.. :::l U (1) '..... (1) c...... ttj ttj (1) c...... ttj ...... V"/ ...... ttj (1) (1) '"0 e::: ~ E V"/ ~ co 0.. :E: :c e::: ~ co 0.. cottj :E: :c e::: e::: 0 u (1) V"/ (1) (1) s::: .. V"/ > 0 ~ ~ ~- (1) ttj ~ ...... ....... N ('\"') o::t ...... ....... N ('\"') o::t I.C'l 1.0 (1)1.0 1:::1 a... u ex: ex: E- ~co (1) ....... ....... ....... ('\"') ....... N ....... ....... ('\"') e ....... ttj ~ 1.0 I.C'l I.C'l I.C'l 1.0 1.0 I.C'l I.C'l I.C'l ......E e I I I I I t I I I 0.. (1) I.C'l (1) ....... N N ('\"') ....... ....... N N ('\"') I ~ co E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~...... ....... >,:z: o::t o::t o::t 1.0 o::t o::t o::t o::t 1.0 (1) N ttj I I I I I t t I I ~ ~ ('\"') a... a... a... a... a... a... a... a... a... a... ttj 0 0 (1) --.... s::: ex: E 0' co ~ ....... (1)0 ....... ....... ~z 0- ....... ~ (/) \ 600\ c\ "":3-\ Q\ \ t-. ~\ \ \ \ \ l -f) c '1. V) ..J) ~ 0) '8 l{J ~ 0 0 0 0 ...D 0 CO 0 (j"' 0') 0 0 ~ 0 r- - ~ r'6 V) ~ ~ r- -:t" ~ .cO V) Y1 .j..) 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~I I- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0\ ci> \!) ri \ ~~ ~~ rl Q) Y\ t<) "t" .jj u C) - .~ "'C or-- ~ - ~.,.... ~ :::> co 0... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -.J ~I . . . . . e:( r- ~ l.J... r- >- l.J... l.J... l.J... >- >- V') l.J... I- ~ 0 . ~ . . . ~ . . . . <:) ~ l- V') ~ V') V') V') -.J ~ U U -.J V') l- e:( j l.LJ <:) -.J cd" <:) N CO LO :::> N 0"\ <:) M cd" cd" LO LO Cl \.0 N <:) cd" 0"\ \.0 " l.LJ LO '" M " \.0 <:) :J: cd" \.0 '" LO " LO <:) CO cd" LO U LO .-4 .-4 CO \.0 M 0"\ .-4 CO CO cd" .-4 cd" V') "C Q) :::::l ~ .jj "C Q) ~ VI 0 0 U > 0. .,.... >< Q) U Q) r- V') ~ l.LJ U ~ ...... cd" l- e:( ..-.. VI 0 "C I >, ~ ..c: ~ ...... r- 0"\ 0. .j..) ~ l.J... I- Q) ~ ~ ~ ~ Q) CO Z 0 ~ 0"\.,.... U e:( :::::l "C "C ~"C ~ :::> "C r- .,.... ~ Q) .,.... Q) r- Q) ~ r- ~ .jj .jjE 0. ..c: VI .,.... ~ l.J... U ~ >, ..c: .,.... Q) ~ <:) V') Q) ~ ~ ~ > >- .j..) Q) ~ 0..,.... ~ VI ~ '" .j..) '" 0"\ 0::: E ~ :::::l 0"\ ~u "C ~ e:( :::::l ~ ~ OQ) Q) .,.... :E VI 0 .,.... ~ r- VI > :E :::::l U ~ ~ >4- ~ 0 :::> 0 0 ~ Q)Q) u 0 V') ~ Q) U 4- ~ ..c:~ ~ VI ~ U .,.... E u Q) ~ .j..) ~ E ~ ~ .jj '" ..c: Q) ~ Q) :::::l 4- .c ~ .jj "C "C .j..) Q)~ 0 VI Q) ~ .jj Q) ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~.,.... .j..)~ U ~ .j..) 0 U :::::l 4- U Q) ~ ~ ~ Q)~ :::::l Q) .c~ V') E ~ ~ E Q) 0 ~ .j..) "'-"4- 0"\ ~ .jj 0"\.,.... ~ u E u u ~ VI ~ ~ U ~ ~"C ~O ~.jj .,.... Q) -lC ~ .,.... .jj :::::l :::::l0 .,.... ~ Q) .,.... Q) Or- o U ~ Q) VI -lC 0 ~ ~VI .O.j..) U .j..) ~ .j..)E ~r- U :::::l 0... VI ~ ~ u U 0 U ~u ~ .j..) ~ 0.Q) "C ~ :::::l 0"\ VI U"C .,.... ~ 0 VI .,.... Q) ~>, VI CO 0 .,.... VI Q) Q) Q) E4- 4- :::::l Q) ~ > 0"\ :::::l U V') :::::l . Cl r- r- .j..) :::::l ~ 0 "C 0. .,.... cd"~ 0 ~ 0 E ~r- ~ .j..)>, ~ .,.... .jj >,0"\ 3.,.... ~ U Q) .j..) ~ Q) Q).,.... ~ .,.... ~ Q) U >'U ~~ cd" "C .,.... 0 VI U .,.... .j..) V')E ~ CO 0. 0::: E .,.... ~Q) ~.,.... :::::l E ~ ~ Q) E Q) :::::l .c ~r- .,....~ .jj r- :::::l Q) ..CI '''J :::::l .j..) ..-.. .jj ~ ~4- ><~ UU .jj E ..CI 0 .j..) Q) " r- .-4 N .,.... Q) :::::lQ) ~~ :::::l ~ .,.... .,.... :::::l ~ e:( "'-" CO .:J: O:::~ I-E Cl .,.... CO -.J V') 0... CO .c .,.... 0"\ .-4 .-4 M .-4 N .-4 .-4 .-4 .-4 .-4 .-4 .-4 .j..) , , . Q) ~ LO \.0 LO LO LO LO LO LO LO LO cd" cd" Q) , I I I I I I I I I I I I 0... LO E 0 0"\ .-4 M M M <:) <:) <:) N .-4 cd" " ...... CO >,z <:) <:) <:) <:) <:) N N .-4 <:) .-4 LO N e:( .-4 ~ \.0 cd" \.0 \.0 \.0 \.0 \.0 .-4 \.0 N .-4 \.0 N 0... I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ M 0... 0... 0... 0... 0... 0... 0... -.J 0... 0... 0... 0... Rj <:) ......... .j..) e:( 0 CO E " Z .-4 Q)O .-4 .jj Z a.. ...... N M cd" LO \.0 " CO 0"\ <:) .-4 -lC V') .-4 .-4 -lC Responsible for: Name: Address: Responsible for: Name: Address: Responsible for: Name: Address: LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS ----hL~ , ~a ffYd \ - I-\- ~I:p. 96' ~~,~ k..IInP:; - fU:l.amOYCh ~ \ ot)5 ~ 10.. ~~ ll. ..}a.1 e.l4:l 6 JUA,c. k..n'\r In". '=>161 D.w. 74~:J m.,(l).I..)-\a. 33(biD List of Suppliers: Runway & lighting Equipment: Responsible for: Name: Address: Vault Equipment, Regulators: ResponSible for: Name: Address: Airfield Wiring: ResponSible for: Name: Address: SP118/030785 BF-9 Attached is a cashier's check on the Bank of or a Bid Bond on the standard form of the County, for the sum of fiVE PERCENT OF ACCOMPANYING BID. Dollars, $ according to the requirements of 20-09 of the GENERAL PROVISIONS as amended. (If individual is Bidder, sign on this line) (SEAL) Address (If partnership is Bidder, fill in name of partnership, followed by the signature of the partner signing) A Partnership (SEAl:.) By: (SEAL) (Names and Addresses of all Partners) (If a corporation is Bidder, fill in the name of the corporation, followed by the signature of the official sign- ing, followed by his title) THE BREWER CO. OF FLORIDA INC. 9801 N, W. 06th STREET. MIA. IDA 33178 By: U r;). j. (~:i":;~~'f~~ . , 1 I <.e . T >{ '~~"1:.'" . , /' (Official Ti tle ,'!,':.,,'i;;: t , ~,~<J;"b' ~...;.. [t ".;:'~ (Affix Corporat~:Sea]) ." ~...- Address Attest c ,-".) ; '~>~. . ./IJ j) .-J;nJ:-hl.': /) ..~.. . '-' V L!./- I-~ Ass +. Secretary SP118/030785 BF -10 Organ i zed under the 1 aws of the State of J \ eYl~~ ,and author i zed by law to make this bid and perform all work and furnish materials and equipment required under the Contract Documents. The full names and residences of persons or firms interested in the foregoing bid, as principals, are as follows: Name President U. d. Bl1H..veu Secretary 'rn. R - m u.n ^ Treasurer d.d. BUlLlJeU Business Address CJ <<go I q~o\ q~ol .0. u) IOros-\-., ~ / O. LV. lob S-\-. hv'r0 D. cD. {ofD~. h.io.J SP118/030785 SF -11 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, THE BREWER COMPANY Of FLORIDA" INC. as Principal and<, - , LUMBERMENS MUTUAL CASUALTY ell as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the County of Hendry, Florida herein- after called the "Owner" in the penal sum of FIVE PERCENT OF ACCOMPANYING BID, Do 11 ars ($ ), 1 awful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that whereas the Principal, has submitted the accompanying bid, dated APR 3 1985' for the con- struction of: SCHEDULE A, CIVIL: Overlay and groove Runway 7/25, mark and stripe Runway 7 /25. SCHEDULE B, ELECTRICAL: Install MIRLS on Runway 7/25, install PAPI-4;. on Runway 7/25, install lighted wind cone, install safety lighting for commercial service and general aviation apron and install stand<-by emergency engine generator and electrical vault. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall not withdraw said bid within ninety (90) days after the said opening, and shall within ten (10) days after the prescribed forms are presented to him for signature, enter into a written contract with the Owner in accordance with the bid as accepted, and give bond with good and sufficient surety or sureties, as may be required, for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of such contract; or in the event of withdrawal of said bid within the period specified, or the failure to enter into such contract and give such bond within the time specified, if the Principal shall pay the Owner the difference between the amount specified in said bid and the amount for which the Owner may procure the requ i red work or supp 1 i es, or both, if the 1 atter amount be in excess of the former, then the above obligations shall be void and of no effect; otherwise to remain in full force and virtue. SP118/030785 BF-12 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this day of jER 3 1~ 19_, the name and corporate seal of each party being hereto 'affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. In presence of: (Individual Principal) (SEAL) Address Business Address (Individual Principal) (SEAL) Address Business Address THE BREWER CO. OF FLORIDA INC. (or) ,. 9801 N.W. l06th STREET MIAMI. FLORIDA 33178 (Corporate Principal) ATTEST: (fv '711C-~ A~.(Corporate Secretar;r---------- (CORPORATE SEAL) In presence of: Address lUMBERMENS MUTUAL CASUALTY CO. (Corporate Surety) Lo~ GM Business Address FRANK B. HALL & CO. of FLORIDA 2600 DOUGLAS ROAD CORAL GABLES, FLA. 33134 P. O. BOX 343800 - CORAL GABLES, FLA. 33134 Agent I s Address TELEPHONE: 448-2211 (Power-of-Attorney for person signing for surety company must be attached to bond.) SP118/030l85 BF-13 LUMBElMfNS MUTUAL CASUALTY COMPANY Home Office: Long Grove, IL 60049 POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Men By These Presents: That the Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Illinois, and having its principal office in Long Grove, Illinois, does hereby appoint ...................................................................................... Marvin R. Haven; Donald A. Kaplan; John K. Pepper; James H. Waters; Evanthia Quesada;***** Camille Hanlon; Kaaren Reagan; Robert E. Henshaw, Jr.; Barbara Tysinger; all of*********** Coral Gables, Florida (EACH)************************************************************** .1 I . . . GROUP I I its true and lawful agent(s) and attorney(sl-in-fact, to.make, execute, seal, and deliver during the period beginning with the date of issuance of this power and ending December 31, 1986, unless sooner revoked for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: Any and all bonds and undertakings.**********************************~************* EXCEPTION: NO AUTHORITY is granted to make, execute, seal and deliver any bond or undertaking which guarantees the payment or collection of any promissory note, check, draft or letter of credit. This authority does not permit the same obligation to be split into two or more bonds in order to bring each such bond within the dollar limit of authority as set forth herein. This appointment may be revoked at any time by the Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company. The execution of such bonds and undertakings in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon the said Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company as fully and amply to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at its principal office in Long Grove, Illinois. THIS APPOINTMENT SHALL CEASE AND TERMINATE WITHOUT NOTICE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1986. This Power of Attorney is executed by authority of a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of said Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company on May 19, 1981 at Long Grove, Illinois, a true and accurate copy of which is hereinafter set forth and is hereby certified to by the undersigned Secretary as being in full force and effect: "VOTED, That the Chairman of the Board, the Chairman, the President, or any Vice President, or their appointees designated in writing and fi led with the Secretary, or the Secretary shall have the power and authority to appoint agents and attorneys-in-fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnltv and other writings, obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such officers of the Company may appoint agents for acceptance of process:' This Power of Attorney is signed, sealed and certified by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted bv the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 19th day of May, 1981: "VOTED, That the signature of the Chairman of the Board, the Chairman, the President any Vice President, or their appointees designated in writing and filed with the Secretary, and the signature of the Secretary, the seal of the Company, and certifications by the Secretary, may be affixed by facsimile on any power at attorney or bond executed pursuant to resolution adopted bv the Board of Directors on Mav 19. 1981 and anv such power so executed, sealed and certified with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, shall continue to be valid and binding upon the Company:' - In Testimony Whereof, the Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company has caused this instrument to be signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by its authorized officers, this 31st day of October , 19 84 . Attest and Certified: LUMBERMENS MUTUAL CASUALTY COMPANY By oj?~ ~~ R. H. Johnson, Secretary G. H. Kasbohm, Vice President STATE OF ILLlNOIS}ss COUNTY OF LAKE I, Margaret Redmore,. a Notary Public, do hereby certify that G. H. Kasbohm and R. H. Johnson personally known to me to be the same perSORS whose names are respectively as Vice President and Secretary of the Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company, a Corporation of the State of Illinois, subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day in person and severally acknowledged that they being thereunto duly authorized signed, sealed with the corporate seal and delivered the said instrument as the free and voluntary act of said corporation and as their own free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes therein set forth. My commission expires: July 6, 1988 FA 836-3 7-84 1 M Power of Attorney-Term m~'~ Margaret Redmore. Notary Public PRINTED IN U.S.A. CERTIFICATION I, Sven L. Johanson. Secretarv of the Lumbermens Mutual Casualtv Company, do hereby certify that the attached Power of Attorney dated October 31, 1984 on behalf of Same as above. ************************ is a true and correct copy and that that same ha<: been In full force and effect since the date thereof and is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certif,' that the said G. H. Kasbohm and R. H. Johnson who executed the Power of Attorney as Vice President and Secretary respectivel, were on the date of the execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected Vice President and Secretary of the Lumbermen<: Mutual Casualtv Company. I ~ TEST. I MO~Y \VH EREOF. I have hereunto subscribe~ name and affixed the corporate seal of the Lumbermens Mutual Casualtv Company on this day of 3 _ 9 . ~5L~ This Power of Attornev limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY, CALL (312) 540-2000, CONTRACT BOND DEPARTMENT; OR \VRITE. CONTRACT BOND DEPA.RTMENT, KEMPER GROUP, LONG GROVE, ILLINOIS 60049. J\.l FA 83&-3 7/841M CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL I, P.lJ.\Y'kQ\ee!" ,certify that I am th~~ecretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the within Bid Bond; that ~.~, e)1I.0IJ)W , ~ sig~ed the said bond on behalf of the Principal, was then tJlc..e-' -VIOS.ld~ of said corporation; that I know his signature, and his signature thereto is genuine, and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested to for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. (f. y 71J~- Secretary Corporate Seal) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF ) SS CITY OF J)a~ ) Before me, a Notary Public duly commissioned, qualified and acting per- sonally, appeared: JOHN K. PEPPER to me well known, who being by me first duly sworn upon oath says that he is the attorney-in-fact for the LUMBERMENS MUTUAL CASUALTY CO. and that he has been authorized by POWFR OF ATTORNEY II . to execute the foregoing Bid Bond on behalf of the -ContrCl'&&~C~ed therein in favor of the County of , Florida. Sub~ri~ed and sworn to before me thi s ~l1.L , A.D., 19 e S . 3 day of }S'a..uw C '~o~el A~ Notary Public ~ State of Florida~t Large 1_ MIle State of fIdI at lafge. My Commission ExpireslJf- ..-tuEQinsAJH22.1Ul SP118/030785 BF-14 Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not main- tain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of this establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their serv- ices at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are main- tained. The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated faci 1 ities" means any wait i ng rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transporta- tion, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directives or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periodS) he wi 11 obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause and that he will retain such certifications in his files. The contractor shall submit with his bid proposal the Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities: ~ Signature of Contractor U.q~MWVu J'\c.e-C? ~s'IJeJ\b Name and Title of Signer ) (please type) SP118/030785 BF-15 3 Apr'\ \ lQ8S Date CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this day of , in the year __, by and between the County of Monroe, Florida, as party of the First Part, hereinafter called the Owner, and The Brewer Company of Florida, Inc. , of Miami, Florida , Party of the Second Part, hereinafter called the Contractor, Florida Contractor License No. Effective Date WITNESSETH, that the said Contractor, for and in considaration of the payments hereinafter specified and agreed to be made by the Owner, hereby covenants and agrees to furnish and deliver all the materials, do and perform all the work and labor required to be furnished and delivered, done and performed for: SCHEDULE A, CIVIL: Over1 ay and groove Runway 7/25, mark and stri pe Runway 7/25. and to complete the same in strict and entire conformity with the Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents on file at the office of Post, Buckley, Schuh and Jernigan, Inc., 899 N. Orange Ave., Orlando, Fl. 32801, and which said Plans and Specifications and other Contract Documents are hereby made a part of thi s agreement as fully and with the same effects as if the same had been set forth at length in the body of this agreement. The Contractor agrees to make payment of all proper charges for 1 abor and mate- rials required in the aforementioned work, and defend, indemnify and save harm- less the Owner and all its officers, agents and servants, and each and everyone of them, against and from all suits and costs of every kind and description, and from all damages to which the said Owner or any of its officers, agents or ser- vants may be put, by reason of injury to the persons or property of others resulting from the performance of said work, or through the negligence of the Contractor, or through any improper or defective machinery, implements or appli- ances used by the Contractor in the aforesaid work, or through any act or omis- sion on the part of the Contractor, or his agent or agents, employees or ser- vants. It is also agreed and understood that the acceptance of the final payment by the Contractor shall be considered as a release in full of all claims against the Owner or any of its members or agents, arising out of, or by reason of, the work done and materials furnished under this Contract. In consideration of the premises, the Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the said work, when fully completed, the Total Bid Price of SP 118/ (C )070285 C-l seven hundred and four thousand, two hundred ninet -three dollars and sevent - el g t cents Est lmate an or Lump Sum , payments to be made at the unit prices and lump sums specified for the various items in the Contractor's Schedule of Prices Bid, as provided in the Specifications, upon presentation of the proper certificates of the Engineer and upon the terms set forth in the Specifications. It is understood that the amount to be paid shall be the total based on the said unit prices and/or lump sums contained in said Schedule of Prices Bid and made a part of this Contract, for the work actually done. This Contract is to be binding upon the Owner, its successor or successors, and upon the Contractor (and his heirs, administrators or assigns), (and its succes- sor or successors, or assigns), and is voidable and may be terminated by the Owner, in accordance with the provisions of the Specifications which are made a part of this Contract, or if the provisions of the statutes relative thereto are not complied with. SP118/(C)070185 C-2 (Use this page if the Contractor is a Corporation) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, County of Monroe , has caused thi s Contract to be executed in its name by and has caused the seal of said Owner to be hereto attached; and the said party of the Second Part has cause thi s Contract to be executed in its name by ill I? Brewer , its President, attested by M. A. Munz , its Secretary, and has caused the seal of said corporation to be hereunto attached, all on the day and year first above written. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of . --- - As to Party of the First Part COUNTY OF MONROE, FLORIDA By: · ~. ~~ ayor Wilhe mina Harvey ( Board of County Commissioners (Party of the First part) AT By: \ tt ~(1.~ / ..~L~t_ t:2. WU-L-?() ~As to Party of the Second Part THE BREWER ~y OF ~:RIOA' By: LJ/ - LU R. Brewer INC. ATTEST: By: -nra=/ M. A. Munz, Secretar. (Party of the Second Part) SP 118/ (C) 070285 C-3 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF ~\OL. COUNTY OF...~ CITY OF t'n iOfY" ~ ) SS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT U. F. Brewer, The Brewer Company of Florida, Inc. , as Principal, and , a corporation organized under the laws of the State of having its home office in the City of !OOG GMClE3" , and licensed to do business in the State of Florida, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto County of Monroe, Florida, hereinafter called the Owner, in the penal sum of seven hundred and four thousand, two hundred ninety-three dollars and seventy-eight cents ($704,293.78), for payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that whereas the Principal, on this the day of , 198_, entered into a certain contract with the Owner, hereto attached, for: SCHEDULE A, CIVIL: Overl ay and groove Runway 7/25, mark and stripe Runway 7/25. NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons sup- plying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, and any and all duly authorized modifications of said Contract that may hereinafter be made, notice of which modifications to the Surety being hereby waived, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and virtue. THIS BOND shall also be security for the performance by the Principal and Surety of the following additional covenants and obligations, and the recitals and references herein contained shall constitute a part of the BOND and obligation: 1. Each and every person, natural and artificial, for whose benefit this Bond has been executed, as disclosed by the text of this Bond and of said Contract, specifications, and of said agreement, and instruments attached together and made a part of this Contract, shall have the same several rights of suit or action upon this Bond, as if he or they were the Owner herein specifi- SP 118/ (C) 070185 PB-l I , , f f ...l~ RIDER FOR PERFORMANCE & PAYMENT BOND PUBLIC WORK - STATE OF FLORIDA AGREEMENT made this JUL. 8 1985 day of . 19 between THE BRFWFR COMPANY OF flORIDA INCa ~- ,... - - (hereinafter called the "PRINCIPAL") and lUMBERMENS MUTUAL CASUALTY CO. "SURETY") and ;;to"" )dDe (2;cJ,O, Y . FLA . (hereinafter called the (hereinafter called the "OWNER"). WHE REAS, on JUl 8 1QS5 day of , 19 . the parties hereto entered into a Performance and Payment Bond, a copy wherepf is hereto attached and incorporated herein by reference, and . WHEREAS, said parties have agreed to add certain terms to said Performance and Payment Bond to conform with Florida Statutes 155.05; NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed that the said Performance and Payment Bond is hereby changed so as to provide that: No suit or action for labor, materials or supplies shall be instituted hereunder against the Principal or the Surety unless both of the following notices have been given by any claimant: "A claimant, except a laborer, who is not in privity with the Principal and who has not received payment for his labor, materials or supplies shall, within 45 days after beginning to furnish labor, materials, or supplies for the prosecution of the work, furnish the Principal with a notice that he intends to look to the bond for protection, and A claimant who is not in privity with the Principal and who has not received payment for his labor, materials or supplies shall, within 90 days after performance of the labor or after complete delivery of materials or supplies, deliver to the Principal and to the Surety written notice of the performance of the labor or delivery of the materials or supplies and of the nonpayment. No action shall be instituted against the principal or the Surety on the bond after one (1) year from the performance of the labor or completion of delivery of the materials or supplies." It is the express agreement that all other terms, conditions and stipulations contained in the said Perforrn,mce and Payment Bond shall remain in full force and effect and without any change or modification whatsoever, except only as to the addi- tions, as above provided. THE BREWER COMPAN OF FLORIDA! me. By Principal Accepted: Owner Surety By d Attorney-in-Fact FA 87'1 ].81 1M P,mll"d in U.S.A. LUMBERMENS MUTUAL CASUALTY COMPANY Home Office: long Grove, Il 60049 POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Men By These Presents: That the lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Illinois, and having its principal office in long Grove, Illinois, does hereby appoint.................. R. Leslie Cizek, Jr.; Kenneth D. Gathings; Marvin R. Haven; Donald A. Kaplan; John K. Pepper i James H. Waters; Evanthia Dinritropoulos; Canrille Hanlon; Kaaren Fulton; all of**************> Coral Gables, Florida (EACH)****************************************************************. its true and lawful agent(s) and attorney(s)-in-fact, to make, execute, seal, and deliver during the period begin- ning with the date of issuance of this power and ending December 31, 1984, unless sooner revoked for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: .1 I . ... GROUP I I Any and all bonds and undertakings.******************' EXCEPTION: NO AUTHORITY is granted to make, execute, seal and deliver any bond or undertaking which guarantees the payment or collection of any promissory note, check, draft or letter of credit. This authority does not permit the same obligation to be split into two or more bonds in order to bring each such bond within the dollar limit of authority as set forth herein. This appointment may be revoked at any time by the lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company. The execution of such bonds and undertakings in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon the said lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company as fully and amply to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularl}' elected officers at its principal office in long Grove, Illinois. THIS APPOINTMENT SHALL CEASE AND TERMINATE WITHOUT NOTICE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1984 This Power of Attorney is executed by authority of a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of said lum- bermens Mutual Casualty Company on May 18, 1965 at Chicago, Illinois, .;J true and accurate copy of which is hereinafter sel forth and is hereby certified 10 by the undersigned Secretary or Assistant Secretary as being in full force and effect: "VOTED. That the President or any Vice President or Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall have power and author::, to appoint agents and attorneys in fact. and fo authorize them to execute on behalf of the company. and allach the seal of the company thereto. bonds and undertakings. recognizances. contracts of indemnity and other v....ritings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such officer of the company may appoint agents for acceptance of process." This Power of Attorney is signed, sealed and certified by facsimile under and by authority of the following re- solution adopted by the Board of Directors of the company at a meeting duly called and held on the 20th day of May, 1975: "VOTED. That the signature of the President, any Vice President. Secretary or Assistant Secretary. and the Seal of the Com- pany, and the certification by any Secretary or Assistant Secretary. may be affixed by facsimile on any power of allorney executed pursuant to resolution adopted by the Board of Directors on May 18. 1965. and any such power so executed. sealed and certified with respect to any bond or similar undertaking to which it is attached. shall continue to be valid and binding upon the Company." In Testimony Whereof, the lumber mens Mutual Casualty Company has caused this instrument to be signed and its corporateseal to be affixed by its authorized officers, this 4t:h day of Nnvpmhpr , 19~. A&.~' LU:ER9i;TU~NY R.H. Johnson. Secretary G. H. Kasbohm, Vice PresidE"l t STATE OF ILLlNOIS}ss COUNTY OF COOK I, Genevieve B. Huff, a Notary Public, do hereby certify that G. H. Kasbohm 'and R. H. Johnson personally known to me to be the same persons whose names are respectively as Vice President and Secretary of the lumbermens Mu. tual Casualty Company, a Corporation of the State of Illinois, subscribed 10 the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day in person and severally acknowledged that they being thereunto duly authorized signed, sealed with the corporate seal and delivered the said instrument as the free and voluntary act of said corpora- tion and as their own free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes therein set forth. My commission expires: May 5, 1986 FA 836-2 8-82 1M 6/~ ~ J'I-~ Genevieve B. Huff. Notarv PublIC PRINTED If'.; U.S.A. POWftr of At1ornE'Y- Te-rm CERTlFICA TlON I, Sven L. Johanson, Secretary of the lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company, do hereby certify that the attached Power of Attorney dated November 4 I 1982 on behalf of SarnA as ahnvA. ************** is a true and correct copy and that the same has been in full force and effect since the date thereof and is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the said G. H. Kasbohm and R. H. Johnson who executed the Power of Attorney as Vice President and Secretary respectively were on the date of the execution of the at- tached Power of Attorney the duly elected Vice President and Secretary of the lumber mens Mutual Casualty Company. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and mens Mutual Casualty Company on this day of affixed the corporate seal of the lumber- ~~ Sven l. Johanson, Secretary This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY, CALL (312) 540-2000, CONTRACT BOND DEPARTMENT; OR WRITE, CONTRACT BOND DEPARTMENT, KEMPER GROUP, LONG GROVE, ILLINOIS, 60049. cally mentioned, and the obligations hereof shall be several as to the rights of said persons and of the Owner. 2. In each and every suit brought against the Principal and Surety upon this Bond in which the Plaintiff shall be successful, there shall be assessed therein against the Principal and Surety herein, in favor of the Plaintiff therein, reasonable counsel fees, which the Principal and Surety hereby expressly agree to pay as a part of the cost and expense of such suit. 3. In case of annulment of the Contract, as provided in the specifica- tions, there shall be assessed against the Principal and Surety herein, all expenses, including engineering and legal services, incident to collecting losses to the Owner under this Bond. I" IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their several seals on the date indicated above, the name and corporate seal of such corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representatives, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: ~Uobeds /~~ t2. ~~l~tJ (SEAL) By: () \ Ge .rv.u s', de.n~ (Title ~lo~D6uJi) ~AJd/tLL \&~~~ LUMBERMENS MUTUAL CASU Sure (SEAL) Note: If both Principal and Surety are corporations, the respective corporate seals should be affixed opposite each. SP118/(C)070185 PB-2 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL I, M. A. Munz , certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the foregoing Payment Bond; that ill. If. Brewer , who signed the Bond on behalf of the Principal, was then President of said Corporation; that I know his signature, and his signature thereto is genuine; and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested to for in behalf of said Corporation by authorHy of its governing body. '7-n1')//77 tuJ-t-;J ""'. A. N1 tLO'Z , (SEAL) THE BREWER COMPANY OF FLORIDA, INC. (Name of Corporation) (SEAL) SP1l8/ (C )070185 PB-3 STATE OF 3-\Q.J. COUNTY OF:::Do.dst. CITY OF Irn,o.fn"' l SS Before me, a Notary Public duly commissioned, qualified and acting per- sonally, appeared: JOHN K. PEPPER to me wen known, who being by me first duly sworn upon oath says that he is the attorney- i n-f act for the and that he has been authori zed by LUMBERMENS MUTUAL CASUALTY CO. to execute the foregoing Payment Bond on behalf of the Contractor named therein POWER OF ATTORNEY, ATTACHED in favor of the Owner. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of -M R 1985 ,A.D., 198 . s State of Florida Notary Public Stale fit F1l11'ida 111.41". ." . My COlDlisslon (xpires April 22. 1981 My Commlsslon Explres: SP118/(C)070185 PB-4 PERFORMANCE AND GUARANTY BOND STATE OF :2-1~..J _ ) COUNTY OF~~ ) SS CITY OF rn \ am', ) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT U. F. Brewer, The Brewer Company of Florida, Inc. as Principal, and LUMBERMENS MUTUAL C~ALT~ CD. , a corporation organized under the laws of the State of /L'-I k.j 01 ~ L{)JJ~ Qel/E having its home and 1 i censed offi ce in the City of to business in the State of Florida, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto The County of Monroe. Florida hereinafter called the Owner, in the penal sum of seven hundred and four thousand, two hundred ninety-three dollars and seventy-ei ght cents ($ 704,293.78), for payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that whereas the Principal, on this the day of , 198 , entered into a certain contract with the Owner, hereto attached, entitled Contract No. F.A.A. - AlP Project No. 3-12-0044-04: Overlay and Groove Runway 7/25, Mark and Strip Runway 7/25. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well and truly perform and fulfill all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Contract, and shall well and truly perform and fulfill all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of any and all duly authorized modifications of said Contract that may hereinafter be made, notice of which modifications to the Surety being hereby waived, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and virtue. THIS BOND shall also be security for the performance by the Principal and Surety of the following additional covenants and obligations, and the recitals and references herein contained shall constitute a part of this Bond and obligation: SP 118/ (C )070185 PG-1 1. Each and every person, natural and artificial, f~r whose benefit this Bond has been executed, as disclosed by the test of thl.S Bond and of sald Contract specifications, and of said agreement, and lnstruments attached together' and made a part of this Con~ract, snall have the same several rights 9f su,t or action upon this Bond, as lf he or they were the Owner hereln specl- fically mentioned, and the obligations thereof shall be several as to the rights of said persons and of the Owner. 2. In each and every suit brought against the Principal and Surety upon this Bond in which the Plaintiff shall be successful, there shall be assessed therein against the Principal and Surety herein, in favor of the Plaintiff therein, reasonable counsel fees, which the Principal and Surety hereby expressly agree to pay as a part of the cost and expense of such suit. 3. In case of annulment of the Contract, as provided in the specifica- tions, there shall be assessed against the Principal and Surety herein, all expenses, including engineering and legal services, incident to collecting losses to the Owner under this Bond. 4. This Bond shall remain in full force and effect for a period of one (1) year after the date of acceptance of the project by the Owner and shall provide that the Contractor guarantees to repair or replace for said period of one (1) year all work performed and materials and equipment furnished that were not performed or furnished according to the terms of the Contract, and shall make good defects thereof, which have become apparent before the expiration of said period of one (1) year. If any part of the project, in the judgment of the Engineer, for the reasons above stated need to be replaced, repaired or made good during that time, he shall so notify the Contractor in writing. If the Contractor refuses or neglects to do such work within five (5) days from the date of service of such notice, or in the event such work requires longer than five (5) days from the date of service of such notice for completion and the Contractor has not provided evidence of his intention to perform such work within the time limit established by the Engineer, the Owner shall have the work done by others and the cost thereof shall be paid by the Contractor or his Surety. ) ) SP1l8/(C)070185 PG-2 LUMBERMENS MUTUAL CASUALTY COMPANY Home Office: Long Grove, IL 60049 POWER OF ATTORNEY K now All Men By These Presents: That the Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Illinois, and having its principal office in Long Grove, Illinois, does hereby appoint · ... ....... .....- R. Leslie CizE~k, Jr.; Kenneth D. Gathings; Marvin R. Haven; Donald A. Kaplan; John K. Pepper i James H. Watez:s i Evanthia Dimi tropoulos; Camille Hanlon; Kaaren Ful ton; all of**************" Coral Gables, Florida (EACH)****************************************************************" its true and lawful agent(s) and attorney(s)-in-fact, to make, execute, seal, and deliver during the period begin- ning with the date of issuance of this power and ending December 31, 1984, unless sooner revoked for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: lit I - ---GROUP I I Any and all bonds and undertakings.******************" EXCEPTION: NO AUTHORITY is granted to make, execute, seal and deliver any bond or undertaking which guarantees the payment or collection of any promissory note, check, draft or letter of credit. This authority does not permit the same obligation to be split into two or more bonds in order to bring each such bond within the dollar limit of authority as set forth herein. This appointment may be revoked at any time by the Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company. The execution of such bonds and undertakings in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon the said Lumbermens Mu'lual Casualty Company as fully and amply to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at its principal office in Long Grove, Illinois. THIS APPOINTMENT SHALL CEASE AND TERMINATE WITHOUT NOTICE AS OF DECEMBER 31,1984 This Power of Attorney is executed by authority of a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of said Lum- bermens Mutual Casualty Company on May 18, 1965 at Chicago, Illinois, <;! true and accurate copy of which is hereinafter set forth and is hereby certified to by the undersigned Secretary or Assistant Secretary as being in full force and effect: "VOTED, That the President or any Vice President or Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall have power and authortt~ to appoint agents and attorneys in fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the company, and attach the seal of the company th,ereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such officer of the company may appoint agents for acceptance of process." This Power of Attorney is signed, sealed and certified by facsimile under and by authority of the following re- solution adopted by the Board of Directors of the company at a meeting duly called and held on the 20th day of May, 1975: "VOTED, That the signature of the President, any Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and the Seal of the Com- pany, and the certification b~ any Secretary or Assistant Secretary, may be affixed by facsimile on any po\",'er of attorney executed pursuant to resolulion adopted b~ the Board of Directors on May 18, 1965, and any such power so executed, sealed and certified with respect to any bond or similar undertaking to which it is attached, shall continue to be valid and binding upon the Company." In Testimony Whereof, the Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company has caused this instrument to be signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by its authorized officers, this 4t:h day of Nnvpmbpr , 19~. LUMBERMENS MUTUAL CASUALTY COMPANY ~~i.n~~ed: 1rt.~~ R.H. Johnson, Secretary STATE OF ILLlNOIS}ss COUNTY OF COOK I, Genevieve B. Huff, a Notary Public, do hereby certify that G. H. Kasbohm 'and R. H. Johnson personally known to me to be the same persons whose names are respectively as Vice President and Secretary of the Lumbermens Mu- tual Casualty Company, a Corporation of the State of Illinois, subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day in person and severally acknowledged that they being thereunto duly authorized signed, sealed with the Icorporate seal and delivered the said instrument as the free and voluntary act of said corpora- tion and as their own free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes therein set forth. By !)I>7 ~ G. H. Kasbohm, Vice Preside!ll My commission expires: May 5, 1986 F... 8Jb.2 8.82 1M ~~)f/ ~-# Genevieve B. Huff, Notary PubliC PRINTED I~ U.S.A. Power of Attofney- Term CERTIFICATION I, Sven L. Johanson, Secretary of the Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company, do hereby certify that the attached Power of Attorney dated November 4, 1982 on behalf of Same as aboVA - .......................................... is a true and correct copy and that the same has been in full force and effect since the date thereof and is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the said G. H. Kasbohm and R. H. Johnson who executed the Power of Attorney as Vice President and Secretary respectively were on the date of the execution of the at- tached Power of Attorney the duly elected Vice President and Secretary of the Lumbermens Mutual Casualty Company. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the Lumber- mens Mutual Casualty Company on this day of~ 8 1985 ' 19 . {~ik"~ 'w.V #/4 / \,;.1 ~~~ . '.,,,...." Sven L. Johanson. Secretary This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY, CALL (312) 540-2000, CONTRACT BOND DEPARTMENT; OR WRITE, CONTRACT BOND DEPARTMENT, KEMPER GROUP, LONG GROVE, ILLINOIS, 60049. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their several seals on the date indicated above, the name and corporate seal of such corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representatives, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of: XO'I.te~J,e.~s ~A~ JcS9z~u~ T~r BREw17~. ^'_ :e. (SEAL) By. c.r~. Tit e ~cUJI~ e,.~l)b~ ~ ~ . (k tAL~_.~~ ~-. 7::/2 LlL~e'?cJ (SEAL) Title) Note: If both Principal and Surety are corporations, the respective corporate seals should be affixed opposite each. SP 118/ (C )070185 PG-3 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL I, M. A. Munz certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the foregoing Performance and Guaranty Bond; that OJ R. Brewer , who signed the Bond on behalf of the Principal, was then President of said said Corporation by authority of its governing body. and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested to for in behalf of Corporation; that I know his signature, and his signature thereto is genuine; '--h1 /l //Y) 1.1 A<'~ \no A. rnu..o-z.. v (SEAL) THE BREWER COMPANY OF FLORIDA, INC. (Name of Corporation) SP1l8/(C)070185 PG-4 STATE OF ,,3.-l_Ct3 _ ) COUNTY OFJD~.) SS CITY OF tn', am, ) Before me, a Notary Public duly commissioned, qualified and acting per- sonally appeared: JOHN K. PEPPER to me well known, who being by me first duly sworn upon oath says that he is the attorney-in-fact for the LUMBERMENS MUTUAL CASUALTY CO. and that he has been authori zed by POWER OF ATTORNFY 4TTAC/:#ED to execute the foregoing Performance and Guaranty Bond on behalf of the Contractor named therein in favor of the Owner. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day ofJUL 8 1985 A.D., 198 Notary Pub ic, St e of Florida Nttary Public State of florida at Large. My Commission Expire~YColllmission Expires Apri122, 1987 SP 118/ (C )070185 PG-5 Non CE OF AWARD TO: THE BREWER COMPANY OF FLORIDA, INC. 9801 N.W. 106th Street Miami, Florida 33178 PROJECT Description: 7/25 Overlay and Groove Runway 7/25, Mark and Stripe Runway The OWNER has cons i dered the BID submitted by you for the above descri bed WORK in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated March 8 , 19 ~, and Information for Bidders. You are hereby notified that your BID has been accepted for items in the amount of $ 704,293.78, subject to the availability of FAA funds. You are required by the Information for Bidders to execute the Agreement and furnish the required CONTRACTOR'S Performance BOND, Payment BOND and certif- icates of insurance within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you. If you fail to execute said Agreement and to furnish said BONDS within ten (10) days from the date of this Notice, said OWNER will be entitled to con- sider all your rights arising out of the OWNER's acceptance of your BID as abandoned and as a forefeiture of your BID BOND. The OWNER will be entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this NOnCE OF AWARD to the OWNER and the Engineer. Dated this .2'y day of Jv~e , 19 1'.1' . COUNTY OF MONROE FLORIDA Owner BY~,.\., 1).~ ....1"f.... _:~ .I-I~ Wilhelmina Harvey ~ Title: Mayor ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged by The Brewer Company of Florida, Inc. this the day of By U. F. Brewer Title President , 19 85. SP118/ (C )070185 N-1 NOTICE TO PROCURE TO: THE BREWER COMPANY OF FLORIDA~ INC. 9801 N.W. 106th Street Miami~ Florida 33178 Date: Project: 7/25 Overlay and Groove Runway 7/25~ Mark and Stripe Runway You are hereby not i f i ed to commence PROCUREMENT in accordance wi th the Agreement dated ~ 19 You are required to return an acknow- ledged copy of this NOTICE TO PROCURE to the Owner and the Engineer. COUNTY OF MONROE FLORIDA Owner By t~':;~~ "CVJ~ Wilhelmina Harvey Title: Mavor ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE to PROCURE is hereby acknowledged by this the day of ~ 19 By Tit 1 e SP 118/ (C )070185 N-2 NOTICE TO PROCEED TO: THE BREWER COMPANY OF FLORIDAt INC. 9801 N.W. 106th Street Miamit Florida 33178 Date: Project: 7/25 Overlay and Groove Runway 7/25t Mark and Stripe Runway You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Agreement dated t 19 t on or before t 19 t and you are to complete the WORK within consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all WORK is therefore t 19 . You are required to return an acknow:" ledged copy of this NOTICE TO PROCEED to the Owner and the Engineer. COUNTY OF MONROE FLORIDA Owner By . t Harvey Title: Hayor ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged by this the t 19 By Title SP118/(C)070185 N-3 COUNTY OF MONROE FINAL RELEASE OF LIEN KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, for and in considera- tion of the payment of the sum of paid by , receipt of which is hereby acknowledged as total payment for the below described contract, simultaneously with the execution of this Release of Lien, hereby releases and quit-claims to County of Monroe, Florida, the Owner, all liens, lien rights, claim or demand of any kind whatsoever, which the undersigned now has or might have against the property, building and other improvements on the premises commonly known and described as on account of labor performed and/or material furnished for the construction thereon of: SCHEDULE A, CIVIL: Overlay and groove Runway 7/25, mark and stripe Runway 7/25. The unders i gned further covenants that all subcontractors, supp 1 i ers and materialmen, and any or all other persons supplying service or labor, have been paid in full for all work under this Contract. The undersigned agrees to maintain in full force and effect the provisions of the Contract respecting the guarantee against defective work for the term provided in the Contract Documents, which term shall begin to run from the date of acceptance of all work under the said contract by the engineers of the City of Keystone Heights. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal this _ day of , 198 WITNESS: By: (Title) STATE OF Fl.ORIDA ) ) SS COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE that the statements contained in the foregoing Release of Lien are true and correct. (Tit le) SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED BEFORE ME this , 198 day of Notary Public My Commission Expires: SP1l8/(C)070185 RL-1 APPENDIX 1 SECTION 100 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CLAUSES AIRPORT IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM - Source: FAA Document, June 15 1983 - PART I - WAGE AND LABOR REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Wages: (1) All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and with- out subsequent deduct i on or. rebate on any account (except such payro 11 deduc- tions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anti- cipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section l(b) (2) of the Davis-Ba~on Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of subparagraph A(4) below; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appro- priate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classifi- cation of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in Paragraph O. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classif- ication may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: PROVIDED, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is per- formed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph A.(2) of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-13210) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcon- tractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. (29CFR5.5(a)(I)(i)) (2) (a) The contracting offers shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract, shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classifica- tion and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when the following criteria have been met: 1. The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and SP118/030785 APl-l 2. The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and 3. The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe bene- fits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates con- tained in the wage determination. (b) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount desig- nated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D. C. 20210. The Admini strator, or an authori zed representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is neces- sary. (c) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and ~age rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (d) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) deter- mined pursuant to subparagraphs (2) (b) or (c) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(ii)) (3) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (29CFR5.5(a)(1)(iii)) (4) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may cons i der as part of the wages of any 1 aborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, PROVIDED, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable stan- dards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set as i de in a separate account assets for the meet i ng of obligations under the plan or program. (29CFR5.5(a)(1)(iv)) SP118/030785 AP1-2 B. Withholding: The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) shall, upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federa lly- assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is he ld by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including appren- tices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by this contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanics, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by this contract, the FAA may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspen- sion of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such viola- tions have ceased. (29CFR5.5(a)(2)) C. Payrolls and Basic Records: (1) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto will be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three (3) years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records wi 11 contain the name, address and soc i a 1 security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof, of the types described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found, under a (4) of this clause, that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially reason- able, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated Or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee pro- grams, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable program. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)) (2) (a) The Contractor will submit weekly, for each week in which any con- tract work is performed, a copy of all payrolls to the FAA if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the Contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmi ss ion to the FAA. The payrolls submitted shall set out accur- ately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under Paragraph 5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations 29 CFR Part 5. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Opt i ona 1 Form WH-347 is ava i 1 ab 1 e for th i s purpose and may be pur- chased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014- SP118/030785 AP1-3 l)t U.S. Government Printing Officet Washingtont D.C. 20402. The prime contrac- tor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls of all subcontrac- tors. (b) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Comp 1 i ance t" signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervi ses the payment of the persons emp 10yed under the contract and shall certify the following: 1. That the payroll for the payroll period contains the informa- tion required to be maintained under Paragraph 5.5(a)(_)(i) of Regu1ationst 29 CFR Part 5 and that such information is cor- rect and complete; 2. That each laborer or mechanic (including each he1pert appren- ticet and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the fully weekly wages earnedt without rebatet either directly or indirect1Yt and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wage's earnedt other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regu1ationst 29 CRF Part 3; 3. That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performedt as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract: (c) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph C.(2)(b) of this section. (d) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code. (29 CFR5.5(a)(3)(ii)) (3) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph C.(I) of this section available for inspectiont copying or transcrip- tion by authorized representatives of the FAA or the Department of Labort and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subdcontractor fai 1s to submit the required records or to make them avai1ab1et the federal agency maYt after written notice to the contractort sponsort app1icantt or ownert take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further paymentt advancet or guarantee of funds. Furthermoret failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records avail ab 1e may be grounds for debarment act ion pursuant to 29CFR 5.12. (29CFR5.5(a)(3)(iii)) D. Apprentices and trainees: (1) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed and SP118/030785 APl-4 individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probation- ary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appro- priate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allow- able ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classifica- tion shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to his entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work he actually performed. In addi- tion, any apprentice performing work on the jOb site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program, shall be paid not less than the appli- cable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the con- tractor's or subcontractor's registered program, shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprenti ces' s leve 1 of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determinatien. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that deter- mination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an appren- ticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize appren- tices at less than the applicable predetermined rate acceptable program is approved. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)) (2) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16 trainees will not be per- mitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to, and individually registered in, a program which has received ~rior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid in full benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an appren- ticeShip program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for appren- tices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not regis- SP118/030785 APl-5 tered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job ~ite in excess of the ra~io permitted under the registered program shall be pald not less than the appllC- able wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (29CFR5.5(a)(4)(ii)) (3) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. (29CFR 5.5(a)(5)) E. Compliance with Copeland Regulations: The contractor sha 11 . comp ly with the Cope 1 and Regu 1 at ions (29 CFR Part 3) of the Secretary of Labor wh i ch are here in incorporated by reference in th is contract. (29CFR 5.5(a)(5)) F. Subcontracts: The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in paragraphs A through J of this section (29CFR5.5(a)(l) through (10)) and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may be appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontrac- tors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime con- tractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CRF 5.5. (29CFR5.5(a) (6)). G. Contract Termination: Debarment: A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termina- t ion of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. (29CFR5.5(a)(7)) H. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act Requirements: All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts con- tained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. (29CFR5.5(a)(8)) I. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards: Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6 and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontrac- tors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor or the employees or their representatives. (29CRF5.5(a)(9)) SP118/030785 API-6 J. Certification of Eligibility: (1) By entering into this contractt the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contrac- tor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CRF 5.12(a)(1). (2) No part of th i s contract shall be subcontract to any person or fi rm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. (29CFR5.5(a)(10)) K. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act: (29CRF5.5(b)) (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanicst shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any work week in wh i ch he or she is emp loyed on such work to work in exces s of eight hours in any calendar day or in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of eight hours in any calendar day or in excess of forty hours in such workweek, whichever is greater. (2) Violation. liabilit for un aid wa es. li uidated dama es. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in subparagraph 1 of this para- graph, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In additiont such contractor or subcontractor shall be 1 i ab le to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territorYt to such District or to such territory), for 1 i qu i dated damages. Such 1 i qu i dated damages sha 11 be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanict including watchmen and guardst employed in violation of the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragrapht in the sum of $10 for each calendar day or which such individual was required or per- mitted to work in excess of eight hours or in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages requ i red by the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph. (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The Federal Aviation Administration shallt upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labort withhold or cause to be withheldt from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other federal contract with the same prime contractort or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any 1 i a- bilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in subparagraph (2) of this para- graph. SP118/030785 APl-7 (4) Subcontract s. The contractor or subcontract sha 11 insert in any sub- contracts the clauses set forth in subparagraph (1) through (4) of this para- graph and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for com- pliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in subparagraphs (1) through (4) of this paragraph. SP1l8/030785 AP1-8 SUPERSEDEAS DECISION STATE: Florida COUNTIES: Monroe DECISION NUMBER: FL83-1048 DATE: Date of Publication Supersedes Decision No. FL83-1048 dated Oct. 29, 1982 in 47 FR 49209 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Highway Construction Projects (excluding tunnels, bui ld- ing structures in rest area projects and railroad construction: bascule, sus- pension and spandrel arch bridges; bridges designed for commercial navigation; bridges involving marine construction; & other major bridges) Monroe County, FL Carpenters Concrete Finishers Form Setters Laborers Asphalt Raker Pipe layer Powderman Unsk i lled Ironworkers, reinforcing Traffic Signalization Installer Mechanic Truck Drivers: Lowboy Multi-Rear Axle Single-Rear Axle Welders-Rate for Craft P.E.O. Asphalt Distributor Asphalt Mixer Asphalt Paving Machine Asphalt Plant Asphalt Screed Backhoe Bu lldozer Conc. Batching Plant Scalesman Concrete Curb Machine Concrete Mixer Concrete Paving Machine Concrete Paving Subgrader SP118/030785 Fringe Benefits Payments Basic Hourly Rates M & W Education and/or Pensions Vocation Appr. Tr. 6.50 6.20 4.69 6.00 6.00 11.00 4.66 6.79 6.42 7.20 6.00 4.97 5.04 6.00 6.25 6.13 6.00 5.70 6.15 5.94 7.50 5.50 5.50 6.50 6.00 API-9 SUPERSEDEAS DECISION (Continued) Fringe Benefits Payments Bas ic Hourly Rates M & W Education and/or Pensions Vocation Appr. Tr. Monroe County, FL Crane, Derrick or Dragline Drilling Machine Earthmover Operator Front End Loader, over one CY Grademan Gradall Mechanic Motor Grader Oiler, Greaseman Pavement Striping Machine Piledriver Leadsman Piledriver Operator Rollers: Finish Operator Self-Prop., Rubber Tire Scraper Self-Prop. Subg. Mixer Tractor Light Operator Tug Boat Operator 6.68 10.40 5.54 5.65 5.73 6.46 6.91 6.82 5.03 7.00 6.25 9.41 5.65 6.00 5.24 5.51 5.10 4.76 5.04 7.00 Unlisted classification needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CPR, 5.5 (a)(l)(ii)). SP118/030785 AP1-10 PART II - EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS A. Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246, as amended). 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solic- itation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Comp 1 i ance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" includes: (i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); (iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having onglns in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identifi- cat i on) . 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcon- tracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall phys- ically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obliga- tions on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor partici- pating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obliga- tions under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith SP118/030785 AP 1-11 performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action stan- dards provided in paragraphs 7a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each con- struction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered con- struction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federa lly ass i sted construction contract shall app ly the mi nority and female goa 1 s estab 1 i shed for the geograph i ca 1 area where the work is being performed. Goals are publiShed periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal Procurement contrac- ting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform prog- ress toward its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agree- ment, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obliga- tions under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations pro- mulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Con- tractor1s employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will as sign two or more women to each construct i on project. The Contractor sha 11 speCifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site super- visory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to main- tain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor unions have employment opportunities avai lable, and maintain a record organizations' responses. female female or its of the SP118/030785 APl-12 c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street app 1 icant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such indivi- dual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with what- ever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contract efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provi de noti ce of these pro- grams to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation. in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the com- pany newspaper, annual report, etc., by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed.. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirma- tive action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with on-site supervisory per- sonnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and main- tained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, sub- ject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minor- ity, fema"e and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serv- ing the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not 1 ater than one month pri or to the date for the acceptance of app 1 i cat ions for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor SP1l8/030785 API-I3 shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection pro- cess. j. Encourage present minority and female emp loyees to recruit other minority persons and women and where reasonable provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assign- ments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by con- tinually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegre- gated except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facili- ties shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. _ o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from mi nority and fema le construct ion contractors and supp 1 iers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associ- ations and other business associations. p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO po 1 i c i es and affirmat i ve act ion obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor- union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling anyone or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the con- tractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The ob 1 i gat i on to comp ly, however, is the Contractor I sand failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. SP1l8/030785 AP1-14 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employ- ment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both ma le and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goal for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is under- uti lized). 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for viola- tion of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including sus- pension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as they may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its imple- menting regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in vio- lation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifica- tions shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the-Executive Order, the i.mplementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall pro- ceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being car- ried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affil- iation, if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area resi- dents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). SP118/03078S API-IS B. Contractor Contractual Requirements. During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and sucessors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees as follows: (1) Compliance with Regulations. The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOrn) Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract: (2) Nondiscrimination. The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the con- tract covers a program set forth in appendix B of the regulations. (3) Solicitations For Subcontracts, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding under a sub- contract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor's obligation under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. (4) Information and Reports. The contractor shall provi~e all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of infor- mation, and its facilities as may be determined by the sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such regulations, orders, and instructions. Where any information required of a con- tractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to fur- nish this information, the contractor shall so certify to the sponsor or the FAA, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. (5) Sanctions for Noncompliance. In the event of the contractor's non- compliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the sponsor shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the FAA may determine to be appro- priate, including, but not limited to: (a) Withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or (b) Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. (6) Incorporation of Provisions. The contractor shall include the provi- sions of paragraphs 1 through 5 in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or direc- tives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with SP118/030785 APl-16 respect to any subcontract or procurement as the sponsor or the FAA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided however that in the event a contractor becomes involved int or is threaten~d with litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction the ~ontractor may request the sponsor to enter into such litigation to protectt the interests of the sponsor and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. C. Equal Employment Opportunity Clause. During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees as follows: 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of payor other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The con- tractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and appli- cants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. _ 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without. regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 3. The contractor wi 11 send to each 1 abor un i on or representative or workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice (see paragraph C.) advising the labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under this section and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 5. The contractor wi 11 furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965t and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. 6. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimina- tion clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and SP118/030785 APl-l7 the contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as other- wise provided by law. 7. The contractor will include the provlslons of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regula- tions, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 206 of Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, so that such pro- visions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such act ion with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the con- tracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event the contrac- tor becomes i nvo 1 ved in, or is threatened with, 1 it i gat i on wi th a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the contrac- tor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. D. Notices to be Posted. The "Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law" poster is to be posted by the contractor in a conspicuous place available to employees and applicants for employment as required by paragraphs (1) and (3) of the EEO clause. Copies of this poster will be furnished to contractors at the preconstruct ion conference; E. Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246, as Amended). 1. The Offeror's or Bidder1s attention is Opportunity Clause" and the IIStandard Federal Equal Construction Contract Specificationsll set forth herein. called . to the IIEqual Employment Opportunity 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, ex- pressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Timetables Goals for minority participation for each trade Goals for female participation for each trade 30.4% 6.9% These goals are applicable to all the Contractor1s construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs. construction work in a geographical area located outs ide of the covered area, it shall apply the goals estab 1 i shed for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and nonfederally involved construction. SP118/030785 API-18 The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the contract resulting from this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for con- struction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notifi- cation shall list the name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractors; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed. 4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered areall is Monroe County, Florida. F. Required Reports. (1) Month 1 Th is report is to be prepared on Form CC 257 Rev. 9-78 and sent to the Area Otfice,Federal Contract Compliance Program (OFCCP) that serves the geographical area in which this project is located. The report is due by the fifth day of each month after work has commenced. The contract wi 11 be advised further regarding this report, including the address of the OFCCP Area Office, at the preconstruct ion conference. (2) Annual EEO-1 Report. Contractors/subcontractors work i ng on federa lly assisted airport construction projects are required to file annually, on Or before March 31 camp lete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (Emp loyee Information Report, EEO-1). The first such report is required within 30 days after award unless the contractor/sUbcontractor has submitted such a report within 12 months preceding the date of award (the FAA or Department of Labor OFCCP can designate other intervals). This form is normally furnished based on a mailing list, but can be obtained from the Joint Reporting Committee, 1800 G. Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20506. This report is required if a contractor or subcontractor meets all of the following conditions: (a) Nonexempt. Contractors/subcontractors are not exampt based on 41 CRF 60-1.5, and (b) Number of Employees. Has 50 or more employees, (c) Contractor's Subcontractor. I s a prime contractor or fi rst tier subcontractor, and SP118/030785 AP1-19 (d) Do 11 ar Leve 1. There is a contract, subcontract, or purchase order amount i n9 to $50, 000 or more or serves as a depos i tory of government funds in any amount, or is a financial institution which is an issuing and paying a~ent for U.S. savings bonds and savings, notes. ,Some, subcontractors below, the flrst tier who work at the site are requlred to flle lf they meet the requlrements of 41 CFR 60-1. 7. (3) Records. The FAA or Department of Labor OFCCP may require a contrac- tor to keep employment or other records and to furnish, in the form requested within reasonable limits, such information as necessary. G. Requirement for Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities. (1) Notice to Prospective Federally Assisted Construction Contractors (a) Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a federally assisted construction contract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. (b) Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards exceeding $10,DOO which are not exempt from the provisions of th~ equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of the follow ing notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. NOTE: The penalty for making false statements-in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001. (2) Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of Requir~ent for Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities (a) A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. (b) Contractors receiving subcontract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of this notice to prospective subcontrac- tors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. CERTIFICATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY FEDERALLY ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS OF APPLICANTS AND THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS APPLICABLE TO FEDERALLY ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AND RELATED SUBCONTRACTS EX~E~~ING $10,000 WHICH ARE NOT EXEMPT FROM THE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE} SP1l8/030785 APl-20 PART III - MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACT PROVISIONS A. AlP Project: The work in this contract is included in AlP Project No. 3-12-0044-04 which is being undertaken and accomplished by the County of Monroe in accordance with the terms and cond it ions of a grant agreement between the County of Monroe and the Un i ted States, under the Airport and Airway Deve lopment Act of 1982, and Part 152 of the FAR (14 CFR Part 152), pursuant to which the United States has agreed to pay a certain percentage of the costs of the project that are determined to be allowable project costs under that Act. The United States is not a party to this contract and no reference in this contract to the FAA or any representative thereof, or to any rights granted to the FAA or any represen- tative thereof, or the United States, by the contract, makes the United States a party to this contract. B. Consent to Assignment: The contractor shall obtain the prior written consent of the County of Monroe to any proposed assignment of any interest in or part of this contract. C. Veterans Preference: In the employment of labor (except in executive, administrative, and super- visory positions), the contractor shall give preference to veterans of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans as defined in Section 515(c)(I) and (2) of the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982. D. FAA Inspection and Review: The contractor shall allow any authorized representative- of the FAA to inspect and review any work or materials used in the performance of this con- tract. E. Subcontracts: The contractor shall insert in each of his subcontracts the proVlslons con- tained in paragraphs 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 of this section, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier sub- contracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. F. Clean Air and Water Pollution Control Requirements for All Construction Contracts and Subcontracts Exceeding $100,000: Contractors agree: (1) That any facility to be used in the performance of the contract or to benefit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities. (2) To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regula- tions issued thereunder. SP1l8/030785 APl-21 (3) That as a condition for award of a contract, they wi 11 notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EAP indicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. (4) To include in any subcontract which exceeds $100,000, the requirements of (1), (2) and (3) above. SP118/030785 APl-22 APPENDIX 2 BID CONDITIONS MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM The following bid conditions apply to this Department of Transportation (DOT) assisted contract. Submission of a bid/proposal by a prospective contractor shall constitute full acceptance of these bid conditions. 1. Definition. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) as used in this contract shall have the same meaning as defined in paragraph 23.5 49 CFR Part 23. 2. Policy. It is the policy of DOT that minority business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 23 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts financed in who le or in part with federal funds. Consequently, the MBE requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 apply to this contract. 3. MBE Obligation. The contractor agrees to ensure that minority business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 23 have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with federal funds. In this regard all contractors shall take all necessary and reasonab le steps in accordance with 49 CFR Part' 23 to ensure that minority business enterprises have the maximum opportunjty to compete for and perform contracts. Contractors shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the award and per- formance of DOT assisted contracts. 4. Compliance. All bidders, potential contractors, or subcontractors for this DOT assisted contract are hereby notified that failure to carry out the DOT policy and the MBE obligation, as set forth above, shall constitute a breach of contract which may result in termination of the contract or such other remedy as deemed appropriate by the owner. 5. Subcontract Clause. All bidders and potential contractors hereby assure that they wi 11 include the above clauses in all subcontracts which offer further subcontracting opportunities. 6. Contract Award. Bidders are hereby adv i sed that meet i ng MBE subcontract goals or making an acceptable good faith effort to meet such goals are con- ditions of being awarded this DOT assisted contract. The owner proposes to award the contract to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder submitting a reasonable bid provided he has met the goals for MBE participation or,. if failing to meet the goals, he has made an acceptable good faith effort to meet the established goals for MBE par- ticipation. Bidder is advised that the owner has sole authority to deter- mi ne if the bidder has made suffi c i ent effort toward meet i ng MBE goa 1 s to qualify for contract award. The owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids submitted. SP118/030785 AP2-1 7. Subcontract Goals. The attainment of goals established for this contract are to be measured as a percentage of the total dollar value of the con- tract. The goals established for this contract are as follows: '\~II\ (\0) a. -lwe 1 vt::~) percent to be performed by MBE I S owned and operated by minorities. 1",",0 Ct.; b. ~ije (5} percent to be performed by MBE's owned and operated by women. 8. Available MBE's. The owner has on file an MBE program which has been approved by the Federal Aviation Administration. This program contains a listing of MBE's (certified and uncertified). Bidders are encouraged to inspect this list to assist in locating MBE's for the work. Other MBE's may be added to the 1 i st in accordance with the owner's approved MBE pro- gram. Credit toward the MBE goals will not be counted unless the MBE to be used can be certified by the owner. 9. Contractor's Required Submission. Each prospective Contractor shall com- plete and include, in his bid, the following proposed MBE subcontract work. Prior to award of the contract under this solicitation, the prospective Contractor shall confirm efforts made, to the best of the Contractor' s ability, to obtain MBE subcontract participation in this contract and shall submit the following information concerning proposed and final MBE partici- pation in the contract. MINORITY SUBCONTRACTS Minority Subcontractors Names and Addresses Subcontract Work Item Dollar Value of Subcontract Work t1a" ~~~~_. . "~ 5~~~~ ~~:~;!-- d.-~4 35 o~ ~~.(X)O~ Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid Percent of Total \ 0 % lo.436.~ 1 et; ~q3. 18 WOMEN SUBCONTRACTS Women Subcontractors Names and Addresses Subcontract Work Item Do 11 ar Value of Subcontract Work ~~~ ~ \8 41 I. 7-9:.. .. Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid Percent of Total ~~~j o ;;) 3. 112- 01. % SP118/030785 AP2-2 If the contractor fails to meet the contract goals established in paragr~ph 7 above information is to be submitted prior to contract award to asslst the own~r in determining whether or not the contractor made acceptable good faith efforts to meet the contract goals. Suggested guidance for use in determining if good faith efforts were made by a contractor are included in Appendix A to 49 CFR Part 23, Subpart 23.45(h) revised as of April 27, 1981. A list of the efforts that a contractor must make and the owner will use in making a determination as to the acceptability of a contractor's efforts to meet the goals are as follows: (1) Whether the contractor attended any pre-solicitation or pre-bid meetings that were scheduled by the recipient to inform MBE's and WBE's of contracting and subcontracting opportunities; (2) Whether the contractor advert i sed in genera 1 c i rcu 1 at i on, trade as- sociation' and minority-focus media concerning the subcontracting opportun- it i es; (3) Whether the contractor provided ber of specific MBE's and WBE's that being solicited, in sufficient time participate effectively; (4) Whether the contractor followed up initial solicitations of interest by contact ing MBE/WBE' s to determi ne with certa inty whether the MBE/WBE' s were interested; written notice to a reasonable num- their interest in the contract was to allow the MBE's and WBE's to r (5) Whether the contractor selected portions of work to be performed by MBE/WBE I sin order to increase the 1 i ke 1 i hood of meet i n9 the MBE goa 1 s (inc luding, where appropri ate, break ing down contracts into economically feasible units to facilitate MBE/WBE participation); (6) Whether the contractor provided interested MBE/WBE' s with adequate information about the plant, specifications and requirements of the con- tract; (7) Whether the contractor negotiated in good faith with interested MBE/WBE's, not rejecting MBE's/WBE's as unqualified without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities; (8) Whether the contractor made efforts to assist interested MBE/WBE's in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, or insurance required by the recipient or contractor, and (9) Whether the contractor effectively used the services of available minority community organizations; minority contractors' groups; local, state and Federal minority business assistance offices; and other organiza- tions that provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of MBE/WBE's. SP118/030785 AP2'-3 NOTE: The nine (9) items set forth above are minimum criteria and the owner may specify that you submit information on certain other - actions a contractor took to secure MBE and WBE participation in an effor to meet the goals. A contractor may also submit to the owner other information on ef- forts it made to meet the goals. 10. Contractor Assurances. The bidder hereby assures that he wi 11 meet one of the following as appropriate: a. The MBE/WBE participation goals as established in paragraph 7 above. b. The MBE/WBE participation percentage shown in paragraph 9 which was submitted as a condition of the bid. Agreements between bidder/proposer and an MBE/WBE in which the MBE/WBE promises not to provide subcontracting quotations to other bidders/proposers are prohibited. The bidder shall make a good faith effort to replace an MBE/WBE subcontract that is unable to perform successfully with another MBE/WBE subcontractor. Substitution must be coordinated and approved by the owner. Failure to adequately satisfy MBE and WBE requirements are grounds for bid rejection. The bidder shall establish and maintain records and submit regular reports, as required, which wi 11 identify and assess progress in achieving MBE/WBE subcontract goals and other MBE/WBE affirmative action efforts. SP118/030785 AP2-4 SCHEDULE A INFORMATION FOR DETERMINING MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE ELIGIBILITY 1. Name of Firm 2. Address of Firm 3. Phone Number of Firm 4. Indicate whether firm is sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, corporation or other business entity (please specify) 5. Nature of Firms's Business 6. Years Firm has been in Business 7. Ownership of firm: Identify those who own 5 percent or more of the firm's ownership. Columns e and f need be filled out only if the firm is less than 100 percent minority owned. a Name b Race c Sex d Years of Owner-- ship e Ownership percent- age f Voting percent- age With firms less than 100 percent minority owned, list the contributions of money, equipment, real estate, or expertise of each of the owners. 8. Control of firm: (a) Identify by name, race, sex, and title in the firm those individuals (including owners and non-owners) who are responsible for day-to-day management and policy decision-making, including, but not limited to, those with prime responsibilities for: 1. Financial decisions 2. Management decisions, such as: a. Estimating SPl18/030785 AP2-5 b. Marketing and sales c. Hiring and firing of management personnel d. Purchases of major items or supplies 3. Supervision of field operations 9. For each of those listed in Question 8, provide a brief summary of the person's experience and number of years with the firm, indicating the person's qualifications for the responsibilities given him or her. 10. Describe or attach a copy of any stock options or other ownership options that are outstanding, and any agreements between owners or between owners and third parties which restrict ownership or control of minority owners. 11. Identify any owner (see Item 7) or management official (see Item 8) of the named firm who is or has been an employee of another firm that has an ownership interest in or a present business relationship with the named firm. Present business relationships include shares space, equipment, financing, or employees as well as both firms having some of the same owners. 12. What are the gross receipts of the firm for each of the last two years? . Year ending $ Year ending $ 13. Name of bonding company, if any: Bonding limit Source of letters of credit, if any 14. Are your authorized to do business in the state as well as locally, including all necessary business licenses? 15. Indicate if this firm or other firms with any of the same officers have previously received or been denied certification or participation as an MBE and describe the circumstances. Indicate the name of the certifying authority and the date of such certification or denial. SP118/030785 AP2-6 AFFIDAVIT that the foregoing statements are true and correct information necessary to identify and explain (Name OT rlrm) as we 11 as the ownersh i p thereof. Further, the unders i gned agrees to prov i de through the prime contractor or, if no prime, directly to the grantee current, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed on the project, the payment therefor and any proposed changes, if any of the foregoing arrangements and to permit the audit and examination of books, records and fi les of the named firm. Any material misrepresentation will be grounds for terminating any contract which may be awarded and for initiating action under Federal or State laws concerning false statements" "The undersigned swears include all material operations of and the NOTE: If, after filing this Schedule A and before the work of this firm is completed on the contract covered by this regulation, there is any significant change in the information submitted, you must inform the grantee of the change through the prime contractor or, if no prime contractor, inform the grantee directly. Signature Name Tit le Date Corporate Seal (where appropriate) Date State of County of On th i s day of , 19 _' before me appeared (Name) , to me personally known, who, the foregoing affidavit, and did state that he or (Name of Firm) to execute the affidavit and did so ast1is being duly sworn, did execute she was properly authorized by or her free act and deed. Notary Public Commission Expires SP118/030785 AP2-7 SCHEDULE B INFORMATION FOR DETERMINING JOINT VENTURE ELIGIBILITY (This form need not be filled in if all joint venture firms are minority owned.) 1. Name of Joint Venture 2. Address of Joint Venture 3. Phone Number of Joint Venture 4. Identify the firms which comprise the joint venture. (The MBE partner must complete Schedule A.) (a) Describe the role of the MBE firm in the joint venture. (b) Describe very briefly the experience and business qualifications of each non-MBE joint venturer: 5. Nature of the joint venture's business 6. Provide a copy of the joint venture agreement. 7. What is the claimed percentage of MBE ownership? 8. Ownership of joint venture: (This need not be filled in if described in the joint venture agreement, provided by question 6.) (a) Profit and loss sharing. (b) Capital contributions, including equipment. (c) Other applicable ownership interests. 9. Control of and participation in this contract. Identify by name, race, sex, and IIfirmll those individuals (and their titles) who are responsible for day-to-day management and policy decisionmaking, including, but not limited to, those with prime responsibility for: (a) Financial decisions (b) Management decisions, such as: (1) (2) Estimating Marketing and sales SP118/030785 AP2-8 (3) Hiring and firing of management personnel (4) Purchasing of major items or supplies (c) Supervision of field operations NOTE: If, after filing this Schedule B and before the completion of the joint venture's work on the contract covered by this regulation, there is any significant change in the information submitted, the joint venture must inform the grantee, either directly or through the prime contractor if the joint venture is a subcontractor. SP118/030785 AP2-9 PROJECT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS The airport will be closed during construction, and cannot be reopened until cons truct ion is comp 1 eted on the runway and connector tax i way. Reopen i ng the airport is discouraged for safety reasons due to being an uncontrolled airfield, i.e., no tower control. This document sets forth specific requirements for airport safety applicable to this project. The Contractor is cautioned that construction will impact safe operating conditions on the airport. All construction activity must be proven safe, regarding aircraft while moored, when taxiing, or when taking off or land- ing. Aircraft taxiing or landing always have the right-of-way over ground vehicles. Aircraft safety and safety of occupants and users is a primary con- cern for the satisfactory execution of this contract. Of concern is the safety of all personnel, regardless if pilot, airport personnel, contractor, bystanders, etc. operating vehicles and equipment related to the construction project and near the airport. Final instructions regarding operations on or near an active runway or taxiway shall be obtained from the Engineer prior to planning the work. The Contractor's field supervision shall demonstrate comprehension of baSic project safety requirements as identified in the following paragraphs of this specification volume: 40-05 70-07 70-08 80-04 Maintenance of Traffic Public Convenience and Safety Barricades, Warning Signs and Hazard Markings . Limitation of Operations Reference is made to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2C, Airports with Emphasis on Safety During Construction". requirements were derived from this advisory circular, posed construction. "0perational Safety on These project safety as app 1 i ed to the pro- 1.0 SAFETY PLAN The airport will be closed, temporary markings for both the closed runway and the closed taxiway shall be provided by the Contractor, and will remain closed until work is completed. The Contractor shall notify the Fixed Base Operator (FBO); Provincetown, Boston Airways (PBA); Southern Express; Federal Aviation Administrations (FAA); and local pilots' organizations of the proposed construction schedule in detailed steps. The Contractor wi 11 review the detailed schedule of required actions. The following are required actions to implement the safety plan effectively and safely: o The Director of Airports shall initiate a NOTAM for the impending construction, FAA to issue NOTAM; SPl18/030785 S-l o local pilots' organizations should conduct informational meetings, inviting airport management to brief their members of the proposed construction program, temporary closing of the runway, and time period involved. The Contractor shall implement the safety plan immediately following approval of by the Director of Airports. He must have equipment ready, and construction and safety schedules approved. The Contractor shall provide the following once the Notice to Proceed is issued: * for the closed runway -- o place closed runway markers, each end; see sheet of the 2 plans and AC 150/5370-2C; o deactivate the runway edge and threshold lights; taxiway edge lights; o set-up flashing red lights for night recognition of the closed runway markers; and, In no case shall the Contractor attempt to move, relocate, or tie down aircraft. If aircraft are found moored in a scheduled and authorized work area, the con- tractor shall notify the Director of Airports, the fixed base operator manager, or the resident inspector for immediate removal. Any delay in removal of such aircraft or in making a scheduled work area available to the Contractor, in excess of 24 hours, shall be logged by the resident inspector for consideration if liquidated damages are assigned as a result of delay in the project. Under no circumstances is the Contractor allowed to use, cross, traverse, or perform any construction tasks on the active runways, taxiways, or actively used aircraft parking aprons, unless permission has been properly authorized by the Director of Airports, and appropriate FBO operations personnel in accordance with paragraph 4.0. The Contractor sha 11 exerc i se extreme caution in the veh i c 1 e park i ng areas and access roads, taking whatever measures necessary to insure the safety of per- sonnel using the airport, construction personnel, and property and equipment at the airport. 2.0 BACKGROUND Operational safety for aircraft, vehicles, equipment, and personnel during con- struction programs at an airport may be affected by obvious and many times subt le Contractor induced hazards or marginal safety condit ions that develop during the course of the project. Examples of such hazards or marginal condi- tions which have occurred in the past that resulted in accidents or incidents are: 2.1 Improperly supervised excavations adjacent to runways, taxiways and apron areas, such as included in this project. SP118/030785 5-2 2.2 Mounds of earth, construction materi a 1, temporary structures and other obstacles in or in proximity. to operational areas, including approach zones, runway safety areas, and runway primary surfaces. 2.3 Runway, taxiway, and apron surfacing projects which result in sharp or excessive lips between the old and new surfaces at the runway, taxiway, and apron edges and ends. 2.4 Heavy equipment, both stationary and mobile, operating or being left for unnecessary periods of time within the boundaries of active airport move- ment areas. 2.5 Operation of heavy equipment, storage of material or equipment located in approach and other critical areas such as safety areas and primary surfaces. 2.6 Improper or malfunctioning runway, taxiway or other lights or unlighted hazards. 2.7 Debris resulting from construction such as loose asphalt, aggregate, shipping cartons, excess materials, and plastic bags located on runways, taxiways, and safety areas. 2.8 Disruption of security: accidental or inadvertent opening of fenclng protecting passengers for air carrier operations and aircraft operatjng on or stored on ramps or aprons. 2.9 Hazards created due to weather conditions such as standing water on or adjacent to runways, taxiways, and aprons; wind driven sand accumulations from construction areas, etc. ' 2.10 Deterioration or damage by construction of runway, taxiway or ramp mark- ings or lighting to the extent that visual guidance is no longer pro- vided. 2.11 Improper methods of marking temporarily closed operational areas such as the use of portable street barricades. 3.0 SAFETY RESPONSIBILITY The Director of Airports, is responsible for maintaining and assuring opera- tional safety when hazardous or marginal conditions typical of construction project develop at a public use airport. He must inform users of the airport, the FAA Flight Standards Office, Miami, the commercial carriers, and airport tenants that hazardous or marginal conditions may exist on the airport. 3.1 Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) .... The Director of Airports, wi 11 provide the necessary information describing hazardous or marginal conditions to the FAA Fl ight Service Station at Key West so that a Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) can be issued according to established procedures. Pilots or persons engaged in aviation activities are requested to SPl18/030785 S-3 report hazardous or marginal airport conditions to the airport management, Key West Flight Service Station, Flight Standards Office, or Airports District Office. It is important that NOTAMs be kept current and reflect the actual conditions with respect to construction situations. Active NOTAMs should be reviewed periodically by the Director of Airports, airport users, and Contractor to re- flect current conditions. Issuance of NOTAMs should provide adequate time to allow users of the airport to make other arrangements if any portion of a runway is to be closed. An agreed upon method of providing NOTAM information in the National Airspace System should be established between the Director of Airports, Contractor and FAA prior to the start of the construction. 3.2 Responsible Personnel Listed below are the names~ locations, and telephone numbers for responsible management personnel concerned with the safe conduct of project construction: Emergency Contact & Phone Facility Person to Contact Director of Airports, Monroe County, at Key West Art R. Skelly (305) 296-5439 . Airport Manager at Marathon Ken Agnew (305) 743-5128 (305) 743-6563 .,4.1 3.3 Scheduling of Work It is to be understood that all operations in the airport are to be stopped until all work is finished. Prior to commencement of any work, the Director of Airports, and a FAA Flight Service Representative must confer with the Contractor to assure that the scheduling of construction activities in conjunction with aircraft operations is fully understood. Construction work should be phased so that it will result in minimum delays to aircraft movements. In moving from one area of construction activity to another area, appropriate advance notice shall be provided by the Contractor to the resident inspector and airport users. The Director of Airports, will coordinate the Contractor's proposed schedule of operations with the airport users and Flight Standards Office. The Contractor shall notify the Director of Airports, prior to scheduling and initiating work that would require closing of the runway, taxiways, and aprons to traffic. 4.0 GUIDELINES FOR SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION These guidelines apply to all construction work which may affect the movement of aircraft, operating procedures for aircraft and ground handling equipment, pas- senger or cargo handling and the movement of emergency ground equipment. .-r SP118/030785 S-4 4.1 Construction Activity and Aircraft Movements 4.1.1 Prior to any construction activity affecti ng aircraft movement areas, the resident inspector will coordinate safety requirements with airport users and appropriate representatives of FAA. This coordinated approach to construction activity wi 11 determine any restrictions required for the project's special provisions which should result in a minimum of interference to aircraft opera- tions. For example: the restrictions may result in closing a portion of the airport, runway or taxiway areas for specified periods or they may result in phasing the work to accomplish certain activities at selected times. 4.1.2 For construction activity to be performed in other than active operational areas, the storage and parking of equipment and mate- rials, when not in use or about to be installed, should not encroach upon active operational areas. In protecting opera- tional areas, the minimum clearances maintained for runways should be in agreement with Part 77 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. 4.1.3 Because of frequent necessity to accomplish construction within areas defined by FAR Part 77, whi 1e aircraft operations are in progress, the following distances from runway or taxiway edges and runway approach areas could be authorized due to construction activity before it would be necessary to close temporarily a run- way or taxiway. Runway 7/25 125 feet 40 feet 20:1 slope 600 feet (based upon a 20-foot high obstacle at runway end) 4.1.4 The presence of construction equipment, rough grades, or open excavation in excess of three inches deep within the above areas will require closure of runway, taxiway or operations areas until removed or corrected. Warning signs, low profile weighted bar- riers, and red flashing caution lights shall be located in taxi areas in advance of the construction site. Distance from runway edge Distance from taxiway edge Runway approach areas Distance from runway end 4.2 Limitation on Construction 4.2.1 Open flame welding or torch cutting operations shall be prohib- ited, especially near fuel farm areas, unless adequate fire and safety precautions are provided and have been approved by the airport owner or operator. SP118/030785 S-5 4.2.2 Open trenches, excavations and stockpiled material at the con- struct i on site shou 1 d be promi nent ly marked with red fl ags and lighted by red flashing caution lights during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. No open trenches will be left open if airport is operational. 4.2.3 Stockpiled material should be constrained in a manner to prevent movement resulting from aircraft blast or wind conditions in excess of 10 knots. 4.3 Motor Vehicle Operators 4.3.1 Before Contractor personnel are allowed to proceed with construc- tion, they must be adequately schooled by Contractor supervision in the safety requirements of this plan and checked carefully as to their understanding of, the plan. Their movements near or across the runway operations area must be supervised. L imita- tions imposed by authorized construction program phasing must be understood; also the means whereby approval and escort is pro- vided for crossing unauthorized areas of aircraft movement. Operation safety instructions shall be reviewed periodically, by supervision, especially as new inexperienced personnel are added to Contractor's staff. · 4.3.2 When any vehicle operator other than personnel routinely worklng in the aircraft movement area and runway approach area is required to travel over any portion of that area, that operator should be escorted by authorized personnel in a vehicle properly authorized to operate in the area, or the vehicle must be pro- vided with an amber flashing dome-type light (preferred) or at least a flag on a staff so attached to the vehicle that the flag will be readily visible. The flag should not be less than three feet square, cons ist ing of a checkered pattern of international orange and white squares of not less than one foot on each side and displayed in full view above the vehicle. A flag or escort vehicle is not required for vehicles which have been painted, marked, and 1 i ghted for routine use on aircraft movement areas and operated by qualified personnel. Any vehicle operating on the aircraft movement area shall also be equipped with a flashing dome-type light, and the color to be in accordance with local and/or state codes. If the airport has a security plan, check for guidance on additional identification and control of con- struction equipment. 4.3.3 Vehicle operators crossing active movement areas shall be con- trolled by either two-way radio communications, at 122.8 Mhz, by escort, flagman, or signal light. Clearance should be confirmed by the vehicle operator's personal observation that no aircraft is approaChing his position. 4.3.4 It may be desirable to identify vehicles for control purposes by either assigned initials or numbers prominently displayed on each ",", SP118/030785 $-6 side. The identifying symbols should be of eight inch mlnlmum, block type characters of a color easily read. They may be applied by use of tape or water soluble paint to facilitate removal. In addition, all vehicles must display the airport identification or security media as specified in the approved airport security plan, if applicable. 4.4 Debris Waste and loose material capable of causing damage to aircraft landing gears, propellers or being ingested in jet engines should not be placed on or near active aircraft movement areas. Materials such as asphalt coated aggregate particles tracked on these areas should be removed con- tinuously during the work project. 5.0 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS FOR DISCUSSION AT PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Listed below are items that must be discussed with all interested airport users: 5.1 Accurate telephone information to contact hospital, ambulance, police or fire departments in event of emergency, radio frequencies for direct access to airport agencies (see Section 80-04), telephone numbers and names and locations of hospitals including direct access routes. 5.2 Crash, fire and rescue department notification when construction could alter or block access routes. 5.3 Temporary closing and reopening of runway, taxiway .or apron areas, including importance of temporary marking and lighting, ~nd low weighted barriers. "'- 5.4 The effect of proposed construction on general aviation operations; instrument approach procedures such as raising of takeoff or landing min- imums; temporary displacement of thresholds. 5.5 The time sequence of Contractor events related to the required shutdown of a navigational aid system during a prescribed time when use is not required or forecast to assure minimum faCility shutdown time. 5.6 Careful understanding and coordination between construction forces, inspection forces, flight service stations, and airport management per- sonnel. 5.7 Need for and timing of NOTAMs during the construction. 5.8 Marking and/or lighting of construction equipment and vehicles. 5.9 Temporary Contractor's personnel and vehicle identification requirements in air operation areas during the construction period. If the Contractor has an exclusive access road, it must be secured or guarded to keep unauthorized personnel or animals out. SP118/030785 S-7 5.10 Requirement for signalmen or vehicular traffic control to prevent con- flict between aircraft and surface vehicles and along haul routes off airport property onto public roadways. 5.11 Detailed discussion of Contractor activities, according to area of work. 5.11.1 Employee auto parking. 5.11.2 Construction office and resident engineer office, including telephone service and number. 5.11.3 Access routes for equipment and materials. 5.11.4 Secure storage area for project materials. 5.11.5 Secure storage area for construction equipment and tools. 5.11.6 The parking of construction equipment and vehicles when not engaged in construction during non-working days and at night. 5.11.7 Haul routes for off site debris or waste disposal. 5.11.8 On site disposal and burning of construction debris or waste. 5.12 Designation of responsible Contractor representative available on a 24- hour basis, including telephone number. 5.13 Interim fencing gates, barriers, or other controls where existing fencing is to be relocated. Contractor plan must satisfy approved airport secur- ity program. 5.14 Environmental and safety requirements such as: 5.14.1 Dust control - use of water, chemicals, straw, mulch and seeding. 5.14.2 Smoke or open fires - comply with local ordinances. 5.14.3 Noise abatement - comply with local regulations pertaining to noise levels and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration rules. .,,.. 5.14.4 Location or relocation of utilities such as power, water, sewer, control cables, and provisions for temporary services and testing, as required. "'" ~ SP118/030785 S-8 DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS SE CTI ON 10 DEFINITION OF TERMS Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements con- structed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 AlP. The Airport Improvement Program, a grant-in-aid program, admin- istered by the Federal Aviation Administration. 10-04 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. Work to be at Marathon Airport. 10-05 AIR OPERATING AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. . An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used .for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes its buildings and facilities, if any. 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials. 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the Owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. 10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-09.1 BID. The written offer of a bidder, submitted on the bid form, to per- form the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents and stating the consideration which the bidder will require for so doing. 10-9.2 BID FORM. The attached form on which it is required that bids be sub- mitted. SPl18/041884 GP-1 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every day shown on the calendar. 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of pay- ment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the scope of the contract. 10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract sha 11 i nc 1 ude, but not be 1 imi ted to: The Advert i sement; The Contract Form; the Proposal; the Performance and Guaranty Bond; The Payment Bond; any required insurance certificates; the Specifications; the Plans; and any addenda issued to bidders. 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 CONTRACTOR. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-18 ENGINEER. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, duly author- ized by the Owner (sponsor) to be responsible for engineering supervision of the Contractor work and act i ng direct ly or through an authori zed represent at i ve. Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc., 889 N. Orange Ave., Orlando, Florida 32801. 10-19 EQUIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper con- struction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his duly authorized representative. SPl18/041884 GP-2 T T . 'T 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. They may be obtained from the Specifications Activity, Printed Materials Supply Division, Building 197, Naval Weapons Plant, Washington, D.C. 20407. 10-23 INSPECTOR. An employee or representative of the Owner authorized to inspect work performed, or being performed, or the materials furnished, or being furnished by the Contractor in execution of this contract. 10-24 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words lid i rected ", "requ i red ", "permitted ", "ordered ", "des i gnated ", "pre_ scribed", or words of the like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satis- factory", or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, subject in each case to the final determination of the Owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-25 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. 10-26 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-27 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 10 percent of the total amount of the awarded contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-28 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-29 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-30 OWNER (SPONSOR). County of Monroe, Florida. 10-31 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base, course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-32 PAYMENT BOND. A bond executed by the Contractor and his surety on the attached form guaranteeing that the Contractor will, in good faith, perform the work in full conformity with the terms of the contract documents and will promptly pay all persons supplying the labor and materials for the work. SP118/041884 GP-3 10-33 PERFORMANCE AND GUARANTY BOND. A bond executed by the Contractor and hi s surety on the attached form guaranteeing that the Contractor will truly perform and fulfill all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements in accordance with the terms of the contract, and will repair or replace defective labor or material for a period of one (1) year from acceptance of the work. 10-34 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. A listing of the plan sheets for this project is given below: Sheet No. 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 - 33 34 35 - 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Title Cover Sheet Airport Construction Layout General Civil Details Plan & Profile Sheets, Runway 7/25 Painting and Marking Plan, Runway 7/25 Cross Sections, Runway 7/25 Electrical Summary of Quantities Airport Lighting Plan Lighting Vault Plan & Details, Structural & Electrical Layout Plan, Lighting Vault Electrical Equip- ment Vault Wiring Diagram Generator Room Plan & Details PAPI-4 Installation Plan & Details Airfield Electrical Details Fence Details 10-35 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. 10-36 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary mate- rials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. In this specification, the word "BID" shall be substituted or used interChangeably with the word "PROPOSAL". 10-37 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. Bid Bond. A bond executed by a bidder and his surety on a form shown in this document, guaranteeing that the Bidder, if awarded the contract, will execute the same and will furnish the required performance and guaranty bond and payment bond. 10-38 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. The Resident Project Representative is the Engineer's agent and will act as directed by and under the supervision of Engineer, and will confer with Engineer regarding his actions. Resident Project Representative's dealings in matters pertaining to the on-site work shall, in general, be only with Engineer and Contractor, and dealings with subcontractors shall only be through, or with, the full knowledge of Contractor. Written com- munication with Owner will be only through or as directed by Engineer. SP1l8/031885 GP-4 10-39 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the 1 and i ng and takeoff of aircraft. 10-40 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for comp leting the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract phYSically. 10-41 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins; inlets; retaining walls; cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ductst manholest handholest lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-42 SUBGRADE. The soil which forms the pavement foundation. 10-43 SUPERINTENDENT. The Contractor I s executive represent at i ve who is present on the work during progresst authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineert and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-43 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the Contractor and the Owner covering: 1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contractt or any major contract itemt by more than 25 percentt such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contractt or 2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contractt but is required to satisfy the general scope of the contract. 10-44 SURETY. The corporationt partnershipt or individualt other than the Contractor t execut i ng payment or performance bonds wh i ch are furn i shed to the Owner by the Contractor. 10-45 TAXIWAY. For the purpose of this documentt the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runways or aircraft parking areas. 10-46 WORK. The furnishing of all labort materials, tools, equipment, and inci- denta 1 s necessary or conven i ent to the Contractor's performance of all dut i es and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. 10-47 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on wh i ch the norma 1 work i ng forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular work for at least 6 hours toward completion of the con- tract. Unless work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered as working days. SP118/031885 GP-5 SE CTI ON 20 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT. See Volume 1, Specifications and Contract Documents for the Owner. 20-02 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. Each bidder shall furnish the Owner satis- factory ev i dence of his competency to perform the propo sed work. Such ev i dence of competency, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder1s past experience on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key personnel that would be available. In addition, each bidder shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence of his financial responsibility. Such evidence of financial responsibility, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or report of the bidder's financial resources and liabilities as of the last calendar year or the contractor's last fiscal year. Such statements or reports shall be certified by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such financial statements or reports, the bidder shall further certify whether his financial responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the bidder's financial responsibility has changed, the bidder shall qualify the public accountant's statement or report to reflect his (bidder1s) true financial condition at the time such qualified statement or report is submitted to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he is prequalified with the State Highway Division and is on the current IIbidder's listll of the state in which the proposed work is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as evidence of financial responsibil- ity in lieu of the certified statements or reports hereinabove specified. Each bidder shall submit lIevidence of competencyll and "evidence of financial responsibilityll to the Owner no later than 10 days prior to the specified date for opening bids. 20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner shall furnish bidders with proposal forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal "forms are necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans, specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not. 20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner reserves the ri ght to refuse to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: (a) Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the Owner, if such regulations are cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal as a requirement for bidding. SP118/041884 GP-6 (b) Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force (with the Owner) at the time the Owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. (c) Contractor default under previous contracts with the Owner. (d) Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the Owner. 20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES. An estimate of quanti- ties of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The Owner does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in accordance with the plans and speci- fications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. 20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans, specifica- tions, and contract forms. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, qual- ity and quantities of work to be performed, materials to be furnished, and as-to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination and is satis- fied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed contract, plans, and specifications~ Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are avail- able for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsur- face information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the Owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclu- sions which he may make or obtain from his examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the Owner. A copy of the Engineer's report describing the technical features of the work to be performed shall be available for review at the office of the Owner. 20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms furnished by the Owner. The Bid Form shall not be detached from the con- tract documents. All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed) for which he proposed to do each pay item furnished in the proposal. SP1l8/041884 GP-7 ~._----"",,>>,,.,,-,;..~ The bidder shall sign his proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the part- nership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the pro- posal shall give the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone sign i ng a proposa 1 as an agent sha 11 fil e evidence of his authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or corporation. 20-08 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the fol- lowing reasons: (a) If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the Owner, or if the Owner I s form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached. (b) If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternative pay items, or irregularities of any kind which make the proposal incomplete, indef- inite, or otherwise ambiguous. (c) If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. ' (d) If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. (e) If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the Owner. For AlP contracts, proposals shall be considered irregular for any of the rea- sons stated, and, in addition, if the proposal is "nonresponsive" with respect to the requirements of Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulation as specified in the proposal form. The Owner reserves the ri ght to reject any i rregu 1 ar proposal and the ri ght to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts. 20-09 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. Each bid sha 11 be accompan i ed by a bid bond in the form of a cash i er I s check made payab 1 e to the Owner or a bid bond prepared on the form attached hereto, duly executed by the bidder as principal having as Surety thereon a surety company satisfactory to the Owner. The guaranty so fur- nished shall be in the amount not less than five percent (5%) of the amount of the total bid price. Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds must file with such bond a certified copy of their power of attorney to sign such bonds. All bonds must be countersigned by a resident Florida agent of the Surety with proof of agency attached. 20-10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by mail, prefer- SP118/041884 GP-8 ably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION OF PROPOSALS. A bidder may withdraw or revise (by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the Owner in writing or by telegram before the time specified for opening bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. 20-12 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be opened, and read, pub- licly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other interested persons are invited to attend. Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraphic request) or received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-13 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any of the following reasons: (a) Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same or different name. (b) Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall be disqualified bidders for any future work of the Owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the Owner as a qualified bidder. (c) If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason speci- fied in the subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. (d) Submission of an unbalanced bid in which the prices bid for some items are out of proportion to the prices bid for other items. (e) Lack of responsibility as shown by past work judged from the stand- point of workmanship and progress. (f) Lack of competency, as revealed by inability to produce valid license as required by law. (g) Uncompleted work for which the bidder is committed by contract, which, in the judgment of the Owner, might hinder or prevent the prompt completion of work under this contract if awarded to such bidder. (h) Being in arrears on any of his existing contracts with the Owner or in litigation with the Owner or having defaulted on a previous contract with the Owner. SP118/041884 GP-9 i 1 SECTION 30 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals are pub 1 i c ly opened and read, they wi 11 be compared on the bas is of the summat i on of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. In the event of a discrepancy between a unit bid price and an extension, the unit bid price will govern. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern. Until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: (a) If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. (b) If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals; waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and is in conformance with applicable state and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; adver- tise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All such actions shall promote the Owner's best interests. 30-02. AWARD OF CONTRACT. Award of the contract is subject to the avail abil ity of FAA AlP funds, and will be made after the necessary investigations of the responsibility of the low bidders have been made. Upon approval by the Federal Aviation Administration and on the recommendations of the Engineer, contract award notification will be made. Such award will be made, or all bids rejected, within ninety (90) days of the bid opening. Award of the contract shall be made by the Owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the Owner. 30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of the proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the Owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. 30-04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the Owner has made a com- parison of bids as hereinbefore specified in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS in this Section. Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the Owner until such time as an award is made, at which time the unsuccessful bidder's SP118/041884 GP-lO proposa 1 guaranty wi 11 be returned. The successfu 1 bidder IS proposal guaranty wi 11 be returned as soon as the Owner recei ves the contract bonds as spec i fi ed in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. 30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the con- tract, the successfu 1 bidder sha 11 furn ish the Owner a surety bond or bonds which have been fully executed by the bidder and his surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptab le to the Owner. For contracts under $100,000, the performance, payment and guaranty bond or bonds shall be in a sum equa 1 to the fu 11 amount of each contract awarded. For contracts exceed i ng $100,000, separate performance and payment bonds shall each be in a sum equal to the fu 11 amount of each contract awarded. The bond shall be wri tten through a company licensed to do business in the State of Florida and meeting the follow- ing requirements: (a) Qualifications - Management and Strength (1) The surety must be rated no less than IIAII as to management, and no less than IlAAAII as to strength, by the latest edition of Best's Insurance Guide, published by Alfred M. Best Company, Inc., 75 Fulton St., New York, New York 10038. (2) The surety company executing the bond shall be listed by the U.S. Treasury Department as being approved by and for writing bonds for federal proj- ects on its current 1 i st in an amount not less than the amount of the bond to the Owner. (b) Bonding Limit - Any One Risk. The bonding limit of the sureties shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the policyholder surplus (capital and surplus) as listed by the aforementioned Best's Insurance Guide. (c) Authorization. Attorneys-in-fact who sign performance, payment and guaranty bonds must file with such bond a certified copy of their power of attorney to sign such bonds. A 11 bonds must be counters i gned by a res i dent Florida agent of the surety with proof of agency attached. 30-06 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (execute) the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return such signed con- tract to the Owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 15 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. The successful bidder shall provide satisfactory evidence of all required insurance coverage and proof satisfactory to the Owner or the persons executing the contract. The above documents must be furnished, executed, and de 1 i vered before the contract wi 11 be executed by the Owner and a copy of such fu llY executed contract is delivered to the contractor. If the contract is mailed, special handling is recommended. 30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon recei pt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the Owner shall complete the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and SP1l8/041884 GP-ll ",_.,_.._.~...~--;;.,,,",,...,, return the fu lly executed contract to the contractor. De 1 i very of the fu lly executed contract to the contractor shall constitute the Owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. 30-08 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 15 calen- dar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the Owner. SPl18/041884 GP-12 SECTION 40 SCOPE OF WORK 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for con- struction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 40-01.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE. After contract has been awarded and signed, but prior to the commencement of the work, a Pre-Construction Conference shall be held at the office of the Owner. Such conference shall be attended by autho- rized representatives of the Owner, Engineer, contractor, FAA, FOOT; and appro- priate airport users. The purpose of this conference will be to review the contractors' submitted progress schedules, integrate same, clarify any questions that might arise with regard to responsibility and jurisdiction, and acquaint all parties present with the authorized representatives to be notified. The progress schedule shall be furnished to the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours in advance of th i s conference. The exact time and place of th i s meet i ng sha 11 be established by the Owner and written notice shall be given. 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES. The Owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise spec i f i ed here in, the Eng i neer sh a 11 be and is hereby author fzed to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded con- tract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations which do not exceed the 25 percent limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the contractor agrees to accept payment for such a 1 terat ions as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations which are for work with in the general scope of the contract shall be covered by "change orders" issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation hereinbefore specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supple- mental agreement. If the Owner and the contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the Owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. 40-03 OMITTED ITEMS. The Engineer may, in the Owner's best interest, omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supp 1 ementa 1 agreement. Such omi ss i on of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. SP118/041884 GP-13 Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be non-performed, the contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 EXTRA WORK. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an i tern of work for wh i ch no bas is of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or suppl- ementa 1 agreements, the same sha 11 be called Extra Work. Extra work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such extra work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such extra work. When determined by the Engineer to be in the Owner's best interest, he may order the contractor to proceed with extra work by force account as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. Any claim for payment of extra work that is not covered by written agreement (change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the Owner. 40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his own operations and the operat ions of all his subcontractors as spec if i ed in the sub sect i on tit 1 ed LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the sub- section titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. With respect to his own operations and the operations of all his subcontractors, the contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying: personnel; equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or highway during the contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans and specifications, the contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flagmen, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office), unless otherwise specified herein. The contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, SP118/041884 GP-14 streets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein, the contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or highway. The contractor shall make his own estimate of all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraft and vehic- ular traffic as specified in this subsection. The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this subsection shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Cars, trucks, and construction equipment shall be limited to the areas of runway and taxiway which are closed to air traffic, except when approved by the Owner. Safety practices sha 11 be in accordance with FAA AC 150/5370-2B, Safety on Airports During Construction Activity. Vehicle traffic patterns to and from construction areas shall be as approved by the Engineer after clearance with the Owner. Grassed areas damaged by ground traffic shall be restored by the con- tractor at his expense prior to completion and acceptance of the project. The contractor shall furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect and divert vehicular, aircraft, and pedestrian traffic from working areas closed to traffic, or to protect any new work. Failure to comply with these requirements will result in the Engineer shutting down the work until the contractor shall have provided the necessary protection. When contractor vehicles must repeatedly cross the active runway, or be within 150 feet of an active runway, the contractor shall furnish flagmen to control such movements to assure safety to aircraft and personnel using the active run- way. Vehicles shall be flagged and lighted in accordance with AC 150/5370-2B. 40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the .plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of exist- ing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sec- tions established for completion of the work) shall be utilized in the work as otherwi se prov i ded for in the contract and sha 11 remain the property of the Owner when so utilized in the work. 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK. Should the contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, SP118/041884 GP-15 slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sec- t ions, the use of wh i ch is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his option either: (a) Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, (b) Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Engineer; or, (c) Use such material for his own temporary construction site; or, (d) Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the contractor wish to exercise option (a), (b), or (c), he shall request the Engineer's approval in advance of such use. Should the Engineer approve the contractor's request to exercise option (a), (b), or (c), the contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The contractor shall replace, at his own expense, such removed or excavated mater i a 1 wi th an agreed equa 1 vo 1 ume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The contractor shall not be charged for his use of such material so used in the work or removed from the site. Should the Engineer approve the contractor's exercise of option (a), the Contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material an accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the contractor sha 11 make no c 1 aim for de 1 ays by reason of his exercise of option (a), (b), or (c). The contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. 40-08 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary struc- tures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condi- t i on. Materi a 1 cleared from the site and depos i ted on adj acent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission of such property Owner. Areas disturbed during construction are to be restored to the conditions existing prior to construction. No separate payment will be made for this work. SP118/041884 GP-16 40-09 UTILITIES AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES (a) Existing Utilities and Facilities indicated on the drawings may not be complete and location could vary from that shown. The contractor shall verify the exact location of those existing utilities and facilities which are directly involved in the construction and/or within the limits of the work. (b) Protection. Preserve in operating condition all active utilities and facilities traversing the site of the work; protect all property including, but not limited to, sewer and water mains, conduit, manholes, catch basins, valve boxes, poles, guys, electrical and telephone cables and other appurtenances. The contractor shall repair damage to any such utility and facility due to work under this contract to the satisfaction of the local authority and the utility at no cost to the Owner. (c) Approval shall be obtained from the appropriate utility authority and the Engineer prior to making adjustments to, or in any way altering the opera- tion of existing utilities and facility or making connections to existing pipes and structures. (d) Electrical Power. Temporary wiring and electrical power for construc- tion shall be furnished by the contractor. Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements with the loca 1 power company for temporary serv ices, at contrac- tor's expense. (1) Temporary wiring shall meet all safety requirements of the National Electrical Code and local code requirements. (2) Temporary power shall be made available by the contractor to all subcontractors to enable them to properly carry out their work. An adequate number of outlets shall be provided, each properly and clearly labeled with maximum voltage and fuse protection, and provided with ground fault protection. (3) Temporary lighting shall consist of a weatherproof socket prop- erly insulated and provided with a locking wire-type guard. (4) All devices shall be properly grounded. (e) Water. The contractor shall arrange with local authorities for water and pay all costs in connection therewith. SP118/041884 GP-17 SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall decide any and all ques- tions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials fur- nished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. He shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpre- tat i on of the spec ifi cat ions or plans re 1 at i ng to the work, the fu 1 fi llment of the contract on the part of the contractor, and the rights of different contrac- tors on the project. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for under the contract. All notices given by the Owner or the Engineer under the provisions of this contract shall be in writing and service of same may be in either of the follow- ing manners: (a) By de 1 i very of such not i ce to the contractor or to any offi cer of the contractor if said contractor be a corporation, or to any agent or superinten- dent of the contractor. (b) By mailing such notice by certified mail to the address of the contractor shown on the contractor's bid. The contractor shall allow and permit the Engineer or his duly authorized repre- sentative to inspect and review all payrolls, records of personnel, conditions of employment, invoices of materials, books of accounts, and other relevant data and records pertinent to the contract and subcontracts. Resident Project Representative will: 1. Schedules: Review the progress schedule, schedule of Shop Drawing submis- sions and schedule of values prepared by Contractor and consult with Engineer concerning their acceptability. 2. Conferences: Attend preconstruct ion conferences. Arrange a schedu le of progress meetings and other job conferences as required in consultation with Engineer and notify those expected to attend in advance. Attend meet- ings, and maintain and circulate copies of minutes thereof. 3. Liaison: a. Serve as Engineer's liaison with Contractor, working principally through Contractor's superintendent and assist him in understanding the intent of the Contract Documents. Assist Engineer in serving as Owner's 1 i a i son with Contractor when Contractor I s ope rat ions affect Owner's on-site operations. b. As requested by Engineer, assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when required at the job site for proper execution of the Work. SP118/042684 GP-18 4. Shop Drawings and Samples: a. Receive and record date of receipt of Shop Drawings and samples, receive samples which are furnished at the site by Contractor, and notify Engineer of their availability for examination. b. Advise Engineer and Contractor or its superintendent immediately of the commencement of any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample sub- mission if the submission has not been approved by Engineer. 5. Review of Work, Rejection of Defective Work, Inspections and Tests: a. Conduct on-site observations of the Work in progress to assist Eng i neer in determi n i ng if the Work is proceed i ng in accordance wi th the Contract Document and that comp leted Work wi 11 conform to the Contract Documents. b. Report to Engineer whenever he believes that any Work is unsatisfac- tory, faulty or defective, or does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspections, tests or approval requ i red to be made or has been damaged pri or to fi na 1 payment; and advise Engineer when he believes Work should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. . c. Verify that tests, equipment and systems startups' and operating and maintenance instructions are conducted as required by the Contract Documents and in presence of the required personnel, and the Contractor maintains adequate records thereof; observe, record and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test procedures and startups. d. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the outcome of these inspections and report to Engineer. 6. Interpretation of Contract Documents: Transmit to Contractor Engineer I s clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents. 7. Modifications: Consider and evaluate Contractor I s suggest ions for modifi- cations in Drawings or Specifications and report them with recommendations to Engineer. 8. Records: a. Maintain at the job site orderly files for correspondence, reports of job conferences, Shop Drawings and samples submission, reproductions of original Contract Documents, including all addenda, change orders, field orders, additional Drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Contract, Engineer's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports and other Project related docu- ments. SP118/042684 GP-19 "__""",""""'4>o'c,,,,..,,,,,,,...,_,,,,,,.j,,,-.,,,,..,,,,,~,,,, b. Keep a diary or log book, recording hours on the job site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of extras or deductions, list of visiting officials and representatives of manufacturers, fabri- cators, suppliers and distributors, daily activities, decisions, observations in general and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures. Send copies to Engineer. c. Record names, addresses and telephone numbers of all Contractors, sub- contractors and major suppliers of material and equipment. 9. Reports: a. Furnish Engineer periodic reports as required to progress of the Work and Contractor's compliance with the approved progress schedule and schedule of Shop Drawing submissions. b. Consult with Engineer in advance of scheduled major tests, inspections or start of important phases of the work. c. Report immediately to engiener upon the occurrence of any accident. 10. Payment Requisitions: Review applications for payment with Contractor for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward them with recommendations to Engineer, noting particularly their relafion to the schedule of values, Work completed and materials and equip~ent delivered at the site, but not incorporated in the Work. 11. Certificates, Maintenance and Operation Manuals: During the course of the Work, verify that certificates, maintenance and operation manuals and other data required to be assembed and furnished by Contractor are applicable to the items actually installed; and deliver this material to Engineer for his review and forwarding to Owner prior to final acceptance of the Work. 12. Completion: a. Before Engineer issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to Contractor a list of observed items requiring completion or correc- tion. b. Conduct final inspection in the company of Engineer, Owner and Contractor and prepare a final list of items to be completed or cor- rected. c. Verify that all items on final list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance. Limitations of Authority of Resident Project Representative Except upon written instructions of Engineer, Resident Project Representative sha 11 not: 1. Authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or approve any substi- tute materials or equipment; SP118/042684 GP-20 2. exceed limitations on Engineer's authority as set forth in the Contract Documents; 3. undertake any of the responsibility of Contractor, subcontractors or Contractor's superintendent, or expedite the Work; 4. advise on, or issue, directions relative to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents; 5. advise on, or issues, directions as to safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. 6. authorize Owner to occupy the Project in whole or in part; and, 7. participate in specialized field or laboratory tests. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials fur- nished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the con- tract, plans, or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, durability, and workmanship acceptable to the Owner, he will advise the Owner of his determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document his determi nat i on and recommend to the Owner a basi s of acceptance which will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected por- t i on of the work. The Eng i neer 's determi nat i on and recommended contract pri ce adjustments will be based on good engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in his opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materi a 1 s shall be removed and rep 1 aced or otherwi se corrected by and at the expense of the contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's right to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such com- pliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority to use good engineering SP118/042684 GP-21 _"~_.~,_,_,___,,,,,,,,,,;,,..,,_-,,,,,,,,,,_,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_,,,,,,,,,,_"",-,""""'''''~',.,.~_,~._,>...,~,_"c~;,,,.,, judgment in his determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but wi 11 provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. 50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. The contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or specifications. In the event the contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his inter- pretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The contractor will be supplied with two cop- ies each of the plans and specifications dated by the Engineer as of date of Notice to Proceed. He shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of the plans and spec- ifications may be obtained by the contractor for the cost of reproduction. - The contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the pro- gress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the Engineer and his inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The Engineer shall allocate the work and designate the sequence of construction in case of controversy between contractors. The contractor sha 11 have a competent superi ntendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his agent on the work. The superinten- dent sha 11 be capab 1e of read i ng and thorough 1y understand i ng the plans and specifications and shall receive and fu1fi 11 instructions from the Engineer or his authorized representative. 50-05 COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS. The Owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of anyone project, each con- tractor shall conduct his work so as not to interfere with or hinder the prog- ress of completion of the work being performed by other contractors. Contrac- tors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. Each contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence and operations of other con- tractors working within the limits of the same project. The contractor sha 11 arrange his work and sha 11 place and dispose of the mate- rials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other con- SP118/041884 GP-22 tractors within the limits of the same project. He shall join his work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. The contractor shall not commit or permit any act which will interfere with the performance of the work by any other contractor or fail to perform such acts as required to avoid interference with the performance of work by any other con- tractor. If there be a difference of oplnlon as to the respective rights of the Contractor and others doing the work within the limits of or adjacent to the project, the Engineer will decide as to the respective rights of the various parties involved in order to secure the completion of the Owner's work in general harmony and in a satisfactory manner, and his decision shall be final and binding on the contractor. 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. The contractor shall furnish all surveys prior to and during construction. Initial staking for the construction layout and the final measurements for the proposed work shall be performed by a compet- ent surveyor at the expense of the contractor, who shall cooperate wi th the Engineer to facilitate checking of the work. 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant equ i pment is requ i red to be operated automat i ca lly under the contract and' a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a~period of 48 hours following thp breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. 50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the Owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspect i on may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifica- tions or to act as foreman for the contractor. Inspectors employed by the Owner are authorized to notify the contractor or his representative of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such non- conforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for his decision. The payment of any compensation, whatever may be its character or form, or the giving of any gratuity, or the granting of any valuable favor, by the contractor to any inspector, or resident project representative, directly or indirectly, is strictly prohibited and any such act on the part of the contractor will consti- tute a violation of this contract. 50-09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. SP1l8/041884 GP-23 If the Engineer requests it, the contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but shou 1 d the work so exposed or exami ned prove unacceptab 1 e, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the contractor's expense. Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an autho- ri zed representat i ve of the Owner may be ordered removed and rep 1 aced at the contractor's expense unless the Owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be per- formed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modifica- tion to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) Owner, author- ized representatives of the Owner of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work which does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications wi 11 "be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS-in this section. Unacceptab le work, whether the resu lt of poor workmanshi p, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptab 1 e manner in accordance with the prov is ions of the sub sect i on titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK in Section 70. No work shall be done without lines and grades having been given and approved by the Engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, wi 11 be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the Owner) from any monies due or to become due the contractor. 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the contractor of liability for damage which may result from the moving of material or equipment. The oper at i on of equ i pment of such we i ght or so loaded as to cau se damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling SP118/041884 GP-24 of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be 1 imited as directed. No loads wi 11 be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION. The contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall con- stitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previous ly constructed, the contractor shall mai ntain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CON- STRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Engi neer may suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsat i s- factory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the Owner shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the contractor. 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the project the contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which wi 11 benefit the Owner, he may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, he may accept it as be i ng comp 1 eted, and the contractor may be re 1 i eved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the contractor of presumptive com- p 1 et i on of the ent i re proj ect, the Eng i neer and Owner wi 11 make an inspect i on. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be completed in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will give the contractor the necessary instructions SP118/041884 GP-25 .~,~~;"~--"".."",".,,,.. for correct i on of same, and the contractor sha 11 immed i ate ly camp ly with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the Engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. 50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify the Engineer in writing of his intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such addi- tional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit his written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor-Is right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computa- tions. 50-17 COST REDUCTION INCENTIVE. The provisions of this subsection will apply only to contracts awarded to the lowest bidder pursuant to competitive bidding. On projects with original contract amounts in excess of $100,000, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer, in writing, proposals for modifying the plans, spec- ifications, or other requirements of the contract for the sole purpose of reduc- ing the cost of construction. The cost reduction proposal shall not impair, in any manner, the essential functions or characteristics of the project, includ- ing, but not limited to service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, design, and safety standards. The provision shall not apply unless the proposal submitted is specifically identified by the Contractor as being presented for consideration as a value engineering proposal. Not eligible for cost reduction proposals are changes in the basic design of a pavement type, runway and taxiway lighting, visual aids, hydraulic capacity of drainage facilities, or changes in grade or alignment that reduce the geometric standards of the project. As a minimum, the following information shall be submitted by the Contractor with each proposal: . (a) A description of both the existing contract requirements for perform- ing the work and the proposed changes, with a discussion fo the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each; (b) an itemization of contract requirements that must be changed if the proposal is adopted; SP118/041884 GP-26 (c) a detailed est imate of the cost of performi ng the work under the existing contract and under the proposed changes; (d) a statement of the time by which a change order adopting the proposal must be issued; (e) a statement of the effect adopt ion of the proposal wi 11 have on the time for completion of the contract; and, (f) the contract items of work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity variation attributable to them. The Contractor may withdraw, in whole or in part, any cost reduction proposal not accepted by the Engineer, within the period specified in the proposal. The provisions of this subsection shall not be construed to require the Engineer to consider any cost reduction proposal which may be submitted. The Contractor shall continue to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract until a change order incorporating the cost reduc- tion proposal has been issued. If a change order has not been issued by the date upon which the Contractor's cost reduction proposal specifies that a deci- sion should be made, or such other date as the Contractor may subsequently have requested in writing, such cost reduction proposal shall be deemed rejected. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and of the estimated net savings from the adoption of all or any p-art of such proposal. In determining the estimated net savings, the Engineer may disregard the contract bid prices if, in the Engineer's judgement, such prices do not represent a fair measure of the value of the work to be performed or deleted. The Owner may require the Contractor to share in the Owner's cost of investigat- ing a cost reduction proposed submitted by the Contractor as a condition of con- sidering such proposal. Where such a condition is imposed, the Contractor shall acknowledge acceptance of it in writing. Such acceptance shall constitute full authority for the Owner to deduct the cost of investigating a cost reduction proposal from amounts payable to the Contractor under the contract. If the Contractor's cost reduction proposal is accepted in whole or in part, such acceptance will be by a contract change order which shall specifically state that it is executed pursuant to this subsection. Such change order shall incorporate the changes in the plans and specifications which are necessary to permi t the cost reduct i on proposal or such part of it as has been accepted and shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer's approval is based. The change order shall also set forth the estimated net savings attributable to the cost reduction proposal. The net savings shall be determined as the difference in costs between the original contract costs for the work items and the costs occurri ng as a resu It of the proposed change. The change order shalla 1 so establish the net savings agreed upon and shall provide for adjustment in the contract price that will divide the net savings equally between the Contractor and the Owner. SP118/042684 GP-27 , ""_"'''''''''''_ ,', .. Ii ..." ':.0" "'I~~'~___""""~""'"""'''''"''"~'~'''''-'~''''''"''" The Contractor's 50 percent share of the net savings shall constitute full com- pensation to the Contractor for the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the work. Acceptance of the cost-reduction proposal and performance of the cost-reduction work shall not extend the time of completion of the contract unless specifically provided for in the contract change order. SPl18/042684 GP-28 SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Un less otherwi se specifi ed, such materi a 1 s that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed). I n order to exped ite the inspect i on and test i ng of mater i a 1 s, the contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is started. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA spec- ification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifica- tions, the contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: (a) Listed in the FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-1M, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment, that is in effect on the date of advertisement, and (b) Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such spec- ified and listed equipment. The following airport lighting equipment is required for this contract and is to be furnished by the contractor in accordance with the requirements of this sub- section: EQUIPMENT NAME CITED FAA SPECS L-823 EFFECTIVE FAA AC AC 150/5345-25B Plug and Receptacle, Cable . Connectors Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits Auxiliary Relay Cabinet Assembly for Pilot Control of Airport Lighting Circuits Airport Light Bases & Trans- former Houses L-824 AC 150/5345-70 L-841 AC 150/5345-13 L-867 AC 150/5345-42B SP1l8/031885 GP-29 Junction Boxes L-869 AC 150/5345-42B Isolation Transformers for L-830 AC 150/5345-47 Airport Lighting Systems Specification for Runway & L-861 AC 150/5345-46A Taxiway Edge Lights Radio Control Equipment L-854 AC 150/5345-49 Precision Approach Slope Indicators L-880 ICAO Standards Regulator, Constant Current L-828 AC 150/5345-100 Signs, Taxiway Guidance L-858 AC 150/5345-440 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. All materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods 'of AASHTO or ASTM which are current on the date of advertisement for bids will be made by and at the expense of the Owner. Samples will be taken by a qualified representative of the Owner. All materials being used are subject to inspec- tion, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the contractor's representative at his request. Samples requiring laboratory tests will be delivered to the laboratory at the expense of the Owner, except when such laboratory test is required to be pro- vided by the contractor under the terms of the contract. If the contractor desires that inspections or tests be made outside of the site, all expenses, including per diem for the Engineer or his inspectors, shall be borne by the contractor. 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assem- blies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and, if found not to be in conformity with con- tract requirements, will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. SP1l8/042684 GP-30 ~""""",__~~",_;>,___,_"",,,,,,,,,,,,",,*",;,,,_,',.-i=<",,,,,," The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by "brand name or equal", and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name", the contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: (a) Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimen- sional requirements; and (b) Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or assembly, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as' hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the Engineer shall be the sole Judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suit- able for use in the work. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The Engineer or his authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his acceptance of the material or assembly. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist: (a) The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. (b) The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. (c) If required by the Engineer, the contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the ri ght to retest any material which has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. SP118/042684 GP-31 60-05 ENGINEER1S FIELD OFFICE AND LABORATORY. The contractor shall make arrangements to furnish a suitable field office for the exclusive use of the Resident Project Representative. A suitable field office shall be lighted, heated, air conditioned, with adequate security. The field office for the Res i dent Project Representat i ve shall be separate and apart from the contractor1s field office. The contractor shall provide and maintain a suitable field office on the site where he or a responsible representative of his organization may be reached at any time while work is in progress. The location of all field offices shall be approved by the Engineer. 60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the pres- ervation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unob- structed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the contractor1s plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the Owner or lessee of such property. The contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property Owner's permission. All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the contractor at his expense. All delivered materials and all portions of completed work shall become tIle property of the Owner but the contractor shall store the materials and shall be responsible for and shall maintain all partly or wholly finished work during the continuance of the con- tract and until the fi na 1 acceptance of the work. If any materi a 1 s or part of the work be lost or destroyed by any cause or means whatsoever, the contractor shall satisfactorily repair and replace same at his own cost. 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptab le and shall be rejected. The contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. No rejected materi a 1 or assemb 1y, the defects of whi ch have been corrected by the contractor, shall be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its use in the work. 60-08 OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS. The contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified herein (if any) to be fur- nished by the Owner. Owner-furnished materials shall be made avai lable to the contractor at the location specified herein. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing Owner-furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such Owner-furnished material is used. SP118/042684 GP -32 ~."<l.,.~._"."-..,-.,.....,.'_'.m<,,,",,""'",4.'~""''''>'''''~'""",-".,.,.,,,,,,",,.,,' After any Owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the contractor's handling, storage, or use of such Owner-furn i shed materi a 1. The Owner will deduct from any mon i es due or to become due to the contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good such loss due to the contractor's handling, storage, or use of Owner-furnished materials. 60-09 RECORD DRAWINGS. At the completion of the project construction and prior to the final inspection, the contractor shall provide complete record drawings. The record drawings shall consist of one set of the latest edition of the con- tract drawings on which shall be clearly and neatly marked all variations from the contract drawings in the work as actually installed. At every design ele- vation and dimension called out on the contract drawings, and areas as desig- nated by the Engineer, the contractor shall insure that an record elevation or dimension shall be provided for the record plans. The contractor shall provide a competent surveyor to validate the record drawings. If the contractor sur- veyor's data are found to be inaccurate, all (100%) of the record data shall be verified by a registered land surveyor at the contractor's expense. SP118/041884 GP-33 SECTION 70 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The contractor shall keep fu lly informed of all federal and state lawst all local lawst ordinancest and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authoritYt which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work. He shall at all times observe and comply with all such lawst ordinancest regulationst orderst and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and all his officerst agentst or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such lawt ordinancet regulationt ordert or decreet whether by himself or his employees. 70-02 PERMITS, LICENSES AND TAXES. The contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxest and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES. If the contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyrightt he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or Owner. The contractor and the surety shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented designt devicet material or processt or any trademark or copyrightt and shall indemnify the Owner for any costst expensest and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of any infringement, at any time during the prosecution or after the com- pletion of the work. 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The Owner reserves the right to authorize the constructiont reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, recon- structiont or maintenance has been coordinated with the Owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated as follows: Owner (Utility or Other Facility) Location (See Plan Sheet No.) Person to Contact (Name, Titlet Address, and Phone) None Except as listed above, the contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Engineer. SP118/041884 GP-34 Should the Owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a uti 1 i ty serv i ce of another government agency be authori zed to construct, re- construct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work, the contractor shall cooperate with such Owners by arranging and per- forming the work in this contract so as to facilitate such construction, recon- struction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For AlP contracts, the United States Government has agreed to reimburse the Owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the Owner's (spon- sor's) request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (FAA's) agreement with the Owner, the Owner has included provisions in this con- tract pursuant to the requirements of the Airport and Airway Development Act of 1970 (84 stat. 219), as amended, and the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Aviation Administration that pertain to the work. As required by the Act, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the Administrator, Federal Aviation Administration and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or specifications. No requirement of the Act, the rules and regulations implementing the Act, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of eith~r party to the contract. 70-06 SANITARY, HEALTH, AND SAFETY PROVISIONS. The contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations concerni ng construction safety and health standards. The contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsani- tary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety. The contractor, his per- sonnel, and subcontractors will not be permitted to use the sanitary facilities in the existing buildings on the airport, and all personnel at the site shall be so advised. Enclosed temporary toilets shall be provided in sufficient numbers and located where directed and approved by the Engineer. Drinking water shall be provided from a safe and sanitary source. All such facil ities shall be furnished in strict accordance with existi~g governing health regulations. 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The contractor shall control hi s opera- tions and those of his subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. SP118/041884 GP -35 The contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his own operations and those of his subcon- tractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the sub- section titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. Particular attention is directed to safety on the project during the construc- tion set forth under this contract, in order that the contractor I s personnel as well as the general public will be adequately protected. Construction equipment wi 11 not be operated or parked in the vicinity of the active airport runway, taxiways and apron during construction. Trench, channels, holes and the like, dug for installation of underground items, will be left open a minimum length of time. Equipment not in use will be parked in areas designated by the Resident Project Representative at least 300 feet (600 feet for instrument runways) from the active runway and at least 200 feet from active taxiways and aprons. Working equipment closer than this to active paved areas will be permitted only with specific permission and coordinated with the airport manager through the resi- dent Engineer. No excavation will be made closer than 50 feet to active paved areas except with express permission and coordinated with the airport manager through the Resident Project Representative. All such excavation left open over night will be ade- quately lighted with flashing lights as approved and directed by the Resident Project Representative. Where construction requires cutting of active taxiways or runways, same shall have adequate warning barricades and flashing lights placed at key locations to insure safety of operations. The Owner will publiSh NOTAM stating times of con- struction on a runway and advise aviators that the runway is closed. Precaution shall be exercised at all times for the protection of persons and property. The safety provisions of applicable laws, bui lding and construction codes shall be observed. Machinery, equipment and other hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the safety provisions of the Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction, published by the Association of General Contractors of America to the extent that such provisions are not in contravention of appli- cable law. 70-08 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The contractor shall fur- nish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs and hazard markings shall be suit- ably illuminated. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Offi ce). SP118/041884 GP-36 When work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5340-1E, Marking of Paved Areas on Airports. The contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated light- ing of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his parked con- struction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire/- rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to Advisory Circular 150/5370-2B, Safety on Airports During Construction Activity. The contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2B. The contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and mark- ings for hazards prior to commencing work which requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer. Open flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prose- cution of the work, the contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endan- ger life or property, including new work. The contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The contractor shall notify each property Owner and public utility company hav- ing structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his inten- tion to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their prop- erty from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet of the airport property. 70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all pUblic and private property, and shall protect carefu lly from disturbance or damage all 1 and monuments and property marks unti 1 the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. The contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. SP118/041884 GP-37 _ """..,_.._~""""",,,-,,,,,,,,=,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_,~,,,,,,,,,,,,.,'''k',,,,,,~,,,"',;,,,,;~,-",.;',',q-'~~." When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or pri- vate property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the Contractor, he shall restore, at his own expense, such property to a condition simi lar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebui lding, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Engineer and the Owner and their officers, and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage recei ved or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operat ions of the contractor; or on account of or inconsequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts ar i sing or recovered under the "Workmen IS Compensat i on Act," or any other 1 aw, ordinance, order or decree. Money due the contractor under and by virtue of his contract as may be cons i dered necessary by the Owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the Owner, or in case no money is due, his surety may be held until such suit or suits, action or actions, claim or claims for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner, except that money due the contractor will not"be withheld when the contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he is ade- quately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. The contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained the fo llowing required insurance and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all the insurance required of the subcontractor has been obtained and approved. Prior to the commencement of work hereunder, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner and Engineer a certificate of written statement of the above required insurance. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that cance 11 at i on or any material change in the policies adversely affecting the interests of the Owner in such insurance shall not be effective until ten (10) days after written notice thereof to the Owner and the Engineer. (a) Compensation Insurance. The contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract, Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all his employees at the site of the project and, in case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the contractor. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work under this contract at the site of the proj- ect is not protected under the Workmen I s Cornpensat ion Statute, the Contractor shall provide and cause each subcontractor to provide adequate insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. (b) Contractors' Public Liability and Property Damage Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain regular Contractors' Public Liability and Property Damage Liability Insurance that will protect him from claims for SP118/041884 GP-38 damage for personal injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for property damage that may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. The amounts of such insurance shall be as follows: (1) Contractors' public liability insurance including automobile liability in an amount not less than $300,000 for injuries, including wrongful death to anyone person and subject to the same 1 imit for each person in an amount not less than $1,000,000 for injuries including wrongful death to more than one person in anyone occurrence. (2) Contractors' property damage liability insurance in an amount not less than $50,000 for damages on account of anyone occurrence and in an amount not less than $100,000 for damages on account of all occurrences. (3) Contractors' automobile property damage liability insurance in an amount not less than $100,000. (c) Continqent Liability. The above policies for comprehensive liability and property damage insurance must be so written as to include contingent lia- bility and contingent property damage insurance to protect the contractor against claims arising from the operation of subcontractors. (d) Contractual Liability. To recognize and hold harmless the requirements of this contract. (e) Public Liability and Property Damaqe Insurance on Beha~f of the Owner. In addition to the public liability and property damage lnsurance above mentioned, the Contractor shall furnish written evidence to the Owner that with respect to the Contractor's operatons or those of any of his subcontractors, he has provided in behalf of the Owner for regular protective pUblic liability and property damage insurance in the amounts above specified. (f) Builder's Risk. The contractor shall secure and maintain during the term of this contract, builder's risk insurance to include fire, lightning, extended coverage and vandalism and malicious mischief. All policies shall name the Owner as additional named insured. Certificates in triplicate from the insurance carrier stating the limits of liability and expir- ation date shall be filed with the Engineer before operations are begun. Such certificates shall not merely name the types of policy provided, but shall specifically refer to this contract and section, and the above paraqraph in accordance with which insurance is beinq furnished, and state that such insur- ance is as required by such paraqraphs or this contract. 70-12 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create the pub 1 i c or any member thereof a th i rd party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provi- sions of the contract. SP118/041884 GP-39 "",...,.,~",.,,,,,:.,.:.,.,,.,..,_:,,;,y",~,"',',"."':;;:k<0"'''''''.,. 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Shou ld it be necessary for the contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occu- pancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so speci- fi ed, the contractor sha 11 comp lete such port ions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The contractor shall make his own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his work to permit such bene- ficial occupancy by the Owner. 70-14 CONTRACTOR1S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the Engineer1s final written acceptance of the ent i re comp 1 eted work, except i ng on ly those port ions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecut i on of the work. The contractor sha 11 rebu il d, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occa"sioned by any of the above causes before fi na 1 acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane, or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of governmental authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatsoever, the contractor sha 11 be respons i b le for the work and sha 11 take such precaut ions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his expense. During such period of suspension of work, the contractor shall properly and con- tinuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established plantings, seedings, and soddings furnished under his con- tract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS. As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the contractor shall cooperate with the Owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the Owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such 'utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the contractor shall control his operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA or NOAA facili- ties, or utility services' of another govenmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans and the Owners are indicated as follows: Utility Service or Fac il ity None Person to Contact (Name, Title. Address & Phone) Owner's Emergency Contact (Phone) SP1l8/041884 GP-40 It is understood and agreed that the Owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility serv- ices, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his respons i b il ity to protect such ex i st i ng features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the Owners of all utility service or other facilities of his plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to the PERSON TO CONTACT as provided hereinbefore in this subsection and the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the Engineer. In additional to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual Owners adivsed of changes in his plan of operations that would affect such" Owners. Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility ser- vice or facility, the Contractor shall again notify each such Owner of his plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion, the Owner's assistance is needed to locate the uti lity service or facility, or the presence of a representative of the Owner is desirable to observe the work such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the ut i 1 ity Owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no 1 ater than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such gen- eral vicinity. The Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the notifica- tion of the Engineer. The Contractor's failure to give the two day's notice hereinabove provided shall be cause for the Engineer to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use excavation methods acceptable to the Engineer within 3 feet of such outside limits of such points as may be required to ensure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation ofa utility service or facility by accident or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contrctor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility Owner and the Engineer contin- uously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfac- tion of the utility or faiclity Owner. Such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are not known to exist within the limits of the contract work. Runway lighting cables are the only underground utilities known to exist within the limits of the contract work. SP118/041884 GP-41 _.....""","'"..".."..'"._..,;,~".;""',"""'~. """-""~'''''''''-;''~"""''''P""....",",,",,._,.. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unsched- uled interruption of service. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to his operations whether or not due to negli- gence or accident. The Owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due the contractor or his surety. 70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS-OF-WAY. The Owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights-of-way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the contractor's operations. 70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the con- tract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his authorized repre- sentatives, or any official of the Owner either personally or as an official of the Owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the Owner. 70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the Owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the contractor of final accept- ance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or estop the Owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the Owner be precluded or estopped from recovering from the contractor or his surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the contractor to fulfill his obliga- t ions under the contract. A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or sub- sequent breach. The contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable to the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the Owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The contractor shall comply with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He sha 11 take necessary precaut ions to prevent po 11 ut i on of streams, 1 akes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gase- ous matter. 70-20 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places publiShed by the United States Department of the Interior. Should the contractor encounter, during his operations, any building, part of a bui lding, structure, or object which is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the contractor's finding and will direct the contractor to either resume his operations or to suspend operations as directed. SP1l8/041884 GP-42 Should the Engineer order suspension of the contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the contractor to per- form extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement) as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accord- ance with the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. 70-21 PROJECT INSPECTION BY OTHERS. The attention of the contractor is invited to the fact that pursuant to a Jo i nt Part i c i pat i on Agreement between the State of Florida, Department of Transportation and the Owner, the State of Florida may pay a portion of the cost of this improvement. The construction work and labor shall be done in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida subject to the inspection and approval of the State of Florida, Department of Transportation. The construction work and materials, therefore, will be subject to such inspec- tion by the State of Florida, Department of Transportation or its agents as may be deemed necessary, but such inspection will in no sense make the State of Florida, Department of Transportation a party to this contract and wi 11 in no way interfere with the rights of either party to the contract. SP118/041884 GP-43 ,.,>,,-""---.."""""'''_...._-*~;,,~.~''-'"''..'^'....., SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be repre- sented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer. Should the contractor elect to assign his contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the Owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the Owner. In case of approval, the contractor shall file copies of all subcon- tracts with the Engineer. The contractor wi 11 be permi tted to sub let port ions of the work to competent subcontractors, but the Owner wi 11 not recogn i ze any subcontractor on the work and will in all matters deal only with the contractor or his authorized repre- sentat ive. The contractor shall, before enteri ng into any subcontract, submit to the Engineer in writing, the name and address of the subcontractor and state- ment of the exact nature and extent of the work to be sublet. The Engineer1s approval must be obtained before concluding the intended subcontractual agree- ment. If at any time during the progress of the work, the Engineer determines that any subcontractor is incompetent or otherwise unsatisfactory, he will notify the contractor accordingly and the latter shall take immediate steps to cance 1 such subcontract. The contractor shall cause appropri ate provi s ions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the work to bind subcontractors to the contractor by the terms of the Genera 1 Provi s ions and other contract docu- ments insofar as applicable to the work of subcontractors and to give the con- tractor the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the contractor under any provision of the contract documents. Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create any contractual rela- tion between the Owner and any subcontractor. 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The Owner wi 11 instruct the contractor to prepare and submit a detailed project plan to establish a schedule for issue of a Notice to Proceed for project construction. The plan shall account for mobilization time for equipment and work force including subcontractors; the ordering, acquis- ition, stock piling and testing of materials; and the necessary coordination with other contractors where required. Each principal item of work included in the project shall be identified. The plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. Upon approval of the project plan, the Owner shall issue a Notice to Procure. This notice shall authorize and direct the contractor to place orders for all materials and equipment which are required to complete the entire project. Long lead time items shall be coordinated in the project plan to avoid unnecessary delays in issue of the Notice to Proceed for active project construction work. The contractor shall notify the Engineer when all materials and equipment have SPl18/041884 GP-44 been received and stored in accordance with the General Provisions. It is the obligation of the contractor to advise the Engineer weekly of progress according to the approved project plan, and to not i fy of de 1 i nquenc i es that wi 11 de 1 ay issue of the Notice to Proceed. After issuance of the Notice to Proceed for construction, the value of the mate- rial and equipment procured for the contract may be included in the first monthly partial payment estimate. The value will be established by submission of invoices to the Engineer by the contractor. The Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the Engineer in the written Notice to Proceed, but in any event, the contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit his progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective date of the Notice to Proceed. The contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the Engineer, may be used to establish major con- struction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the com- pletion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify his operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. For AlP contracts, the contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the Notice to Proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The contractor shall control his operations and the operations of his subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When the work requires the contractor to conduct his operations within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with the airport management (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The contractor shall not c lose an AIR OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the Engineer, or the Chairman, Airport Committee, and unti 1 the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. When the contract work requires the contractor to work within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing SP118/041884 GP-45 of the AIR OPERATIONS AREA), the contractor shall maintain constant two-way communications on UNICOM, frequency 122.8 Mhz. Failure to maintain the speci- fied communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the contractor's operations in the AIR OPERATIONS AREA until the satisfactory condi- tions are provided. The construction work shall be accomplished in such a manner that the runways are subject to closure only during the times required for construction. A least two ope rat i ona 1 runways with thresho 1 d proper ly di sp 1 aced in accordance with Project Safety Requirement, Section 51, shall be available for use during the construction project. 80-05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT. The contractor shall at all times employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifi- cations. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. Any person employed by the contractor or by any subcontractor who, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Engineer, be removed forthwith by the contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and sha 11 not be emp loyed aga in in any port i on of the work without the approval of the Engineer. Should the contractor fai 1 to remove such person or persons or fai 1 to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the work, the Engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders. All equipment which is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet the requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. If the contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract, he may request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract SP118/041884 GP-46 requirements. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Engineer determines that the work produced does not meet contract requirements, the contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct. No changes wi 11 be made in bas i s of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The Engineer shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are con- sidered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. In the event that the contractor is ordered by the Engineer, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the con- tract and over which the contractor has no control, the contractor may be reim- bursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date of the Engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for stJch compensation shall be filed with the Engineer within the time period stated in the Engineer's order to resume work. The contractor shall submit with his claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The Engineer will forward the contractor's claim to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspens ions made at the request of the contractor, or for any other de 1 ay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruct i on nor become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaut i on to prevent damage or deteri orat i on of the work performed and pro v i de for norma 1 dra i nage of the work. The contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. 80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: (a) CONTRACT TIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the contractor a copy of his weekly state- ment of the number of calendar days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of calendar days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of calendar days, if any, that have been i nc 1 uded in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK. SP118/041884 GP-47 .......""""'~.,...,'"..".".,"".""'".,,.,,"-..,,;"..M'._.., The Engineer shall base his weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: (1) No time shall be charged for days on which the contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least 6 hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple shift, 18 hours shall apply. Condi- t ions beyond the contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under con- struction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the Engineer for reasons not the fau lt of the contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time. (2) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the effective date of the Notice to Proceed. (3) The Engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the Notice to Proceed. (4) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. (5) The contractor will be allowed 1 week in which to file a written protest setting forth his objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the contractor. The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the origin- ally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of the contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract .time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the contractor or his surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty, but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages, such as extra work and expenses of the Engineer and/or Resident Project Representative that wi 11 be incurred by the Owner should the contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his contract. Permitting the contractor to discontinue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which time for SP118/041884 GP-48 completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the contract. 80-09 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The contractor sha 11 be cons idered in default of his contract and such default will be considered as cause for the Owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the contrac- tor: (a) Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the "Notice to Proceed," or (b) Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract, or (c) Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or (d) Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or (e) Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or. (f) Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bank- ruptcy or insolvency, or (g) Allows any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of 10 days, or (h) Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (i) For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carryon the work in an acceptable manner. Should the Engineer consider the contractor in default of the contract for any reason hereinbefore, he shall immediately give written notice to the contractor and the contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the contractor in default and the Owner's intentions to terminate the contract. If the contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner will, upon written notifica- tion from the Engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take the prosecution of the work out of the hands of the contractor. The Owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be required for the completion of said contract in an accept- able manner. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner, together with the cost of com- pleting the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which SP118/041884 GP-49 ....',...."~~,,~,...,., may become due to the contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES. The Owner shall terminate the con- tract or portion thereof by written notice when the contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense. When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of antici- pated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settle- ment will be made with the contractor. Acceptab 1 e mater i a 1 s, obta i ned or ordered by the contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the contractor, be purchased from the contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. SP118/041884 GP-50 SECTION 90 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 90-01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer, or his authorized representatives, using United States Customary Units of Measurement. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quan- tities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract wi 11 be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave-outs) having an area of 9 square feet or less. Unless otherwise speci- fied, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. Structures wi 11 be measured accord i ng to neat 1 i nes shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 pounds avoirdupois. All materials which are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations desig- nated by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material be paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the Engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for th i s purpose may be of any size or type acceptab 1 e to the Eng i neer, pro v i ded that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity and all loads shall be leveled when vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the contractor and approved by the Engineer in writing, mate- rial specified to be measured by the cubic yard may be weighed and such weights will be converted to cubic yards for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurements to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the contractor before such method of measure- ment of pay quantities is used. SP1l8/041884 GP-51 Bituminous materials wi 11 be measured by the gallon or ton. When measured by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60~F or will be corrected to the volume at 600F using ASTM 0 1250 for asphalts or ASTM 0 633 for tars. Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume, subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, 1I1ump sumll work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gauge, unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by the con- tractor, or be certified permanently installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate within one-half percent of the correct weight through- out the range of use. The contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one-tenth of one per- cent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than one pound. The use of spring balances will not be permitted. Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and inspector can safely and conveniently view them. Scale installations shall have avai lable, ten standard fifty-pound weights for testing the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices or other approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. Scales lIoverweighingll (indicating more than correct weight) will not be per- mitted to operate and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighing-accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of one percent. SP118/041884 GP-52 In the event inspection reveals the scales have been "underweighing" (indicating less than correct weight) they shall be adjusted and no additional payment to the contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for pro- portioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quan- tities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. 90-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The contractor sha 11 recei ve and accept compensat i on provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifications. 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original con- tract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 wi 11 be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or c 1 aimed by the contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause. 90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS. As specified in the subsection titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the Engineer shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonperformance) any contract item, except major contract items, in the best interest of the Owner. Should the Engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item of portion of such item from the work, the contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the Engineer's order to omit or nonperform such contract item. SP118/041884 GP-53 Acceptable materials ordered by the contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the Engineer's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the Owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Engineer's order. Such addi- tional costs incurred by the contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and sha 11 be supported by cert i fi ed statements by the contractor as to the nature and amount of such costs. 90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such extra work. When the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work requires that it be done by force account, such force account shall be measured and paid for based on expended labor, equipment and materials, plus a negotiated and agreed upon allowance for overhead and profit. (a) Miscellaneous. No additional allowance will be made for general su- perintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no specific allowance is herein provided. (b) Comparison of Records. The contractor and the Engineer shall compare records of the cost of force account work at the end of each day. Agreement shall be indicated by signature of the contractor and Engineer or their duly authorized representatives. (c) Statements. No payment will be made for work performed on a force account basis until the contractor has furnished the Engineer with duplicate itemized statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as follows: (1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and extension for each laborer and foreman. (2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment. (3) Quantities of materials, prices and extensions. (4) Transportation of materials. (5) Cost of property damage, liability and workmen's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax. Statements shall be accompanied and supported by receipted invoice for all mate- rials used and transportation charges. However, if materials used on the force account are not specifically purchased for such work but are taken from the Contractor's stock, then in lieu of the invoices the contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were taken from his stock, that the quantity claimed was actually used, and that the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the contractor. SP118/041884 GP-54 "..,.,."~,.,,,--...-~~,~.....,.~;,,,> The additional payment, based on the percentages specified above, shall consti- tute full compensation for all items of expense not specifically provided for the force account work. The total payment made as provided above shall consti- tute full compensation for such work. 90-05 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the Engineer of the value of the work performed and materials complete in place in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial pay- ments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section. No part i a 1 payment wi 11 be made when the amount due the contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 10 percent of such tota 1 amount wi 11 be deducted and reta i ned by the Owner unt i 1 the final payment is made except, as may be provided (at the contractor's option) in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the contractor exercise his option, as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such 10 percent retainage shall be deducted. When not less than 95% of the work has been completed the Engineer may, at his discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an estimate from which wi 11 be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, wh i chever is greater, of the work remain i ng to be done. The rema i nder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the contractor. It is understood and agreed that the contractor Shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those pro- vided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the section titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section. 90-07 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the viCinity that are acceptable to the Owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: . (a) The materi a 1 has been stored or stockpi led in a manner acceptab le to the Engineer at or on an approved site. SP1l8/041884 GP-55 (b) The contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. (c) The contractor has furnished the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. (d) The contractor has furnished the Owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled. (e) The contractor has furnished the Owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at any time prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the contractor of his responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsec- tion. 90-08 PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS. At the Contractor's option, he/she may request that the Owner except (in lieu of the 10 percent retainage on partial payments described in the subsection titled PARTIAL PAYMENTS of this section) the Contractor's deposits in escrow under the following conditions: (a) The Contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the Owner. (b) The Contractor shall deposit to, and maintain in, such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the Owner and having a value of not less than the 10 percent retainage that would other- wise be withheld from partial payment. (c) The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Owner. (d) The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement. 90-09 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT. Before the final payment is made, the Contractor shall show to the Owner satisfactory evidence that all just liens, claims, and demands of his employees and of other parties from whom materials used in the construction of the work have been purchased and procured, are fully satisfied and shall execute and furnish a release of lien of the form included with the Contract Documents. SP118/041884 GP-56 =- ~"",.,~,.""., Before acceptance and final payment is made, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a guarantee to remain in full force and affect for a period of one (1) year from the date of the acceptance of the project by the Owner which shall provide that the Contractor shall repair or replace for said period of one year, all work performed and materials and equipment furnished that were not performed or furnished according to the terms of the contract, and make good all defects thereof that have become apparent before the expiration of one year. Such guarantees shall be covered by the surety bond. If any part of the project, in the opinion of the Engineer for the reasons stated above, needs to be replaced, repaired or made good during that time, he shall so notify the Cotnractor in writing. If the Contractor refuses or neglects to do such work within five (5) days from the date of service of such notice, the Engineer shall have the work done by others and the cost thereof sha 11 be paid by the Contractor or his surety. Before that surety bond is release, the Engineer shall certify, in writing, that the foregoing obligations have been fully discharged. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The contractor shall approve the Engineer's final estimate or advise the Engineer of his objec- tions to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or com- putat ions of the fi na 1 quant i ties to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The contractor and Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quan- tities to be paid within thirty (30) calendar days of the contractor's receipt of the Engineer1s final estimate. If, after such thirty-day period, a dispute st ill ex i sts, the contractor may approve the Engi neer I s est imate under protest of the quantities in dispute and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the Owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUST- MENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. After the contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the Engineer1s final estimate, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due the con- tractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the pro- visions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be sub- ject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the pro- visions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the Owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental, final estimate. SP118/041884 GP-57 Earthwork ITEM P-151 CLEARING AND GRUBBING Description 151-1.1 This item shall consist of clearing or clearing and grubbing, including the disposal of materials, for all areas within the limits designated on the plans or required by the engineer. Clearing shall consist of shearing, piling and burning all trees, stumps, brush, logs, hedges, the removal of fences and other loose or projecting material from the designated areas. The grubbing of stumps and roots will not be required. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of clearing the surface of the ~round of the designated areas of all trees, stumps, downed timber, logs, snags, brush, under- growth, hedges, heavy growth of grass or weeds, fences, structures, debris, and rubbish of any nature, natural obstructions or such material which, in the opinion of the engineer, is unsuitable and the disposal from the project of all spoil materials resulting from clearing and grubbing by burning or otherwise. Burning is subject to Contractor obtaining local burning permit from the Florida Forest Service. Construction Methods 151-2.1 GENERAL. The areas denoted on the plans to be cleared or cleared and grubbed under this item shall be staked out on the ground by the contractor. The clearing and grubbing shall be done at a satisfactory distance in advance of the grading operations. All spoil materials removed by clearing or by clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of by burning. Piles for burning shall be placed either in the cleared area near the center or in adjacent open spaces where no damage to trees, other vegetation, or other property will occur. The contractor will be responsible for controlling fires in compliance with all federal, State and local laws and regulations relative to building fires at the site. Ashes resulting from burn- ing shall be distributed uniformly about the area. In no case shall any dis- carded materials be left in windrows or piles adjacent to or within the airport limits. The manner and location of disposal of materials shall be subject to the approval of the engineer and shall not create an unsightly or objectionable view. 151-2.2 CLEARING. The contractor shall clear the staked or indicated area of all objectionable materials. 151-2.3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. In areas designated to be cleared and grubbed, all stumps, roots, buried logs, brush, grass, and other unsatisfactory materials shall be removed. Tap roots and other projections over 1~ inches in diameter shall be grubbed out to a depth of at least 18 inches below the existing grade. SP118A/031885 P-151-1 All holes remalnlng after the grubbing operation in embankment areas shall have the sides broken down to flatten out the slopes, and shall be filled with accep- table material, moistened and properly compacted in layers. The same construc- tion procedure shall be applied to all holes remaining after grubbing in excava- tion areas where the depth of holes exceeds the depth of the existing surround- ing terrain. Method of Measurement 151-3.1. Clearing and grubbing shall be incidental to the construction of the v au 1t . Basis of Payment 151-4.1. Clearing and grubbing shall be incidental to the construction of the v au 1 t . TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ,Test and short title Material and short title none none END OF SECTION SP118A/031885 P-151-2 ",~"";"""",";",,,,~,,,,,,,,~,~-,,----,,,,".,.....,".,."",;,-..,,-,",..","-""..".,:,.,,,,_.,,,-, ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT Description 152-1.1 This item covers excavation~ disposa1~ placement, and compaction of all materials within the limits of the work required to construct electrical vault in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions and typical section shown on the plans. All test boring data shown on plans is for the information of the Contractor only and is not a guarantee of existing conditions. Each bidder shall investigate the site sufficiently to satisfy himself in this regard prior to bidding. Copies of the boring logs together with laboratory and field soil tests are available for inspection at the assistant city manager's office and the Engineer's office~ Post~ Buck1ey~ Schuh & Jernigan~ Inc.~ 889 N. Orange Avenue, Orlando, Florida 32801. 152-1. 2 CLASSIFICATION. All materi a 1 excavated shall be class ified as defined below: (a) Unclassified Excavation. Unclassified excavation shall consist of the excavation and disposal of all material, regardless of its nature~ which is not otherwise classified and paid for under the following items. (b) Rock Excavation. Rock excavation shall include all solid rock in 1edges~ in bedded deposits~ in unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits whiCh are so firmly cemented they cannot be removed without blasting or using rippers. All boulders containing a volume of more than 1/2 cubic yard will be classified as "rock excavation." (c) Muck Excavation. Muck excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of deposits of mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material. Muck shall include materials which will decay or produce subsidence in the embankment. It may be made up of decaying stumps~ roots, logs, humus, or other material not satisfactory for incorporation in the embankment. (d) Drainage Excavation. Drainage excavation shall consist of all excavation made for the primary purpose of drainage and includes drainage ditches~ such as intercepting, inlet or outlet; temporary levee construction; or any other type as shown on the plans. (e) Borrow Excavation. Borrow excavation shall consist of approved material required for the construction of embankment or for other portions of the work in excess of the quantity of usable material available from required excavations. Borrow material shall be obtained from areas within the limits of the airport property but outside the normal limits of necessary grading~ or from areas outside the airport. All material excavated shall be considered "unclassified" unless the Engineer specifies other classifications in the project specifications. SP118A/031885 P-152-1 152-1.3 UNSUITABLE EXCAVATION. Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, such as muck, peat, organic silt, or sod shall be considered unsuitable for use in embankment construction. Material, when approved by the Engineer as suitable to support vegetation, may be used on the embankment slope. Construction Methods 152-2.1 GENERAL. Before beginning excavation, grading, and embankment operations in any area, the area shall be completely cleared and grubbed in accordance with Item P-151. The suitability of material to be placed in embankments shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of in waste areas shown on the plans. All waste areas shall be graded to allow positive drainage of the area and of adjacent areas. The surface elevation of waste areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent usable areas of the airport, unless specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer. When the Contractor's excavating operations encounter artifacts of historical or archeological significance, the operations shall be temporarily discontinued. At the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and allow for their removal. Such excavation will be paid for as extra work. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material has become compacted, by hauling or other activities of the Contractor shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inc1es in order, to loosen and pulverize the soil. If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or under- drainage, conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to preserve them or provi de temporary serv ices. When such faci 1 it i es are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who shall arrange for their removal if necessary. They Contractor shall, at his/her own expense, satisfactorily repair or pay the cost of all damage to such facilities or structures which may result from any of the Contractor's operations during the period of the contract. 152-2.2 EXCAVATION. No excavation shall be started unti 1 the work has been staked out by the Contractor and the Engineer has obtained elevations and measurements of the ground surface. All suitab le excavated materi a 1 shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, or for other purposes shown on the plans. All suitable material shall be disposed of as shown on the plans. When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the embankments to the grades indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or disposed of as directed. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fill to the grades indicated, the deficiency shall be obtained from borrow areas. The grade shall be maintained so that the surface is well drained at all times. When necessary, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the work. SPl18A/031885 P-152-2 (a) Selective Gradinq. When selective grading is indicated on the plans, the more suitable material as designated by the Engineer shall be used in constructing the embankment or in capping the pavement subgrade. If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place this material in its final location, it shall be stockpiled in approved areas so that it can be measured for payment for rehandling as specified in Paragraph 3.3. (b) Undercutting. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for runway safety areas, subgrades, roads, shoulders, or any areas intended for turfing shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 12 inches, or to the depth specified by the Engineer, below the subgrade. Muck, peat, matted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be disposed of at locations shown on the plans. The excavated area shall be refilled with suitable material, obtained from the grading operations or borrow areas and thorough ly compacted by roll i ng. The necessary refilling will constitute a part of the embankment. Where rock cuts are made and refilled with selected material, any pockets created in the rock surface shall be drained in accordance with the details shown on the plans. The Engineer shall specify the appropriate class of excavation. If rock or much excavation is not included under paragraph 1.2, unclassified excavation should be specified. The plans shall show details for draining pockets created in rock cuts. (c) Overbreak. Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine if the displacement of such material was unavoidable and his/her decision shall be final. All overbreak shall be graded or removed by the Contractor and disposed of as directed; however, payment wi 11 not be made for the removal and di sposa 1 of overbreak which the Engineer determines as avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified Excavation." (d) Removal of Utilities. The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by someone other than the Contractor, e.g., the utility unless otherwise shown on the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated for at least 2 feet below the top of sub grade or as indicated on the plans, and the material disposed of as directed. All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted as specified herin. (e) Compact i on Requ i rements. The subgrade under areas to be paved sha 11 be compacted to a depth of 17 inches and to a dens i ty of not 1 ess than 100 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 0-698. Payment for suitable materials removed, manipulated, and replaced in order to obtain the required depth of density will be paid for an unclassified excavation. The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM 01556 or ASTM 02167. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6 inches of the subgrade. The SP1l8A/031885 P-152-3 finished grading operations, conforming to the typical cross section, shall be completed and maintained. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to line of finished grade of slope. All cut and fill Slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Blasting will be permitted only when proper precautions are taken for the safety of all person, the work and the property. A 11 damage done to the work or property shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. All operations of the Contractor in connection with the transportation, storage, and use of explosives shall conform to all State and local regulations and explosive manufacturers' instructions, with applicable approved permits reviewed by the Engineer. Any approval given, however, will not relieve the Contractor or his responsibility in blasting operations. Where blasting is approved, the Contractor shall employ a vibration consultant, approved by the Engineer, to advise on explosive charge weights per delay and to analyze records from seismograph recordings. The seismograph shall be capable of producing a permanent record of the three components of the motion in terms of particle velocity, and in addition shall be capable of internal dynamic calibration. In each distinct blasting area, where pertinent factors affecting blast vibrations and their effects in the area remain the same, the Contractor shall submit a blasting plan of the initial blasts to Engineer for approval. This plan must consist of hole size, depth, spacing, burden, type of explosives, type of delay sequence, maximum amount of explosive on anyone delay period, depth of rock, and depth of overburden if any. The maximum explosive charge weights per delay included in the plan shall not be increased without the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall keep a record of each blast fi red -- its date, time and location; the amount of explosives used, maximum explosive charge weight per delay period, and, where necessary, seismograph records identified by instrument number and location. The necessary refi 11 i ng wi 11 constitute a part of the embankment. Where rock cuts are made and refilled with selected material as specified, or where trenching out is done to provide for a course of pavement, the depths thus created shall be ditched at frequent intervals to provide adequate drainage. The Contractor shall make the distribution as indicated on the plans. Widening or narrowing of the section and raising or lowering of the grade to avoid haul wi 11 not be permitted. The right is reserved to make minor adjustments or revisions in lines or grades, if found necessary, as the work progresses due to discrepancies in the plans or to obtain satisfactory construction. Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine if the displacement of such material was unavoidable and his decision shall be final. All overbreak shall be removed by the SP 118A/031885 P-152-4 Contractor and disposed of as directed; however, payment wi 11 not be made for disposal of overbreak which the Engineer determines as avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as IIUnclassified Excavationll. The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise shown on the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated for at least 2 feet below the top of the subgrade and the material disposed of as directed. All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted. In cut areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to the depths and to the dens it i es at opt i mum mo is ture as shown on the plans or as specified in the specifications, or when not otherwise shown or specified, to a minimum depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95%, for cohesive soils, and 100% for noncohesive soils, of the maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in T-611. Any unsuitable materials encountered shall be removed and paid for as specified. No payment or measurement for payment will be made for suitable materials removed, manipulated, and replaced in order to obtain density. Any removal, manipulation, aeration, replacement, and recompaction of suitable materials necessary to obtain the required density shall be considered as incidental to the excavation and embankment operations, and shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the project. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be permi t ted in the top 6 inches of the sub grade . The fi n i shed grad i ng operations conforming to the typical cross section shall be completed and maintained at least 1,000 feet ahead of the paving operations. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. All cut-and-fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed up to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Blasting, when necessary, will be permitted only when proper precautions are taken for the protection and safety of all persons, the work, and the property. A 11 damage done to the work or property shall be repaired at the Contractor IS expense. All operations of the Contractor in connection with the transportation, storage and use of explosives shall be approved by the Engineer. Any approval given will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility in blasting operations. 152-2.3 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 152-2.4 DITCH EXCAVATION. Ditch excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting, inlet or outlet, temporary levee construction, or any other type as designed or as shown on the plans. The work sha 11 be performed in the proper sequence with the other construct i on. The location of all ditches or levees shall be established on the ground. All satisfactory material shall be placed in fills; unsatisfactory material shall be disposed of as shown on plans or as directed. Intercepting ditches shall be SP118A/031885 P-152-5 constructed prior to the starting of adjacent excavation operations. All necessary handwork shall be performed to secure a finish true to line, ele- vation, and cross section as designated. Ditches constructed on the project shall be maintained to the required cross section and shall be kept free from debris or obstructions until the project is accepted. Where necessary, suffi c i ent open i ngs sha 11 be prov i ded through spo i1 banks to permit drainage from adjacent lands. Unless otherwise specified, no separate payment wi 11 be made for ditch excavation other than for the materi a 1 removed which will be paid for at the unit price for "Unclassified Excavation." 152-2.5 PREPARATION OF EMBANKMENT AREA. Embankment areas shall be cleared and grubbed in accordance with the requirements in Item P-151. All depressions or holes below the ground surface, whether caused by grubbing or otherwise, shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted to ground surface before the construction of the embankment will be permitted to start. Immediately prior to the placing of the fill materials, the entire area upon which the embankment is to be placed, except where limited by rock, shall be scarified and broken by means of a disc harrow or plow, or other approved equipment, to a depth of 6 inches. Scarifying shall be done approximately parallel to the axis of the fill. All roots, debris, large stones, or objectionable material that would cause interference with the compaction of the foundation or fill shall be removed from the area and disposed of as directed. A thin layer (approximately 3 inches) of the fill material shall be spread over the scarified foundation and the whole area compacted as required in the specifications. Where embankments are to be placed on naturals lopes steeper than 3 to 1, horizontal benches shall be constructed as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Suitable excavated material shall be incorporated in embankments. Payment will be made for the material excavated at the unit price for grading. No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under this section. The necessary clearing and grubbing and the yardage removed or used will be paid for under the respective item of work. 152-2.6 STRIPPING. All vegetation such as brush, heavy sods, heavy growth of grass, decayed vegetable matter, rubbish, and any other unsuitable material within the area upon which embankment is to be placed shall be stripped or otherwise removed before the embankment is started, and in no case shall such objectionable material be allowed in or under the embankment. No direct payment will be made for stripping. The yardage removed and disposed of shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation". 152-2.7 FORMATION OF EMBANKMENTS. Embankments shall be formed of satisfactory materials placed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 8 inches in loose depth for the full width of the cross section. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross section or as directed. All materials entering the embankment shall be reasonably free of organic matter such as leaves, grass, roots, and other objectionable material. SP118A/031885 P-152-6 ~"""':"""-""'","..~"",",""".(~.Il,.""":~,"-,_",,,.;':4'J,"',,,,,""',', Soil, granular material, shale, and any other mate'rial permitted for use in embankment shall be spread in successive layers as specified. Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing weather, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. The Contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. The material in the layers shall be of the proper moisture content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction. Wetting or drying of the material and manipulation when necessary to secure a uniform moisture content throughout the 1 ayer sha 11 be requ ired. Shou 1 d the materi a 1 be too wet to permi t proper compaction or rolling, all work on the portions of the embankment thus affected shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of all embankment materials for testing, both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken at frequent intervals. From these tests, corrections, adjustments, and modifications of methods, materials, and moisture content will be made to construct the embankment. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95% for noncohesive soils, and 90% for cohesive soils of the maximum density, at optimum moisture, as determined by the compaction control tests T- 611. Under all areas to be paved, the embankment shall be compacted to the depths and to the densities at optimum moisture as shown on the plans or as specified in the specifications, or, when not otherwise shown or specified, to a minimum depth of 9 inches and to a density of not less than 95% for cohesive soils, and 100% for noncohesive soils, of the maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in T-611. On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches. Any areas inaccessible to a roller shall be consolidated and compacted by meChanical tampers. During construction of the embankment, the Contractor shall route his equipment at all times, both when loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be operated in such a manner that hardpan, cemented gravel, clay, or other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles and become incorporated with the other material in the layer. In the construction of embankments, starting layers shall be placed in the deepest portion of the fi 11; as placement progresses, layers shall be con- structed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future paved areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be allowed in the top 6 inches of the subgrade. Rockfi 11 shall be brought up in 1 ayers as spec ifi ed or as di rected and every effort sha 11 be exerted to fill the voids with the finer material to form a dense, compact mass. Rock or SP118A/031885 P-152-7 boulders shall not be disposed of outside the excavation or embankment areas) except at places and in the manner designated by the Engineer. Frozen materi a 1 sha 11 not be placed in the embankment nor sha 11 embankment be placed upon frozen material. The Contractor shall be respons ib 1e for the stabil ity of all embankments made under the contract and shall replace any portion which, in the opinion of the Engineer) has become displaced due to carelessness or negligence on the part of the Contractor. There wi 11 be no separate measurement or payment for compacted embankment) and all costs incidental to placing in layers) compacting, discing, watering) mixing, sloping, and other necessary operations of the embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation. When stockpiling of excavated material and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer in order to produce the specified subgrade structure, the material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unc1assified Excavation" or "Common Excavation". 152-2.8 EQUIPMENT. The Contractor may use any type of earth moving) compaction, and watering equipment he may desire or has at his disposal, provided the equipment is in a satisfactory condition and is of such capacity that the construction schedule can be maintained as planned by the Contractor and as approved by the Engineer in accordance with the total calendar days or working days bid for the construction. The Contractor shall furnish, operate, and maintain such equipment as is necessary to control uniform density, layers) section) and smoothness of grade. 152-2.9 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF THE TOP OF SUBGRADE. On areas to be paved, the specified depth in cut areas and the top half of embankment shall be compacted to the density specified. When completed) the surface shall be true to the lines) grades) and cross section shown on the plans or as directed by the Engi neer. After all drains) structures, ducts) and other underground appurtenances along the edges or under the pavement have been completed) the subgrade shall be compacted to the depth specified at not less than 95% density for cohesive soils and 100% for noncohesive soils) as determined by the compaction control tests specified in T-611. Any irregularities or depressions that develop under rolling shall be corrected by loosening the material at these places and adding) removing, or replacing material until the surface is smooth and uniform. Any portion of the area which is not accessible to a roller shall be compacted to the required density by approved mechanical tampers. The material shall be sprinkled with water during rolling or tamping) when directed by the Engineer. All soft and yielding material and material which will not compact readily when rolled or tamped shall be removed as directed by the Engineer and replaced with suitable material. After grading operations are complete, all loose stones larger than 2 inches in their greatest dimension shall be removed from the surface of all proposed graded paving areas and disposed of as directed by the Engineer. SP118A/031885 P-152-8 At all times, the top of the subgrade shall be kept in such condition that it will drain readily and effectively. In handling materials, tools, and equipment, the Contractor shall protect the subgrade from damage by laying planks when directed and shall take other precautions as needed. In no case will vehicles be allowed to travel in a single track. If ruts are formed, the subgrade shall be reshaped and rolled. Storage or stockpiling of materials on the top of the subgrade wi 11 not be permitted. Until the subgrade has been checked and approved, no subbase, base, surface course, or pavement shall be laid thereon. 152-2.10 HAUL. No payment will be made separately or directly for haul on any part of the work. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work and its cost shall be considered by the Contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay items of work involved. 152-2.11 TOLERANCES. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that~ when tested with a 16-foot straightedge applied parallel and at right angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of 1/2 inch, or shall not be more than 0.05 foot from true grade as established by grade hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing materials, reShaping, and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. On landing strips, intermediate and other designated areas, the surface shall be of such smoothness that it will not vary more than 0.10 of a foot from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing materials, and reshaping. 152-2.12 TESTING. Compaction tests as directed by the Engineer to determine in place densities of embankment according to the sand cone method, ASTM-D-1156, will be made by a testing laboratory and paid for by the owner. The Contractor shall give 24 hours advance notice when tests are to be required. The Contractor will pay the owner the actual cost of each test requested that fails to meet the contract requirements. 152-2.13 SOIL EROSION. The Contractor wi 11 be responsible for prevention of soil erosion during construction to the maximum extent possible. Construction shall include temporary pollution control meas'ures to ensure that soil erosion which might cause water pollution is kept to a minimum. SUCh measures may consist of berms, dikes, dams, drains and sediment basins. Drains and channels are described in Advisory Circular 150/5320-58. At the preconstruct ion conference, or prior to the start of the applicable construction, the Contractor will be required to submit for acceptance his schedules for accomplishment of temporary erosion and pollution controf work. He sha 11 a 1 so submit for acceptance his proposed method of eros i on contro 1 on haul roads and borrow pits and his plan for disposal of waste materials or erosion control details for other potential sources of pollution. To the extent that such work is predictable, the specifications should identify erosion and pollution control items so that the Contractor may consider them in the bid. SP118A/031885 P-152-9 The Contractor will be required to complete all permanent erosion control features at the earliest practicable time. Temporary pollution control measures shall be used to correct unforeseen conditions that occur during construction or those that are needed pr i or to comp 1 et i on of permanent measures. These shou 1 d include possible use of temporary grass cover and check dams for erosion control. The Engineer should limit the surface area or erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, excavation or borrow and fill operations and require immediate installation of temporary pollution control measures to prevent contamination of adjacent streams or other watercourses, lakes or ponds. The Engineer's authority to order such work will be used for situations not foreseen by the plans and specifications. In the event that temporary erosion and pollution control measures are required due to the Contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls in a timely manner, such work will be performed by the Contractor at his own expense. In case of repeated failures on the part of the Contractor to control erosion/pollution, right is reserved to the Engineer to emp loy outs i de ass i stance to pro v i de the necessary corrective measures. Such incurred costs, plus related Engineering costs, will be charged to the Contractor and appropriate deductions made from the Contractor's progress payments. The eras i on contra 1 features i nsta 11 ed by the Contractor wi 11 be acceptably maintained by the Contractor during the time that construction work is being done. Pollutants such as fuels, lubricants, bitumens, raw sewage, and other harmful materials will not be discharged into or near rivers, streams and impoundments or into natural or manmade channels leading thereto. Wash water or waste from concrete mixing or curing operations will not be allowed to enter live streams, etc. Method of Measurement 152-3.1 Excavation and embankment shall be considered incidental to the vault construction. Basis of Payment 152-4.1 No separate payment shall be made for excavation and embankkment. END OF SECTION SP118A/031885 P-152-10 r.-~'~_~~''''-''''^--'''''''"''."'''''." ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE Description 154-1.1 This item shall consist of a subbase course composed of granular mate- rials constructed on a prepared subgrade or underlying course in accordance with these specifications, and in conformity with the dimensions and typical cross section shown on the plans. Materials 154-2.1 MATERIALS. The subbase material shall consist of hard durable particles or fragments of granular aggregates. This material will be mixed or blended with fine sand, clay, stone dust, or other similar binding or filler materials produced from approved sources. This mixture must be uniform and shall comply with the requirements of these specifications as to gradation, soil constants, and shall be capable of being compacted into a dense and stable subbase. The material shall be free from vegetable matter, lumps or excessive amounts of clay, and other objectionable or foreign substances. Pit-run material may be used, provided the material meets the requirements specified. Table 1 GRADATION REQUIREMENTS Sieve designation (square openings) as per AASHO T 11 and T 27 Percentage by Weight passing sieves 3-inch No. 10 No. 40 No. 200 100 20-100 5- 60 0- 15 The portion of the material passing the No. 40 sieve shall have a liquid limit of not more than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than 6 when tested in accordance with AASHO T 89 and T 90. In those cases where frost penetration is a problem, the maximum amount of mate- rial finer than 0.02 mm. in diameter shall be less than 3%. Construction Methods 154-3.1 GENERAL. The subbase course shall be placed where des i gnated on the plans or as directed by the engineer. The material shall be shaped and thoroughly compacted within the tolerances specified. Granular subbases which, due to grain sizes or shapes, are not sufficiently stable to support without movement the construction equipment, shall be me- chanically stabilized to the depth necessary to provide such stability as SP118A/031485 P-154-1 directed by the engineer. The mechanical stabilization shall principally in- clude the addition of a fine-grained medium to bind the particles of the subbase material sufficiently to furnish a bearing strength, so that the course will not deform under the traffic of the construction equipment. The addition of the binding medium to the subbase material shall not increase the soil constants of that material above the limits specified. 154-3.2 OPERATION IN PITS. All work involved in clearing and stripping pits and handling unsuitable material encountered shall be performed by the contractor at his own expense. The subbase material shall be obtained from pits or sources that have been approved. The material in the pits shall be excavated and handled in such a manner that a uniform and satisfactory product can be secured. 154-3.3 EQUIPMENT. All equipment necessary for the proper construction of this work shall be on the project, shall be in first-class working condition, and shall have been approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. Provision shall be made by the contractor for furnishing water at the site of the work using equipment of ample capacity and design to assure uniform applica- tion. The processing equipment shall be designed, constructed, and operated and shall have sufficient capacity to thoroughly mix all materials and water in the proportions required to produce a subbase course of the gradation and consistency required. 154-3.4 PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. Before any subbase underlying course shall be prepared and conditioned as sha 11 be checked and accepted by the engineer before operations are started. material is placed, the specified. The course placing and spreading Grade contro 1 between the edges of the pavement sha 11 be by means of grade stakes, steel pins, or forms placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of the pavement and at intervals which will permit string lines or check boards to be placed between the stakes, pins, or forms. To protect the subgrade and to insure proper drainage, the spreading of the subbase shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of pavements with a one-way slope. 154-3.5 MATE~IALS ACCEPTABLE IN EXISTING CONDITION. When the entire subbase material is secured in a uniform and satisfactory condition and contains approximately the required moisture, such approved materials may be moved directly to the spreading equipment for placing. The material may be obtained from gravel pits, stockpiles, or may be produced from a crushing and screening plant with proper blending. The materials from these sources shall meet the requirements for gradation, quality, and consistency. It is the intent of this section of the specifications to secure materials that will not require further mixing. The moisture content of the material shall be approximately that required to obtain maximum density. Any minor deficiency or excess of moisture may be corrected by surface sprinkling or by aeration. In such instances, some SP1l8A/031485 P-154-2 mixing or manipulation may be required immediately preceeding the rolling to obtain the required moisture content. The final operation shall be blading or dragging, if necessary, to obtain a smooth uniform surface true to line and grade. 154-3.6 PLANT MIXING. When materials from several sources are to be blended and mixed, the subbase material shall be processed in a central or travel mixing plant. The subbase material, together with any blended material, shall be thoroughly mixed with the required amount of water. After the mixing is complete, the material shall be transported to and spread on the underlying course without undue loss of the moisture content. 154-3.7 MIXED IN PLACE. When materials from different sources are to be propor- tioned and mixed or blended in place, the relative proportions of the components of the mixture shall be as designated by the engineer. The subbase material shall be deposited and spread evenly to a uniform thickness and width. Then the binder, filler, or other material shall be deposited and spread evenly over the first layer. There shall be as many layers of materials added as the engineer may direct to obtain the required subbase mixture. When the required amount of materials have been placed, they shall be thoroughly mixed and blended by means of approved graders, discs, harrows, rotary tillers, supplemented by other suitable equipment if necessary. The mixing shall continue until the mixture is uniform throughout. Areas of segregated material shall be corrected by the addition of binder or filler material and by thorough remixing. Water in the amount and as directed by the engineer shall be uniformly applied prior to and during the mixing operations, if necessary, to maintain the material at its required moisture content. When the mixing and blending has been completed, the material shall be spread in a uniform layer which, when compacted, will meet the requirements of thickness and typical cross section. 154-3.8 GENERAL METHODS FOR PLACING. The subbase course shall be constructed in layers. Any layer shall not be less than 3 inches nor more than 8 inches of compacted thickness. The material, as spread, shall be of uniform gradation with no pocket of fine or coarse materials. The subbase, unless otherwise perimtted by the engineer, shall not be spread more than 2,000 square yards in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept within this limit. No material shall be placed in snow or on a soft, muddy, or frozen course. When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described herein shall apply similarly to each layer. During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of subgrade, shoulder, or foreign material in the subbase course mixture. 154-3.9 FINISHING AND COMPACTING. After spreading or mixing, the subbase material shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling and sprinkling, when necessary. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to adequately handle the rate of placing and spreading of the subbase course. SP118A/031485 P-154-3 Rolling shall progress gradually from the sides to the center of the land under constructiont or from one side toward previously placed materialt by lapping uniformly each preceding track by at least 12 inches. The rolling shall continue until the material is thoroughly set and stablet and the subbase mate- rial has been compacted to not less than 100% of maxi~um density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in T-611. Blading and rolling shall be done alternatelYt as required or directedt to obtain a smootht event and uniformly compacted subbase. The course shall not be rolled when the underlying course is soft or yielding or when the rolling causes undulation in the subbase. When the rolling develops irregularities that exceed one-half inch when tested with a 16-foot straightedget the irregular surface shall be loosened and then refilled with the same kind of material as that used in constructing the course and again rolled as required above. Along places inaccessible to rollerst the subbase material shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers. Sprinkling during rollingt if necessarYt shall be in the amount and by equipment approved by the engineer. Water shall not be added in such a manner or quantity that free water will reach the underlying layer and cause it to become soft. 154-3.10 SURFACE TEST. After the course is complete ly compactedt the surface sha 11 be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown; any port i on found to lack the required smoothness or to fail in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarifiedt reshapedt recompactedt and otherwise manipulated as the engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy are obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than ~ inch when tested with a 16-foot straightedge applied parallel witht and at right angles tOt the centerline. 154-3.11 THICKNESS. The thickness of the completed subbase course shall be determined by depth tests or cores taken at intervals so each test shall represent no more than 500 square yards. When the deficiency in thickness is more than ~ incht the contractor shall correct such areas by scarifyingt adding satisfactory mixturet rollingt sprinklingt reshapingt and finishing in accordance with these specifications. The contractor shall replace at his expense the subbase material where borings are taken for test purposes. 154-3.12 PROTECTION. Work on subbase course shall not be conducted during freezing temperature nor when the subgrade is wet. When the subbase material contains frozen material or when the underlying course is frozent the construc- tion shall be stopped. 154-3.13 MAINTENANCE. Following the final shaping of the materialt the subbase shall be maintained throughout its entire length by the use of standard motor graders and rollers untilt in the judgment of the engineert the subbase meets all requirements and is acceptable for the construction of the next course. Method of Measurement 154-4.1 The yardage of subbase course to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of subbase course material placedt compactedt and accepted in the SP118A/031485 P-154-4 completed course. The quantity of subbase course material shall be measured in final position based upon depth tests or cores taken as directed by the engineer, or at the rate of one depth test for each 500 square yards of subbase course, or by means of average end areas on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot. On individual depth measurements, thicknesses more than one-half inch in excess of that shown on the plans shall be considered as the specified thickness plus one-half inch in computing the yardage for payment. Subbase materials shall not be included in any other excavation quantities. Basis of Payment 154-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for subbase course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials; for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-154-5.1 Subbase Course - per cubic yard. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and Short Title Material and Short Title AASHO T 11 & T 27 - Gradation AASHO T 80 - Liquid Limit AASHO T 90 - Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index None FAA T-611 - Density SP118A/031485 P-154-5 ITEM P-211 LIME ROCK BASE COURSE Description 211-1.1 This item shall consist of a base course composed of lime rock con- structed on the prepared underlying course in accordance with these specifica- tions and shall conform to the dimensions and typical cross section shown on the plans. Materials 211-2.1 MATERIALS. The lime rock base course material shall consist of fossili- ferous limestone of uniform quality, and shall not contain hard or flinty pieces which will cause a rough surface containing pits and pockets. The rock shall show no tendency to "air slack" or undergo chemical change when exposed to the weather. The material when watered and rolled shall be capable of being com- pacted into a dense and well-bonded base. The oolitic type of limerock shall meet the following requirements: Carbonates of calcium and magnesium - not less than 70%. Oxides of iron anj aluminum - not more than 2%. The combined amount of carbonates, oxides, and silica shall be at least 97%. The material shall be non-plastic. All other types of lime rock shall contain not less than 95% of carbonates of calcium and magnesium. Liquid limit shall not exceed 35, plasticity index shall not exceed 6, as determined in accordance with AASHO T 89 and T 90. The chemical analysis of the limerock shall consist of determining the silica insoluble, iron oxide, and alumina by solution of the sample in hydrochloric (HC1) acid, evaporating, dehydrating, redissolving the residue, and neutralizing with ammonium hydroxide, filtering, washing, and igniting the residue lime rock. The difference between this insoluble matter and 100% is reported as carbonates of calcium and magnesium. The lime rock shall not contain more than 0.5% of roots, leaf mold, organic, or foreign matter and shall be obtained from pits from which all overburden has been removed previous to blasting and quarrying. The gradation of the lime rock shall meet the following requirements: Sieve designation (square openings) Percentage by weight passing sieves 3~ inch -------------------------------- 3/4 inch ------------------------------- 100 50 -100 All fine material shall consist entirely of dust of fracture. SP118A/031485 P-211-1 Construction Methods 211-3.1 SOURCES OF SUPPLY. All work involved in cleaning and stripping pits, including the handling of unsuitable material shall be performed by the Contractor at his own expense. The lime rock shall be obtained from approved sources. The pits shall be operated in such a manner that a clean and uniform material will be secured. 211-3.2 EQUIPMENT. All equipment necessary for the proper construction of this work shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. 211-3.3 PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. Before any rock base course material is placed, the underlying course shall be prepared and conditioned as specified. The course shall be checked and accepted by the engineer before placing and spreading operations are started. Any ruts or soft, yielding places caused by improper drainage conditions, hauling, or any other cause, shall be corrected and rolled to the required compaction before the base course is placed thereon. Grade contro 1 between the edges of the pavement sha 11 be accomp 1 i shed by grade stakes, stee 1 pins, or forms placed in 1 anes para 11 e 1 to the center 1 i ne of the pavement and at intervals sufficiently close that string lines or check boards may be placed between the stakes, pins, or forms. To protect the underlying course and to insure proper drainage, the spreading of the lime rock shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of the pavement with a one-way slope. 211-3.4 PLACING AND SPREADING. All base course material shall be placed on the prepared underlying course and compacted in layers to the thickness shown on the plans. The depositing and spreading of the material on the prepared course or on a completed layer shall commence where designated and shall progress without breaks. The material shall be deposited and spread in lanes in a uniform layer and without segregation of size to such loose depth that, when compacted, the layer shall have the required thickness. When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described herein shall apply similarly to each layer, excepting the scarifying and rerolling of the surface which will apply only to the top layer. The rock sha 11 be transported to locat ions where it is to be used over rock previously placed and dumped at the end of the preceding spread. It shall then be spread uniformly with shovels, forks, or approved mechanical spreaders especially constructed for this purpose. In no case shall rock be dumped directly onto the underlying course. Transporting over the underlying course will not be permitted, except as directed, in which case it must be protected by planking if rutting occurs. During the dumping and spreading operations, the rock shall be brought to the proper moisture content to obtain maximum density. If water is added, it shall be uniformly mixed to the full depth of the course by discing. All segregated areas of fine or coarse rock shall be removed and rep 1 aced with we ll-graded rock, and approve by the eng i neer. Lime rock shall not be spread when the subgrade is in an unsuitable condition. The lime rock base course shall be constructed in a layer not less than 4 inches nor more than 6 inches of compacted thickness. The base course shall be con- structed in lanes or strips parallel with the centerline of the paved area. SP118A/031485 P-211-2 .."_".",~",....""",__,..;.,-,",-,,,,,,,,,",.......,,,,,,,,,,~,,",,.,,_,..~.,,,,~""'_"'..'....._"".....-~~~"....~''''.4<.~~~...;..;-,."'',._,.- During the placing operation, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of subgrade, subbase, or shoulder material in the lime rock. 211-3.5 ROLLING. Immediately following final spreading, the material shall be compacted to full width with approved compaction equipment. Rolling shall prog- ress gradually from 'the sides to the center of the lane under construction, or from one side toward previously placed material, and shall continue until the surface has been rolled and compacted. Rolling shall continue until the base material has been compacted to not less than 100% density as determined by the compaction control tests specified in T-611. Prior to and during compaction, water in the amounts required shall be uniformly applied to maintain satisfac- tory moisture content to obtain maximum density. Sufficient rollers of the designated types shall be furnished to adequately handle the compaction of the material that has been placed and spread. Blading and rolling shall be done alternately as required or directed to obtain a smooth, even surface and until the entire depth of base is compacted into a dense, unyielding mass. Rerolling of previous day's spread shall be done as directed. When the shoulder backfill material has been placed, the shoulder shall be thoroughly rolled and compacted. Along curbs, headers, and all areas inaccessible to the roller, the base course material shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers. 211-3.6 FINISHING BASE COURSE. After the watering and rolling of the base course, the entire surface shall be scarified to a depth of at least 3 inches and shaped to the exact crown and cross section with a blade grader. The scar- ified material shall be rewatered and thoroughly rolled. Rolling shall continue until the base is bonded and compacted into a dense, unyielding mass, true to grade and cross section. The scarifying and roll ing of the surface of the base shall follow the initial rolling of the lime rock by not more than 4 days. When the lime rock base is constructed in two layers, the scarifying of the surface shall be to a depth of 2 inches. If, in the opinion of the engineer, the surface of the base is glazed or cemented to the extent that the prime coat could not penetrate properly, and after determining that the condition of the base meets all requirements, he will direct that the surface of the base be hard-planed with a blade grader and broomed immediately prior to the application of the prime coat. This hard- planing shall be done in such a manner that only the glazed or cemented surface is removed, leaving a granular or porous condition that will allow free penetra- tion of the prime material. The material planed from the base shall be removed from the base area. If at any time the underlying material becomes churned up and mixed with the base course material, the Contractor shall, without additional compensation, dig out and remove the mixture, reshape and compact the underlying course, replace the materials removed with clean rock which shall be watered and rolled until satisfactorily compacted. Where cracks, checks, or failures appear in the base, either before or after priming and before the surface course is laid, the Contractor shall remove such cracks, checks, or failures by rescarifying, reshaping, watering, rolling, and adding lime rock where necessary. SP118A/031485 P-211-3 211-3.7 SURFACE TEST. After the course has been completely compacted, the sur- face shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown. Any por- tion lacking the required smoothness or failing in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and otherwise manipulated as the engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy are obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch from a 16-foot straight- edge when applied to the surface parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline. In testing surface of the harder lime rocks, measurement of clear- ances from the straightedge shall not include small holes caused by individual pieces being pulled out by the grader. 211-3.8 THICKNESS. The thickness of the base course shall be determined by depth tests or elevations taken at intervals in such a manner that each test shall represent 300 square yards, or it shall be as otherwise directed by the engineer. The depth tests shall be made by test holes through the base at least 3 inches in diameter. Where the base deficiency is more than 1/2 inch, the Contractor shall correct such areas by scarifying and adding rock. The base shall be scar- ified, rock added, and tapered a distance of 100 feet in each direction from the edge of the deficient area for each inch of rock added. The affected area shall then be watered, bladed, rolled, and brought to a satisfactory state of compac- tion, required thickness, and cross section. The thickness of the base in the affected area shall be remeasured by depth tests or elevations. The operations of scarifying, adding rock, and rerolltng shall continue until the base thick- ness is within the 1/2-inch tolerance of base thickness. The final base thick- ness of the reconditioned area shall be used to determine the average job thick- ness. The average job thickness shall be the average of the depth measurement as above outlined and shall be within 1/4 inch of the thickness shown on the typical cross section. On individual depth measurements, thicknesses more than 1/2 inch in excess of that shown on the plans shall be considered as specified thickness plus 1/2 inch in computing the average job thickness. The Contractor shall replace, at his expense, the lime rock removed from test holes. 211-3.9 PROTECT! ON. Work on the base course sha 11 not be accomp 1 i shed dur i ng freezing temperatures nor when the subgrade is wet. When the aggregate contains frozen materials or the underlying course is frozen, the construction shall be stopped. Hauling equipment may be routed over completed portions of the base course, pro- vided no damage results and provided that such equipment is routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. However, the engineer in charge shall have full and specific authority to stop all hauling over completed or partially completed base course when, in his opinion, such hauling is causing damage. Any damage resulting to the base course from routing equipment over the base course shall be repaired by the Contractor at his own expense. 211-3.10 MAINTENANCE. Following the completion of the base course, the Contractor shall perform all maintenance work necessary to keep the base course in a condition satisfactory for priming. After priming, the surface shall be SP118A/031485 P-211-4 ",.."^"",,"'...._""'_...-F........~,."......_~...._,C..~;...., kept clean and free drained at all times. d i s turbed, any work or of the Contractor. from foreign material. The base course shall be properly If cleaning is necessary, or if the prime coat becomes rest itut i on necessary shall be performed at the expense Method of Measurement 211-4.1 The yardage of lime rock base course to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of base material placed, bonded, and accepted in the completed base course. The quantity of base course material shall be measured in final position, based upon depth tests taken as directed by the engineer, at the rate of 1 depth test for each 300 square yards of base course, or by means of aver- age end areas on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot. On individual depth measurements, thicknesses more than 1/2 inch in excess of that shown on the plans shall be considered as the specified thick- ness plus 1.2 inch in computing the yardage for payment. Basis of Payment 211-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for lime rock base course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. The cost of removing cracks and checks including the labor and material for repriming, and the additional lime rock necessary for crack elimination, will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the contract price per cubic yard for line rock base course. Payment will be made under: Item P-211-5.1 Lime Rock Base Courses - per cubic yard. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 89 - Liquid Limit AASHO T 90 - Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index None FAA T-611 - Density SPl18A/031485 P-211-5 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE (Central Plant Hot Mix) Description 401-1.1 This item shall consist of a surface course composed of mineral aggre- gate and bituminous material mixed in a central mixing plant and placed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the plans. Each course shall be constructed to the depth, typical section, or elevation required by the plans and shall be rolled, finished, and approved before the placement of the next course. The Contractor has the option of using recycled asphaltic material, which meets the requirements of P-401. Recycled material shall not exceed 50 pecent of the virgin material. Materials 401-2.1 AGGREGATE. Aggregates shall consist of crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag with or without sand or other inert finely divided mineral aggregate. The portion of materials retained on the No.8 sieve shall be known as coarse aggregate, the portion passing the No. 8 sieve and retained on the No. 200 sieve as fine aggregate, and the portion passing the No. 200 sieve as min- eral filler. (a) Coarse Aqqregate. Coarse aggregate shall consist of sound, tough, durable particles, free from adherent films of rnatter that would prevent thorough coating with the bituminous material. It shall show no more wear than 40 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131, nor shall the sodium sulfate soundness loss exceed 9 percent, or the magnesium soundness loss exceed 12 percent, after five cycles, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 88. Aggregate shall contain at least 50 percent by weight of crushed pieces having two or more fractured faces and 65 percent having at least one fractured face. The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75 percent of the smallest midsectional area of the piece. When two fractured faces are contiguous, the angle between the planes of fractures shall be at least 30 degrees to count as two fractured faces. The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75 percent of the smallest midsectional area of the piece. When two fractures are contiguous, the angle between planes of fractures shall be at least 30 degrees to count as two fractured faces. Fractured faces shall be obtained by artificial crushing. The aggregate shall not contain more than 8 percent, by weight, of flat or elongated pieces. A flat particle is one having a ratio of width to thickness greater than five; an elongated particle is one having a ratio of length to width greater than five. SP1l8/03108585 P-401-1 Slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag, and ~all have a compacted weight of not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot (1.12Mg/m ) when tested in accordance with ASTM C 29. (b) Fine Aqqreqate. Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, sound, dura- ble, angular particles produced by crushing stone, slag, or gravel that meets the requirements for wear and soundness specified for coarse aggregate. The aggregate particles shall be free from coatings of clay, silt, or other objec- tionable matter and shall contain no clay balls. The fine aggregate, including any blended filler, shall have a plasticity index of not more than six when tested in accordance with ASTM 0 424, and a 1 iquid 1 imit of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM 0 423. Natural sand may be used to obtain the gradation of the aggregate blend or to improve the workability of the mix. The amount of sand to be added will be adjusted to produce mixtures conforming to requirements of this specification. (c) Samplinq and Testing. ASTM 0 75 shall be used in sampling coarse aggregate and fine aggregate, and ASTM C 183 shall be used in sampling mineral filler. The Contractor shall furnish documentation to the engineer conforming that the aggregates meet specification requirements. (d) Sources of Agqregates. Sources of aggregates shall be se lected we 11 in advance of the time the materials are required in the work. When the aggre- gates are obtained from a previously approved source or an existing source pro- ducing aggregates that has a satisfactory service record in airport bituminous pavement construction for at least five years, samples shall be submitted 14 days prior to start of production. An inspection )f the producer'S operation will be made by the Engineer. When new sources are to be developed, the con- tractor shall indicate the sources and shall submit a plan for operation 30 days in advance of starting production. Samples from test pits, borings, and other excavations shall be submitted at the same time. Approval of the source of aggregate does not re 1 i eve the Contractor in any way of the respons i b i 1 i ty for delivery at the job site of aggregates that meet the requirements specified herein. (e) Samples of Aggregates. Samples of aggregates shall be furnished by the Contractor at the start of production and at intervals during production of bituminous mixtures. The intervals and points of sampling will be designated by the Engineer. The samples will be the basis of approval of specific lots of aggregates from the standpoint of the quality requirements of this section. 401-2.2 FILLER. If filler, in addition to that naturally present in the aggre- gate is necessary, it shall meet the requirements of ASTM 0 242. 401-2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The type, grade, and controlling specification and maximum mixing temperatures for the bituminous materials are given in Table 1. The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each tank of bitumen shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall be the basis for final acceptance. SP1l8/03108585 P-401-2 ~~",,,,,~~,,,,,#,,,,"~"."''''''.e",,,"",''"'''' Table 1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL Type and Grade Asphalt Cement Viscosity Grade Specification Maximum Mixing Temperature of oC AC-30 ASTM 0-3381 330 165 Composition 401-3.1 COMPOSITION OF MIXTURE. The bituminous plant mix shall be composed of a mixture of aggregate, fi ller if required, and bituminous materi a 1. The several aggregate fractions shall be sized, uniformly graded, and combined in such pro- portions that the resulting mixture meets the grading requirements of the job mix formula. 401-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. No bituminous mixture for payment shall be produced until a job mix formula has been approved by the Engineer. The formula shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor to the Engineer at least 15 days prior-to the start of paving operations and shall indicate the definite percentage of each sieve fraction of aggregate, the percentage of bitumen, and the temperature of the completed mixture when discharged from the mixer. All test data used to develop the job mix formula shall also be submitted. The job mix formula for each mixture shall be in effect until modified in writing by the Engineer. Should a change in sources of materials be made, a new job mix formula shall be established before a new material is used. The bituminous mixture shall be designed using procedures contained in Chapter III, MARSHALL METHOD OF MIX DESIGN, of the Asphalt Institute's Manual Series No. 2 (MS-2), current edition, and shall meet the requirements of Tables 2 and 3. The temperature of the mix immediately prior to compaction shall be 2500 t50F (121 degrees t30 C). The mineral aggregate shall be of such size that the percentage composition by weight, as determined by laboratory screens, will conform to the gradation or gradations specified in Table 4, when tested in accordance with ASTM Standard C 136 (dry sieve only). The percentage by weight for the bituminous material shall be within the limits specified. SP1l8/03108585 P-401-3 Table 2 MARSHALL DESIGN CRITERIA Test Property Pavements designed for aircraft gross weights less than 60,000 lbs. or tire pressures less than 100 ps i . Number of Blows 50 1000 (4450) Stability, minimum pounds (newtons) Flow, 0 . 01 in. ( 0 .25 mm) Percent air voids 8-20 3-5 Percent voids in mineral aggregate See Table 3 Table 3 MINIMUM PERCENT VOIDS IN MINERAL AGGREGATE U.S.A. Standard Sieve Designation (in.) 3/4 Nominal Maxmimum Particle Size (in.) (mm) Minimum Voids in Mineral Aggregate Percent 0.750 19.0 15 The gradations in Table 4 represent the limits which shall determine the suit- ability of aggregate for use from the sources of supply. The selection of any of the gradations shown in Table 4 shall be such that the maximum size aggregate used shall not be more than one-half of the thickness of the layer of the course being constructed. The aggregate, as fi na lly selected, shall have a gradation within the limits designated in Table 4 and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieve, or vice versa, but shall be uniformly graded from coarse to fine. The job mix tolerances shown in Table 5 shall be applied to the jOb mix formula to establish a job control grading band. The full tolerances still will apply if application of the job mix tolerances results in a job control grading band outside the master grading band. SP118/03108585 P-401-4 "'.-l' ""_'"~_''''"'___''' Table 4 AGGREGATE-BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE Pavements designed to accomodate aircraft with gross weights less than 60,000 pounds (27,000 kg), or with tire pressures less than 100 psi (690 kPa) . Size Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves 3/4 in. (19.0 mm) 112 in. (12.5 mm) 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) No.4 (4.75 mm) No. 8 (2.36 mm) No. 16 (1.18 mm) No. 30 (600 um) No. 50 (300 um) No. 100 (150 um) No. 200 (75 um) Bitumen percent: Stone or gravel Slag Table 5 11211 maximum 100 79-99 68-88 48-68 33-53 20-40 14-30 9-21 6-16 3-6 5.0-7.5 6.5-9.5 JOB MIX FORMULA TOLERANCES Material Aggregate passing No. 4 sieve or larger Aggregate passing Nos. 8 and 16 sieves Aggregate passing Nos. 30 and 50 sieves Aggregate passing Nos. 100 and 200 sieves Bitumen Temperature of mix SP1l8/03108585 P-401-5 Tolerance Plus or Minus 7 percent 6 percent 5 percent 3 percent 0.45 percent 20 degrees F (lloC) The aggregate gradation may be adjusted within the limits of Table 4, as directed, without adjustments in the contract unit prices. Should a change in sources of materials be made, a new job mix formula shall be established before the new material is used. Deviation from the final approved design for bitumen content and gradation of aggregates shall not be greater than the tolerances permitted and shall be based on daily plant extraction. Extrac- tion tests for bitumen content and aggregate gradation wi 11 be made at least twice daily. The mixture will be tested for bitumen content in accordance with ASTM 0 2172 and for aggregate gradation in accordance with AASHTO T 30. The completed mixture shall be sampled at the plant to retain job control. One sample shall be taken from each sublot on a random basis, in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM 03665. A lot shall consist of one day's plant run or 2,000 tons, whichever is less, and shall be divided into 4 sublots. Testing shall be in accordance with the Marshall method procedures contained in Chapter III of the Asphalt Institute Manual Series No.2 (MS-2), current edition, except the temperature of the mix prior to compaction shall be 250 degrees F !5 degrees F (121 degrees C +2 degrees C). If any two consecutive Marshall test results of any property do not conform to the reqiurements shown in Tables 1 and 2, the Contractor shall take immediate corrective action. In no instance shall the percent air voids exceed !1 percent of the job mix formula value. The Engineer may half production if the Marshall test criteria are not met and not allow it to resume until the problem is corrected. If the index of retained strength of the specimens of composite mixture, as determined by ASTM 0 1075, is less than 75, the aggregates shall be rejected or the asphalt shall be treated with an approved antistripping agent. The amount of antistripping agent added to the asphalt shall be sufficient to produce an index of retained strength of not less than 75. 401-3.3 TEST SECTION. Prior to full production, the Contractor shall prepare a quantity of bituminous mixture according to the job mix formula. The amount of mixture should be sufficient to construct a test section at least 50 feet (15.2 m) long and 20 feet (6.1 m) wide placed in two sections and shall be of the same depth specified for the construction of the course which it represents. The underlying grade or pavement structure upon which the test section is to be con- structed shall be the same as the remai nder of the course represented by the test section. The equipment used in construction of the test section shall be the same type and 'l'Ieight to be used on the remainder of the course represented by the test section. If the test section should prove to be unsatisfactory, the necessary adjustment . to the mix design, plant operation, and/or rolling procedures shall be made. Additional test sections, as required, shall be constructed and evaluated for conformance to the specifications. When test sections do not conform to spec- ification requirements, the pavement shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. A marginal quality test section that has been placed in an area of little or not traffic may be left in place. If a second test section also does not meet specification requirements both sections shall be removed at the Contractor I s expense. A margi na 1 quality test section that has been placed in an area of little or no traffic may be left in place. If a second test section also does not meet specification requirements both sections shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Full production shall not begin without SP118/03108585 P-401-6 _.,"c""".........."""'''',,,...__.,''''~''',..:,,.'''..~'"''~,_j...J<<;to_'''~....,.,;'''.<''-":',:,:"."'" approval of the Engineer. Test sections will be paid for in accordance with Section 401-6.1. 401-3.4 TESTING LABORATORY. The testing laboratory used to develop the job mix formula and to perform the tests required by this specification shall meet the requirements of ASTM 03666. A certification that the laboratory meets these requirements shall be submitted to the Engineer. An approved testing laboratory will not be required for quality contol tests made by the Contractor. Construction Methods 401-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The bituminous mixture shall not be placed upon a wet surface or when the surface temperature of the underlying course is less than speCified in Table 6. The temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the Engineer. Table 6 BASE TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS Mat Thickness Base Temperature (Minimum) OF oC Greater than 1 in. (2.5 cm) but less than 3 in. (7.5 cm) 1 in. (2.5 cm) or less 45 7 50 10 401-4.2 BITUMINOUS MIXING PLANT. Plants used for the preparation of bituminous mixtures shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 0995 with the following changes: (a) Requirements for All Plants. (1) Truck Scales. The bituminous mixture shall be weighed on approved scales furnished by the Contractor, or on public scales at the Contractor's expense. Such scales shall be inspected and sealed as often as the Engineer deems necessary to assure their accuracy. Scales shall conform to the requirements of Section 90. (2) Testinq laboratory. The Contractor or producer shall provide laboratory facilities for control and acceptance testing functions during periods of mix production, sampling, and testing .and whenever materials subject to the provisions of these specifications are being supplied or tested. The laboratory shall provide adequate equipment, space, and utilities as required for the performance of the specified tests. (3) Inspection of plant. The Engineer, or his authorized representative, shall have access, at all times, to all parts of the plant for SP118/03108585 P-401-7 checking adequacy of equipment; inspecting operation of the plant: verifying weights, proportions, and character of materials; and checking the temperatures matintained in the preparation of the mixtures. (4) Storage bins and surge bins. Paragraph 3.9 of ASTM 0995 is deleted. Instead, the following applies. Use of surge bins or storage bins for temporary storage of hot bituminous mixtures will be permitted as follows: (a) The bituminous mixture may be stored in surge bins for period of time not to exceed 3 hours; (b) The bituminous mixture may be stored in insulated storage bins for a period of time not to exceed 24 hours provided an inert gas atmosphere is maintained in the bid during the storage period. The bins shall be such that mix drawn from them meets the same requirements as mix loaded directly into trucks. If the Engineer determines that there is an excessive amount of heat loss, segretation or oxidation of the mixture due to temporary storage, no overnight storage will be allowed. 401-4.3 HAULING EQUIPMENT. Trucks used for hauling bituminous mixtures shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds. To prevent the mixture from adhering to them, the beds shall be lightly coated with a minimum amount of paraffin oil, lime solution, or other approved material. Each truck shall have a suitable cover to protect the materi a 1 from adverse weather. When necessary, to insure that the mixture will be delivered to the site at the specified temperature, truck beds shall be insulated and covers shall be securely fastened. 401-4.4 BITUMINOUS PAVERS. Bituminous pavers shall be self-contained, power propelled units with an activated screed or strike-off assembly, heated if necessary, and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material which will meet the specified thickness, smoothness, and grade. Pavers used for shoulders and similar construction shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material in widths shown on the plans. The paver shall have a receiving hopper of sufficient capacity to permit a uniform spreading operation. The hopper Shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the mixture uniformly in front of the screed. The screed or strike-off assembly shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging the mixture. The paver shall be capable of operating at forward speeds consistent with satis- factory laying of the mixture. If an automatic grade control device is used, the paver shall be equipped with a control system capable of automatically maintaining the screed elevation. The control system shall be automatically actuated from either a reference line or surface through a system of mechanical sensors or sensor-directed mechanisms or devices which will maintain the paverscreed at a predetermined transverse slope SP118/03108585 P-401-8 and at the proper elevation to obtain the required surface. The transverse slope controller shall be capable of maintaining the screed at the desired slope within plus or minus 0.1 percent. The controls shall be capable of working in conjunction with any of the following attachments: (a) Ski-type device of not less than 30 feet (9.14 m) in length or as directed by the Engineer. (b) Taut stringline (wire) set to grade. (c) Short ski or shoe. 401-4.5 ROLLERS. Rollers may be of the vibratory, steel wheel, or pneumatic- tired type. They shall be in good condition, capable of reversing without back- lash, and operating at slow speeds to avoid displacement of the bituminous mix- ture. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture to the required density, while it is still in a workable condition. The use of equipment which causes excessive crushing of the aggregate wi 11 not be permitted. 401-4.6 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The bituminous material shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local overheating and provide a continuous supply of the bituminous material to the mixer at a uniform temperature. The temperature of the bituminous material delivered to the mixer shall be suffi- cient to provide a suitable viscosity for adequate coating of the aggregate particles, but shall not exceed 3250F (1600C). 401-4.7 PREPARATION OF MINERAL AGGREGATE. The aggregate for the mixture shall be dried and heated to the temperature designated by the jOb formula within the job tolerance specified. The maximum temperature and rate of heating shall be such that no permanent damage occurs to the aggregates. Particular care shall be taken that aggregates high in calcium or magnesium content are not damaged by overheating. The temperature shall not be lower than is required to obtain com- plete coating and uniform distribution on the aggregate particles and to provide a mixture of satisfactory workability. 401-4.8 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURE. The aggregates and the bituminous material shall be weighed or metered and introduced into the mixer in the amount specified by the job mix formula. The combined materials shall be mixed until the aggregate contains a uniform coating of bitumen and is thoroughly distributed throughout the mixture. Wet mixing time shall be the shortest time that will produce a satisfactory mixture. It shall be established by the Contractor, based on the procedure for determining the percentage of coated particles described in ASTM 02489, and approved by the Engineer for each individual plant and for each type of aggregate used. The minimum mixing time shall be 25 seconds. The mixing time will be set to achieve 95 percent of coated particles. For continuous mix plants, the minimum mixing time shall be determined by dividing the weight of its contents at operating level by the weight of the mixture delivered per second by the mixer. The moisture contnet of the mix shall not exceed 1 percent. SP118/03108585 P-401-9 401-4.9 TRANSPORTINGt SPREADINGt AND FINISHING. The mixture shall be tran- sported from the mixing plant to the point of use in vehicles conforming to the requirements of Section 401-4.3. Deliveries shall be scheduled so that spread- ing and rolling of all mixture prepared for one day's run can be completed dur- ing daylightt unless adequate artificial lighting is provided. Hauling over freshly placed material shall not be permitted until the material has been com- pactedt as specifiedt and allowed to cool to atmospheric temperature. Immediately before placing the bituminous mixturet the underlying course shall be cleared of all loose or deleterious material with power blowerstpower broomst or hand brooms as directed. The mix shall be placed at a temperature of not less than 2500F (1070C) when asphalt cement is usedt and not less than 1500F (650C) when tar is used. Upon arrivalt the mixture shall be spread to the full width by an approved bitu- minous paver. It shall be struck off in a uniform layer of such depth thatt when the work is completedt it shall have the required thickness and shall con- form to the grade and contour indicated. The speed of the paver shall be regu- lated to eliminate pulling and tearing of the bituminous mat. Unless otherwise directedt placing shall begin along the centerline of areas to be paved on a crowned section or on the high side of areas with a one-way slope. The mixture shall be placed in consecutive adjacent strips having a minimum width of 10 feet (3 m)t except where edge lanes require strips less than 10 feet to complete the area. The longitudinal joint in one layer shall offset that in the layer imme- diately below by at least 1 foot(30 cm); howevert the joint in the top layer shall be at the centerline of the pavement. Transverse joints in one layer sha 11 be offset by at least 2 feet (60 cm) from transverse joi nts in the pre- vious layer. Transverse joints in adjacent lanes shall be offset a minimum of 10 feet (3 m). On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechan- ical spreading and finishing equipment impracticalt the mixture may be spreadt rakedt and luted by hand tools. 401-4.10 COMPACTION OF MIXTURE. After spreadingt the mixture shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted with power rollers. The surface shall be rolled when the mixture has attained sufficient stability so that the rolling does not cause undue displacementt cracking or shoving. The sequence of rolling operations and the type of rollers used shall be at the discretion of the Contractor. The speed of the roller shallt at all timest be sufficiently slow to avoid dis- placement of the hot mixture. Any displacement occurring as a result of revers- ing the direction of the rollert or from any other causet shall be corrected at once. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to handle the output of the plant. Rolling shall continue until all roller marks are eliminatedt the surface is of uniform texture and true to grade and cross sectiont and the required field density is obtained. SP118/03108585 P-401-10 ,,,..,,,,~,.......",,,,..~._,__..~_~_,,,""'k,,,,,,:,_"'"e';''''''''' ...; To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the roller, the wheels shall be kept properly moistened, but excessive water will not be permitted. In areas not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with hot hand tampers. Any mixture which becomes loose and broken, mixed with dirt, or in any way defective shall be removed and placed with fresh hot mixture and immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. This work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. Skin patching shall not be allowed. 401-4.11 JOINTS. The formation of all joints shall be made in such a manner as to ensure a continuous bond between old and new sections of the course. All joints shall present the same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of the course. The roller shall not pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture except when necessary to form a transverse joint. When necessary to form a transverse joint, it shall be made by means of placing a bulkhead or by tapering the course, in which case the edge shall be cut back to its full depth and width on a straight line to expose a vertical face. In both methods all contact sur- faces shall be given a tack coat of bituminous material before placing any fresh mixture against the joint. Longitudinal joints which are irregular, damaged, or otherwise defective shall be cut back to expose a clean, sound surface for the full depth of the course. All contact surfaces shall be given a tack coat of bituminous material prior to placing any fresh mixture against the joint. 401-4.12 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURE (DENSITY). Pave- ment density will be determined by comparing the density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of laboratory-compacted specimens. (a) Lot sizes. The pavement will be accepted for density on a lot basis. A lot will consist of: (1) one day's product i on where it is not expected to exceed 2,000 tons (1 814 000 kg); (2) a half day's production where a days production is expected to consist of between 2,000 and 4,000 tons (1 814 000 and 3 628 000 kg); (3) similar subdivisions for quantities greater than 4,000 tons. (b) Laboratory Density. Bituminous mixture for laboratory-compacted spec- imens shall be sampled on a lot basis from trucks delivering material to the jOb site. The lot size shall be the same as indicated in paragraph 4.12(a) and shall be divided into four equal sublots. One sample shall be taken from each sublot on a random basis, in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM 03665. One laboratory compacted speciment shall be prepared from each sublot. The specimens shall be compacted in accordance with ASTM 01559, Section 3.5, except that the temperature immediately prior to compac- SP1l8/03108585 P-401-11 tion shall be 2500F t50F (120C 1:30C). the sample of bituminous mix- ture can be placed in an oven for not more than 30 minutes to maintain the heat, but it shall not be reheated if it cools below 2500F (1200C) before use. The density of each specimen shall be determined in accordance with ASTM 02726 or 01188, whichever is applicable. (c) Core Density. Cores for determining the density of the compacted pavement shall be taken on a lot basis. The lost size shall be the same as indicated in paragraph 4.12(a) and shall be divided into four equal sublots. One core shall be taken from each sublot on a random basis in accordance with procedures contained in Appendix C of the Asphalt Institute's Specification Series No.1, latest edition. The cores shall be taken in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 4.14. The density of each core shall be determined in accordance with ASTM 0 2726 or 0 1188, whichever is applicable. (d) Pavement Density. The target density (percent compaction) of each lot of in-place pavement shall be 98 percent of the average density of the labora- tory-prepared specimens. The pavement density shall be determined by dividing the core density of each sub lot by the average density of the 1 aboratory-pre- pared specimens. (e) Acceptance Criteria. Acceptance of each lot of bituminous (surface) (base) course shall be based on the percentage of material within specification limits (PWL). The PWL is determined using standard statistical techniques and involves the number of tests in each lot (n) and the Quality Index (Q). The Quality Index is calculated from the following formula: _ X-L -R Quality Index average pavement densities (percent compaction) lower specification limit (96.7 percent) range - difference between highest and lowest pavement densities (percent compaction) Q where: Q = X = L = R = The PWL shall be determined from Table 7 using the number of tests (n) and the Quality Index (Q). Each lot of bituminous mix shall be accepted for density when the PWL equals or exceeds 90 percent. Each lot not meeting the 90 percent PWL requirement will be accepted at an adjusted contract unit price in accordance with Table 8. 401-4.13 SURFACE TESTS. Tests for conformity with the specified crown and grade shall be made by the Contractor immediately after initial compression. Any var- iation shall be corrected by the removal or addition of materials and by contin- uous rolling. The finished surface shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) for the surface course when tested with a 16-foot (4.8 m) straightedge applied parallel with, or at right angles to, the centerline. SP118/03108585 P-401-12 ,.<.,....~""~;._m"..._. 'I' _....~ 'f' ~-"",;"";"">,,,,,,,__~___,",,"''''-" Percent POSitive Values of 0 Within Limits n--3 n-4 n-5 n-6 69 .3450 .2551 .2206 . 1995 68 .3293 .2417 .2086 .1884 67 .3131 .2283 . 1968 .1777 66 .2965 .2149 .1835 .1668 65 .2798 .2015 .1732 .1562 64 .2625 .1881 . 1614 .1455 63 .2451 .1747 .1497 .1349 62 .2274 . 1611 .1382 .1243 61 .2093 . 1477 .1265 . 1139 60 . 1 91 1 .1343 . 1149 .1034 55 .0970 .0672 .0573 .0515 50 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 ~ll negative values Qf Q will ~esult in a PWL below 65 pe~cent. TABLE 8 PRICE ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE Percentage of Material Above the Specification Limit (PWL) Pe~cent of Contract Unit Price to be Paid 90-100 80-90 65-80 Below 65 100 0.5 PWL + 55.0 2.0 PWL - 65.0 1/ 1/ The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, lhe Engineer may decide to accept the deficient lot. In that case, if the Engineer and Contractor ag~ee in writing,-lhat lot shall not be removed, !nd it will be paid for at 50 percent of the contract price. SP175/013085 P-401-15 BASIS OF PAYMENT 401-6.1 Payment for bituminous surface course shall be made at the contract unit price per ton. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation, mixing, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. (a) Basis of Adjusted Payment. Table 8 shall be used to determine the adjusted contract price for a lot of material when the results of the pavement density tests for that lot indicate that the percentage of material above the specification limit is less than 90 percent. (b) Payment will be made under: Item P-401-6.1 Bituminous Surface Course - per ton (kg). ASTM C 29 ASTM C 88 ASTM C 131 ASTM C 136 ASTM C 183 ASTM 0 75 ASTM 0 423 TESTING REQUIREMENTS Unit Weight of Aggregate Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates Sampling Hydraulic Cement Sampling Aggregates Liquid Limit of Soils ASTM 0 424 Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM 0 424 Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM 0 995 Requirements for Mixing Plants for Hot-Mixed, Hot-Laid Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM 0 1075 Effect of Water on Cohesion of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures ASM 0 1188 Bulk Specific Gravity of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Paraffin-Coated Specimens ASTM 0 1559 Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus ASTM 0 2172 Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen from Bituminous Paving Mixture SP118/03108585 P-40l-16 ~"'lI"~'_""""''''' ~ if" ,,' "',,,..,,,,,,,,,.'."h_~~"';''' ASTM D 2489 ASTM D 2726 ASTM D 3665 ASTM D 3666 AASHTO T 30 The Asphalt Institute's Specification Series No. 1 (SS-I) The Asphalt Institute's Manual No. 2 (MS-2) Degree of Particle Coating of Bituminous-Aggregate Mixtures Bulk Specific Gravity of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Saturated Surface-Dry Specimens Random Sampling of Paving Materials Inspection and Testing Agencies for Bituminous Paving Materials Mechanical Analysis of Extracted Aggregate Model Construction Specifications for Asphalt Concrete and Other Plant-Mix Types Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 490 Tar ASTM D 242 Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D 946 Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction ASTM D 3381 Viscosity-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction SP118/03108585 P-401-17 ITEM P-402 MILLING OF EXISTING ASPHALT PAVEMENT Description 402-1.1 The work specified in this section consists of: A. Milling of twenty-five (25) ! feet of runway surface immediately south of the existing Runway 7/25 centerline and stockpiling the aggregate produced so as to allow the runway cross sect ion proposed to be constructed to be lowered approximately 1-1/2 inches, thus reducing the amount of asphalt required for the proposed construction, or B. Mi 11 i ng of up to seventy-fi ve (75) + feet of runway surface imme- diately south of the existing Runway 7/25 centerline, as in A above, to lower the runway Cross section to be constructed approximately 1-1/2 inches, and using all of said milled material in a hot recycling operation to reduce the amount of asphalt required for the proposed construction so long as the resultant recycled material meets the requirements of Item P-401, Bituminous Surface Course. The work specified also consists of transporting the milled material and stockpiling it at a location on airport property approved by the Engineer. The method of stockpiling and handling salvaged asphalt material, either for immediate reuse in area designated for the contractor recycling plant, or a pro- tected storage area in the event it is not reused immediately in this project, shall be approved by the Engineer. Equipment 402.2. The equipment used for this operation shall be a machine capable of maintaining a depth of cut and cross slope which will achieve the results spec- ified in the Plans. The machine shall be equiped with automatic grade controls which operate by sensing and controlling the depth of cut from one or more skids moving along adjacent known elevation pavement surfaces. The machine shall be equipped with an effective means of limiting the amount of dust escaping from the milling operation. If the machine proposed for milling is equipped with preheating devices that produce smoke and gaseous emissions, special attention is directed to the fact that local environmental regulations exist governing operation of this equipment and require a permit for use. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to familiarize himself and comply with all such local regula- tions, as well as State and Federal rules, and to obtain all necessary permits. Construction Methods 402.3. Pavement Removal. The existing pavement shall be removed to varying depths as shown on the Plans. Pavement removal shall be to a specified depth SP1l8/050184 P-402-1 and shall produce a specified cross slope. Grade control shall be carefully set by the Contractor and approved by the Eng i neer in accordance with the Plans prior to initiating the milling operation. Approximately 1-1/2" of asphalt is to be removed from the middle 4,000' of Runway 7/25, and 1/2" from the 500' ends of Runway 7/25 extending southward from the existing runway centerline, accord- ing to the Plans. The Contractor may elect to make multiple cuts to achieve the required pavement configuration or depth of cut. The milling machine shall be operated to minimize the amount of dust being emitted from the machine. Prewetting of the pavement may be required. Prior to opening an area which has been milled for construction traffic use the pavement shall be thoroughly swept with a power broom or other approved equipment to remove milled fines to the greatest extent practicable. This operation shall be conducted in a manner so as to minimize the potential for air pollution. Sweeping of the mi lled surface with a power broom wi 11 be required prior to placing a seal coat or the asphaltic overlay. Finished Surface 402-3.2 An asphalt pavement overlay is to be constructed over the milled sur- face. It shall have a texture which will provide good bonding and accept a bituminous tack coat according to P-603 prior to placement of the overlay per P- 401. Milled surfaces that will not be overlayed shall be treated with a single bituminous seal coat according to P-609. The Engineer may require remilling of any area where a surface lamina- tion causes a non-uniform texture to occur. Where milling inadvertently exposes the runway base course, those exposed areas shall be treated with multiple applications of bituminous material and aggregate according to P-609. A minimum of three applications shall be provided as corrective action, at no charge to the Owner. Method of Measurement 402-4.1 The quantities to be paid for under this Section shall be: (1) the area over which milling is acceptably completed, measured and calculated by the resident project representative, according to area milled and average depth of cut; (2) the volume of hauled milled material removed, determined by measurement in truck bodies at the point it is loaded. The Contractor shall level the mate- rial in truck bodies to facilitate measurement. Basis of Payment 402-5.1 The quantities of asphalt surface removed shall be paid for at the contract unit price for Milling Existing Asphalt Pavement. SP1l8/050184 P-402-2 """"",~,,,,,-~.>>=,,~..,,,-,,,,~",,,.,,,~=,,;,.,.._,,",,,,,,,,,.,,......,,,,,,,...;m."~"""'-',." The quantities of material hauled and stockpiled shall be paid for at the contract unit price for Disposal of Miller Asphalt as full compensation for the cost of cleaning the milled surface in preparation for overlay or seal coat, and hauling off and stockpiling or disposing of the material removed by the milling process as directed by the Engineer. Payment will be made under: Item P-402-5.1 Milling Existing Asphalt Pavement, per square yard inch Item P-402-5.1 Hauling of Milled Asphalt, per cubic yard SP1l8/050184 P-402-3 MISCELLANEOUS ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT Description 602-1.1 This item shall consist of an application of bituminous material on the prepared base course in accordance with this specification applied at the rate specified. The type of bituminous material to be used shall be as specified. 602-1.2 QUANTITIES OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The approximate amount of bituminous material per square yard for the prime coat shall be as provided in the Table 1. Table 1 Quantities of Material Material Amount Bituminous Material 0.20 gallon per square yard (0.10 gal./S.Y./application) Materi a 1 s 602-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and application temperatures for the bituminous materials are given below. ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT Type and grade Spec ifi cat i on Application temperatures Liquid asphalt RC-70 AASHO M 81/M-821 M141 120Q-1600 F. Construction Methods 602-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The prime coat shall be applied only when the existing surface is dry or contains sufficient moisture to get uniform distribu- tion of the bitumious material, when the atmospheric temperature is above 600F., and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. The temperature requirements may be wiaved, but only when so directed by the Engineer. 602-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The equipment used by the Contractor shall include a self- powered pressure bituminous material distributor and equipment for heating bitu- minous material. SP1l8A/031485 P-602-1 The distributor shall have pneumatic tires of such width and number that the load produced on the surface shall not exceed 650 pounds per inch of tire width and shall be designed, equipped, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat can be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily controlled rates from 0.05 to 2.0 gallons per square yard. The material shall be applied within a pressure range from 25 to 75 pounds per square inch and with an allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5%. Distributor equipment shall include a thermometer for reading temperatures of tank contents. 602-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immediately before applying the prime coat, the full width of the surface to be primed shall be swept with a power broom to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable material. The application of the bituminous material shall be made by means of a pressure distributor at the temperature, pressure, and in the amounts directed by the Engineer. Following the application, the primed surface shall be allowed to dry not less than 48 hours without being disturbed or for such additional time as may be necessary to permit the drying out of the prime unti 1 it wi 11 not be picked up by traffic or equipment. This period shall be determined by the Engineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the Contractor until the surfacing has been placed. Suitable precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to protect the primed surface against damage during this interval, including supplying and spreading any sand necessary to blot up excess bituminous material. 602-3.4 BITUMINOUS rvJATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bitu- minous materials that the Contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to their source and character, must be submitted and approved before use of such material begins. The Contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous materials to furnish material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials, so demon- strated by service tests, shall be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before permission is granted for use of the mate- rial. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of materials received for use on the project. 602-3.5 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer receipted bills when rai1raod shipments are made, and certified weigh bills when materials are received in any other manner, of the bituminous materials actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The Contractor shall not remove bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the in it i a 1 outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the Engi neer, nor shall the car or tank be re leased until the final outage has been taken by the Engineer. Copies of freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the Engineer dur- ing the progress of the work. SP118A/031485 P-602-2 f ,""",""_~__,,,,,,,,'_'~'4',"-- Method of Measurement 602-4.1 The bituminous prime coat to be paid for shall be the number of gallons of the materi a 1 used as ordered for the accepted work, corrected to 60oF., in accordance with the temperature-vo 1 ume correct i on tab 1 es for aspha It and tar materials contained in ASTM 0-1250 and ASTM 0-633 respectively. Basis of Payment 602-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon for bitu- minous prime coat. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivering, and applying the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-602-5.1 Bituminous Prime Coat - per gallon. TESTING ANO MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Materia 1 and short title AST M 0-1250 - Vol. Corr. for Asphalts AST M 0-633 - Vol. Corr. for Tars AASH 0 M 81 - Asphalt R C AASH 0 M 82 - Asphalt M C A ASH 0 M 52 - Tar AASHO M 141- Asphalt SC SP118A/031485 P-602-3 ITEM P-603 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT Description 603-1.1 This item shall consist of supplying and applying bituminous material to a previously prepared, bonded and/or bituminized binder, leveling, or base course or existing pavement in accordance with these specifications and to the width shown on the typical cross section on the plans. 603-1.2 QUANTITY OF MATERIAL. The approximate amount of bituminous material per square yard for the tack coat shall be as provided in the Table 1. The exact amount shall be as ordered by the engineer. Table 1 Quantity of Material Material Amount Bituminous material including vehicle or solvent 0.15 gallon per square yard Materials 603-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and application temperatures for the bituminous materials follow. The engineer shall designate the specific material to be used. Type and grade Specification Application temperatures Emulsified asphalt SS-I, SS-lh CSS-l, CSS-lh ASTM D977 ASTM D2397 750 - 1300 F. (250 -550 C.) Construction Materials 603-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The tack coat shall be applied only when the existing surface is dry, when the atmospheric temperature is above 600 F., and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. The temperature requ i rements may be waived, but only when so directed by the engineer. 603-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The contractor shall provide equipment for heating and applying bituminous material. SP118/042384 P-603-1 The distributor shall be designed, equipped, maintained, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat may be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at the specified rate. The allowable variation from the specified rate sha 11 not exceed 10 percent. Di stri butor equ i pment shall i nc 1 ude a tachometer, pressure gages, volume-measuring devices or calibrated tank, and a thermometer for measuring temperatures of tank contents. The distributor shall be self- powered and shall be equipped with adjustable laterally and vertically. A power broom and/or blower shall be provided for any required cleaning of the surface to the treated. 603-3.3 HERBICIDE TREATMENT OF THE EXISTING SURFACE. The existing pavement to be overlaid shall be treated with an approved herbicide to control vegetative growth. Apply herbicide ten days to two weeks prior to tack coat or concrete joint resealing according to manufacturer's instructions. Do not apply if rain is eminent and there is danger of runoff to adjacent area. Apply additional herbicide treatment to spotted growth area as directed by the Engineer. Herbi- cide shall be approved by the State of Florida, Department of Environmental Resources, for the use specified on the plans. 6.03-3.4 REPAIR OF LOGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION (LINE) AND SHRINKAGE CRACKS. The Contractor shall visit the job site and confirm the extent of wide pavement and shrinkage cracks when preparing his bid. Clean out those cracks which have vegetation growth (grass and weeds) or which are filled with dirt and sand. Use compressed air to clean out all cracks on the runway surface. Stiff bristled broom and/or brushes may be used to complement the compressed air cleaning oper- ation. 6.03-3.5 REINFORCING FABRIC. After the cracks have been filled, then a one foot wide strip of reinforcing fabric running the length of the logitudinal crack shall be applied. This reinforcing fabric or membrane shall be Petromat as manufactured by the Phillips Petroleum Company. An equal substitution can be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. An asphaltic binder shall be applied to the surface beneath the one foot wide strip. In addition, this same binder shall be applied as a sealant over the layed down fabric. The manufacturer's recommended binder material and applica- tion rates shall be followed. The Contractor shall submit a complete plan and material schedule to the Engineer for approval prior to application of the rein- forcing fabric. Following the application of the reinforcing fabric, the tack coat surface treatment shall be applied. Payment for surface preparation to include crack clearing and crack filling shall not be direct, but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor covered under other contract item. 6.03-3.6 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immediately before applying the tack coat, the full width of surface to be treated shall be swept with a power broom to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable material. Emulsified asphalt shall be diluted by the addition of water when directed by the Engineer and shall be applied a sufficient time in advance of the paver to ensure that all water has evaporated before any of the overlying mixture is placed on the tacked surface. SP1l8/042684 P-603-2 The bituminous material, including vehicle or solvent, shall be uniformly applied with a bituminous distributor at the rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gallons per yard depending on the condition of the existing surface. The type of bituminous material and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer prior to appli- cation. Following the application, the surface shall be allowed to cure without being disturbed for such period of time as may be necessary to permit drying out and setting of the tack coat. This period shall be determined by the engineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the contractor until the next course has been placed. Suitab le precautions shall be taken by the contractor to protect the surface against damage during this interval, including any sand necessary to blot up excess bituminous material. 603-3.7 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bitu- minous material that the contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to its source and character, must be submitted and approved before use of such material begins. The contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous material to furnish material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials so demon- strated by service tests, shall be acceptable. The contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the engineer before permission is granted for use of the mate- rial. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of material received for use on the project. 603-3.8 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the con- tractor shall file with the engineer receipted bi lls when railroad shipments are made, and cert if i ed we i gh bill s when mater i a 1 s are rece i ved in any other manner, of th~ bituminous materials actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The contractor shall not remove bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released until the final outage has been taken by the engineer. Copies of freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the engineer dur- ing the progress of the work. Method of Measurement 603-4.1 The bituminous tack coat to be paid for shall be the number of gallons of the materi a 1 used as ordered for accepted work, corrected to 600 F., in accordance with the temperature-volume correction tables for asphalt, tar, and asphaltic emulsion materials, contained in ASTM 0-1250 and ASTM 0-633, respec- tively. 603-4.2 The unit measurement for herbicide treatment shall be the square yard as applied to the runway and apron surfaces. The square yardage to be paid for SP118/042384 P-603-3 sha 11 be the number of square yards of herb i c i de treatment as ordered for the accepted work applied to the runway and apron. 6.03-4.3 The unit measurement for reinforcing fabric shall be the square foot as applied to the logitudinal construction cracks in the runway surface. Basis of Payment 603-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon of bitu- minous tack coat. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivering, and application of these mate- rials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 603-5.2 Payment sha 11 be made at the contract unit price per square yard for herbicide treatment applied to the runway surface. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and application of materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 603-5.3 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot for reinforcing fabric. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, crack cleaning and scaling, delivering, and application of this material and for all labor, equipment, tools, and inci- dentals necessary to complete the itme. Payment will be made under: Item P-603-5.1 Bituminous Tack Coat - per gallon. Item P-603-5.2 Herbicide Treatment for runway and apron - per square yard. Item P-603-5.3 Reinforcing Fabric - per square foot. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM 0-633 - Vol. Corr. for Tars AASHO M 52 - Tar ASTM 0-977 - Emulsified Asphalt ASTM 0-1250 - Petroleum Measurement Tables ASTM 0-2028 - Liquid Asphalt ASTM 0-2397 - Cationic Emulsified Asphalt ASTM M-52 - Tar for Use in Road Construction Asphalt Institute - Temperature-Volume Corrections for Manual MS-6 Emulsified Asphalts Table IV-3 SP 118/042384 P-603-4 - ITEM P-609 SEAL COATS AND BITUMINOUS SURFACE TREATMENTS Description 609-1.1 This item shall consist of a bituminous surface treatment composed of a single seal coat of bituminous material placed on the wearing surface, in accordance with these specifications, and shall conform to the dimensions and typical cross section shown on the plans, and with lines, elevations and grade established by the engineer. 609-1. 2 QUANTITIES OF MATERIALS PER SQUARE YARD. The approximate amounts of materials per square yard for the bituminous surface treatment shall be as provided in Table 1 for the treatment specified on the plans. TABLE 1 OIlANTITIES OF MATERIALS Materials Bituminous Material Amounts .20 gallon per square yard Materials 609-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and application temperatures for the bituminous materials are given below. Type and Grade Emulsified asphalt, RS-2 Emulsified asphalt, RS-2 Aneonic Specification Fed. Spec. SS-A-674 AASHO-RN-140 Temperature 1100 - 1600 F. 1100 - 1600 F. Construction Methods 609-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATION. Bituminous material shall not be applied to wet aggregate material or during sand, dust, or rain storms. The pavement shall be free of surface moisture during the contractor's operating periods. In general, it will be the policy not to permit the application of any bitu- mi nous materi a 1 when the atmospheri c temperature is 1 ess than 700 F. and the engineer may require the contractor to delay the application of bituminous mate- rial until the atmospheric and pavement surface conditions are satisfactory. No bituminous material shall be placed which cannot be cared for during daylight hours. 609-3.2 EQUIPMENT AND ORGANIZATION. Each unit required in the execution of these specifications shall be under the continuous superision of a competent superin- tendent thoroughly experienced in this type of work. Experienced operators will SP118/42684 P-609-1 be required on all euquipment used in hauling and applying bituminous material and aggregate. All equipment necessary to perform this work properly shall be on the project, in first class working condition, and approved by the engineer before construc- tion is permitted to start. The following equipment will be the minimum required for this type of construc- tion, and additional machinery shall be secured if, in the opinion of the engineer, it is necessary to fulfill the conditions of these specifications or to complete the item within the time specified. (a) The distributor shall have pneumatic tires of such width and number that the load produced on the pavement surface shall not exceed 650 pounds per inch of tire width and it shall be designed and operated so that bituminous material at even heat may be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily controlled rates from 0.05 to 2.0 gallons per square yard. The bitu- minous material shall be applied within a pressure range of 25 to 75 pounds per square inch and with an allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5%. Distributor equipment shall include a tachometer, pressure gauges, volume measuring devices, and a thermometer for reading temperatures of tank contents. (b) The pneumatic tire roller shall consist of pneumatic tires arranged"in a manner to provide a satisfactory compacting unit. The roller shall have. an effective rolling width of at least 60 inches and shall give a compression of at least 275 pounds per inch of tread width when fully loaded. The contractor shall supply such auxiliary equipment as needed and all equipment shall meet the approval of the engineer. Bituminous binder shall not be spread over a greater yardage than can be rolled and finished in one day.s operation. The yardage over which the binder is spread shall be as determined by the engineer. 609-3.3 PREPARING THE UNDERL Y I NG COURSE. The surf ace of the under lyi ng course shall be prepared, shaped, and conditioned to a uniform grade and section, as shown on the plans and as specified. Loose dirt and other objectionable mate- rial such as existing painting shall be removed from the surface. Such costs shall be included in the basic seal coat cost elements. When specified, the contractor shall be required to patch, with premixed mate- rial, any holes or other malformations deviating from the true cross section and grade. The premixed material shall be made of the bituminous material specified in the proposal or plans and prepared by the method as directed by the engineer. All small patches shall be thoroughly hand tamped while the large patches shall be rolled with a power or pneumatic roller. 609-3.4 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Bituminous material shall be applied upon the properly prepared surface at the rate and temperature specified using a pressure distributor to obtain uniform distribution at all points. To insure proper drainage, the strips shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of the pavement with a one-way SP118j42684 P-609-2 ~~ .,~,.,_.....~w__,~",_~_", slope. During all applications, the surfaces of adjacent structures shall be protected in such a manner as to prevent their being spattered or marred. Bitu- minous materials shall not be discharged into borrow pits or gutters or upon the airport areas. 609-3.5 CORRECTION OF DEFECTS. Any defects, such as raveling, low centers, lack of uniformity, or other imperfections caused by faulty workmanship, shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the engineer. All defective materials resulting from overheating, improper handling, or appli- cation shall be removed by the contractor and replaced with approved materials as provided for in these specifications. 609-3.6 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR I S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bitu- minous materials that the contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to their source and character, shall be submitted and approval obtained before use of such materials begins. The contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bitumen shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the engineer before permission is granted for use of the material. The fur- nishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials as received for use on the project. . 609-3.7 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the contractor shall file with the engineer receipted bills where railroad shipments are made, and certified weight bills when materials are received in any other manner, of the bituminous and covering materials actually used in the construc- tion covered by the contract. The contractor shall not remove bituminous mate- rial from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released until the final outage has been taken by the engineer. Copies of all freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the engineer during the progress of the work. Method of Measurement 609-4.1 The unit of measurement for bituminous material shall be the gallon. The gallonage to be paid for shall be the number of gallons of bituminous mate- rial used as ordered for the accepted work. Gallonage shall be determined by measuring the material at a temperature of 600 F. or by converting the gallonage measured at other temperatures to ga 11 onage at 600 F. in accordance wi th the temperature-volume correction tables for asphalt, tar, and asphalt emulsion materials contained in ASTM 0-1250 and ASTM 0-633 respectively. Basis of Payment 609-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon for bitu- minous material for surface treatment. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and application of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentials neces- sary to complete the item. SP1l8/42684 P-609-3 Payment will be made under: Item P-609-5.1 Bituminous Material - per gallon Testing and Material Requirements Test and Short Time AASHO T 19 AASHO T 96 AASHO T 104 AASHO T 11 & T 27 AASHO T 182 AASHO T 101 AASHO T 84 & T 85 ASTM D-633 ASTM D-1250 AASHO M 26 AASHO M 81 AASHO M 82 lSS-A-674 Slag Abrasion Soundness Gradation Stripping Swe 11 Specific Gravity Vol. Corr. for Asphalts Vol. Corr. for Tars Asphalt Cement Aspha 1t RC Asphalt MC Emulsion 1 Federal Specifications SP1l8/42684 P-609-4 P' ."I'....,~.'..."n...." ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Description 610-1.1 This item shall consist of structural portland cement concrete, pre- pared and constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. The concrete shall be com- posed of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, portland cement, and water. Materials 610-2.1 GENERAL. Only approved materials, conforming to the requirements of these specifications, shall be used in the work. They may be subjected to inspection and tests at any time during the progress of their preparation or use. The source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before delivery or use is started. Representative preliminary samples of the materials shall be submitted by the Contractor, when required, for exam- ination and test. Materials shall be stored and handled to insure the preserva- tion of their quality and fitness for use and shall be located to facilitate prompt inspection. All equipment for handling and transporting materials and concrete must be clean before any material or concrete is placed therein. In no case shall the use of pit-run or naturally mixed aggregates be permitted. Naturally mixed aggregate shall be screened and washed, and all fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored separately and kept clean. The mixing of different kinds of aggregates from different sources in one storage pile or alternating batches of different aggregates will not be permitted. 610-2.2 COARSE AGGREGATE. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 80. The percentage of wear shall be not more than 45 at 500 revolutions as determined by AASHTO T 96. Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet one of the gradations shown on Table 1, using AASHTO T 27. 610-2.3 FINE AGGREGATE. The fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the require- ments of AASHTO M 6. The fine aggregate shall be well graded from fine to coarse and shall meet the following grading requirements, when tested in accordance with AASHTO T 27: SP118A/030785 P-610-1 Sieve designation (square openings) No. 4 to 3/4 inch No. 4 to 1 inch No. 4 to 1~ inch Table 1 Requirements for Gradation of Coarse Aggregate Percentage by weight passing sieves 2" 1~" 1" 3/4" 1/211 3/8" No. 4 100 90-100 20-55 0-10 100 90-100 ------ 25-60 0-10 100 95-100 35- 70 10-30 0-15 Table 2 Requirements for Gradation of Fine Aggregate Sieve Designations (square openings) Percentage by Weight passing sieves 3/8 inch No. 4 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 100 95 -100 45 - 80 25 - 55 10 - 30 2 - 10 Blending will be permitted, if necessary, in order to meet the gradation requirements for fine aggregate. Fine aggregate deficient in the percentage of material passing the No. 50 mesh sieve may be accepted, provided that such deficiency does not exceed 5% and is remedied by the addition of pozzolanic or cementitious materials other than portland cement, as specified in 610-2.6 on admixtures, in sufficient quantity to produce the required workability as approved by the Engineer. 610-2.4 CEMENT. The cement used shall be portland cement conforming to the requirements of the type specified: (a) Portland cement -------------------------- (b) Air-entraining portland cement ----------- (c) Portland blast-furnace slag cement ------- (d) Air-entraining portland blast furnace slag cement ---------------------------- .l\ASHTO M 85 AASHTO M 134 .l\ASHTO M 151 AASHTO M 151 The Contractor sha 11 furn i sh vendors I cert i fi ed test reports for each car load, or equivalent, of cement shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before permission to use the cement is granted. A 11 such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials received for use on the project. SP118A/030785 P-610-2 '..~,.'"Ji"'"i<<~.'",.,w;~~""..""''"''''~J".,., 610-2.5 WATER. The water used in concrete shall be free from sewage, oil, acid, strong alkalies, vegetable matter, and clay and loam. If the water is of ques- tionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO T 26. 610-2.6 ADMIXTURES. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be approved by the Engineer. Before approval of any material, the Contractor shall be required to submit the results of complete physical and chemical analyses made by an acceptable testing laboratory. Subsequent tests shall be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determi ne whether the admi xture is un iform in quality with that approved. Pozzo1anic admixtures shall be fly ash meeting the requirements of ASTM C 350 or raw or calcined natural pozzo1ans meeting the requirements of ASTM C 402. Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 154. Air- entraining admixtures shall be added at the mixer in the amount necessary to produce the specified air content. Water-reducing, set-controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 494, Type A, water-reducing or Type D, water-reducing and retarding. Water- reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer separately from air-entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer1s printed instructions. 610-2.7 JOINT FILLER. The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 18, grade A or B. 610-2.8 STEEL REINFORCEMENT. Concrete reinforcing shall consist of deformed bars of either structural, intermediate, or high grade billet steel meeting AASHTO M 31; deformed bars of rail steel meeting AASHTO M 42; or welded wire fabric meeting AASHTO M 55. To qualify as deformed, bars shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 137. 610-2.9 CALCIUM CHLORIDE. When calcium chloride is permitted by the Engineer in the concrete as an accelerator, it shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 144. 610-2.10 COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: (a) Cotton Mats for Curing Concrete ________________ (b) Waterproof Paper for Curing Concrete ___________ (c) Polyethylene Sheeting for Curing Concrete ______ (d) Burlap Cloth made from Jute or Kenaf __________ (e) Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ------________________________ AASHTO M 75 AASHTO M 139 AASHTO M 171 .L\ASHTO M 182 AASHTO M 148 Construction Methods 610-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and serv- ices necessary for, and incidental to, the completion of all work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All machinery and equipment owned or con- SP118A/030785 P-61O-3 trolled by the Contractort which he proposes to use on the workt shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the workt and shall be such as to produce satisfactory work; all work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall emploYt at all timest a suffi- cient force of workmen of such experience and ability that the work can be pro- secuted in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. 610-3.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONS. The concrete shall consist of a mixture of coarse aggregatet fine aggregatet portl and cementt and water. All aggregates and bu lk cement shall be measured by weight. In proportioning the aggregates and mixing watert compensation shall be made for the weight of moisture in the aggregatest and this shall be determined periodically. Concrete Proportions (Materials for one cubic yard of concrete) Weights in pounds Net water Dry Aggregate Type of Cement content Slump course content (maximum Fine Total Range aggregate (min. bags) gallons) Aggregate Aggregate (inches) Grave 1 6 35 1070-1190 3210 2-5 Crushed stone 6 38 1220-1360 3200 2-5 Slag 6 38 1330-1470 2930 2-5 The proport ions in the above tab 1 e are based on the use of we ll-graded aggre- gates. If it is impossible with the aggregates selected to prepare concrete of the proper consistency without exceeding the maximum net water content spec- ifiedt the total weight of aggregate shall be reduced by the Engineer until con- crete of the proper consistency is obtained without exceeding the maximum net water content specified. Howevert the Contractor shall not be compensated for any additional cement which may be required by such adjustment. The weights specified in the above table were calculated for aggregates of the following bulk specific gravities: Natural sand and gravelt 2.65; crushed stonet 2.70; slag 2.30. For aggregates of specific gravities differing more than to.02 from those given abovet the weights given in the tables shall be corrected. The quantities shown for cement and water shall controlt and the weights of the aggregates shall be varied to secure the proper yield based on absolute volumes. When a special mix requiring a reduction in the amount of water is desired, the quantities of aggregates shall be increased to maintain the specified yield. Yield test, made in accordance with specification AASHTO T 121, shall be made at the Contractor IS res pons i b i 1 i ty and expense for the purpose of determi n i ng the cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If at any time such cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard, the batch weights shall be reduced until the amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to the requirements. SP118A/030785 P-610-4 ~._..t"" The net mixing water shall be adjusted for the moisture contained in the ag- gregates, and for the moisture which they will absorb, in order to determine the amount of water to be added at the mixer. The absorption of the fine and coarse aggregates shall be determined by AASHTO T 84 and T 85. When an air-entraining agent or air-entraining portland cement is used, there will be a bulking of the mortar of the concrete due to the amount of entrained air. To keep the cement factor specified at the correct amount, the weight of the fine aggregate shall be reduced, as directed by the Engineer. The reduction in the fine aggregate shall be determined by yield tests as specified. Under average conditions the reduction of the sand should be about 3% of the total weight of the fine and coarse aggregate. The air content of the concrete shall be between 3 and 6% by volume. The air content by volume shall be based on measurements made on concrete imme- diately after discharge from the mixer in accordance with AASHTOT 121 or T 152. 610-3.3 CONTROL TESTS. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make test cylinders or beams from the concrete as mixed for the work as herein spec- ified. Concrete cylindrical tests specimens shall be made in accordance with AASHTO T 23 and beam specimens shall be made in accordance with AASHTO T 97. The Contractor shall cure and store the test specimens under such conditions. as directed. The Engineer will make the actual tests on the specimens at no expense to the Contractor. 610-3.4 PROPORTIONING AND MEASURING DEVICES. When package cement is used, the quantity for each batch shall be equal to one or more whole sacks of cement. The aggregates shall be measured separately by weight. If aggregates are de 1 i vered to the mi xer in batch truck s, the exact amount for each mi xer charge shall- be contained in each batch compartment. Weighing boxes or hoppers shall be approved by the Engineer and shall provide means of regulating the flow of aggregates into the batch box so that the required and exact weight of aggre- gates can be readily obtained. 610-3.5 CONSISTENCY. The consistency of the concrete shall be checked by the slump test specified in AASHTO T 119. 610-3.6 MIXING. Concrete may be mixed at the construction site, at a central point, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. . Whichever mixing process is used, concrete of the specified proportions and consistency shall be produced. 610-3.7 MIXING CONDITIONS. The concrete shall be mixed only in quantities required for immediate use. Concrete shall not be mixed while the air tempera- ture is below 40oF. without permission of the Engineer. If permission is granted for mixing under such conditions, aggregates or water, or both, shall be heated and the concrete shall be placed at a temperature not less than 50 of nor more than 100oF. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any defective work, resulting from freezing or injury in any manner during placing and curing, and shall replace such work at his expense. SP118A/030785 P-610-5 Retempering of concrete by adding water or any other material shall not be per- mitted. The deli very of concrete to the job sha 11 be in such a manner that batches of concrete will be deposited at uninterrupted intervals. 610-3.8 FORMS. Concrete shall not be placed until all tne forms and reinforce- ments have been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Forms shall be of suit- able material and shall be of the type, size, shape, quality, and strength to build the structure as designed on the plans. The forms shall be true to line and grade and shall be mortar-tight and sufficiently rigid to prevent displace- ment and sagging between supports. The Contractor shall bear responsibility for their adequacy. The surfaces of forms shall be smooth and free from irregulari- ties, dents, sags, and holes. The internal ties shall be arranged so that, when the forms are removed, no metal will show in the concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed to weathering. All forms shall be wetted with water or with a nonstaining mineral oil wh i ch sh a 11 be app 1 i ed short 1 y before the concrete is placed. Forms sh a 11 be constructed so that they can be removed without injuring the concrete or con- crete surface. The forms shall not be removed before the expiration of at least 30 hours from vertical faces, walls, slender columns, and similar structures; forms supported by falsework under slabs, beams, girders, arches, and similar construction shall not be removed until tests indicate that at least 60% of the design strength of the concrete has developed. 610-3.9 EMBEDDED ITEMS. Before placing concrete, any items that are to be embedded shall be firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All such items shall be clean and free from coating, rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. The embedding of wood shall be avoided. The concrete shall be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items. 610-3.10 PLACING CONCRETE. All concrete shall be placed during daylight, unless otherwi se approved. The concrete shall not be placed until the depth and char- acter of foundation, the adequacy of forms and falsework have been approved. Concrete shall be placed as soon as practical after mixing and in no case later than 1 hour after water has been added to the mi x. The method and manner of placing shall be such to avoid segregation and displacement of the reinforce- ment. Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing concrete when necessary. Dropping the concrete a distance of more than 5 feet, or depositing a large quantity at one point, will not be permitted. Concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces, free from running water, or upon properly consolidated soil. The concrete shall be compacted with suitable mechanical vibrators operating within the concrete. When necessary, vibrating shall be supplemented by hand spading with suitable tools to assure proper and adequate compaction. Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to work the concrete thoroughly around the reinforce- ment and embedded fixtures and into corners and angles of the forms: The vibra- tion at any joint shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish compaction but shall not be prolonged to the point where segregation occurs. Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed in a compact mass in its final position by means of a tremie, a closed bottom dump bucket, or other approved method and shall not be disturbed after being deposited. SP118Aj030785 P-610-6 ~.;."""~,U,~~"';.~.'.i;.q,,,,,,",_~"n',,. 610-3.11 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. When the placing of concrete is suspended, necessary provisions shall be made for joining future work before the placed concrete takes its initial set. For the proper bonding of old and new concrete, such provisions shall be made for grooves, steps, keys, dovetails, reinforcing bars or other devices as may be prescribed. The work shall be arranged so that a section begun on any day shall be finished during daylight of the same day. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which was hardened, the surface of the hardened concrete shall be c leaned by a heavy steel broom, roughened slightly, wetted, and covered with a neat coating of cement past or grout. 610-3.12 EXPANSION JOINTS. Expansion joints shall be constructed at such points and of such dimensions as may be indicated on the drawings. The pre- molded fi ller shall be cut to the same shape as that of the surfaces being joined. The filler shall be fixed firmly against the surface of the concrete already in place in such manner that it will not be displaced when concrete is deposited against it. 610-3.13 DEFECTIVE WORK. Any defective work disclosed shall be immediately removed and replaced. If any dimensions are deficient, or if the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows honeycomb, which in the opinion of the Engineer cannot be repaired satiSfactorily, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 610-3.14 SURFACE FINISH. A 11 exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, smooth, free from open or rough spaces, depressions, or projections. The concrete in horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush with the finished top surface at the proper elevation and shall be struck-off with a straightedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall dry cement or sand-cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the finiShing of the horizontal plane surfaces. When directed, the surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If forms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be pointed and wetted and then rubbed with a wooden float until all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being rubbed, a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When approved, the finishing can be done with a rubbing machine. 610-3.15 CURING AND PROTECTION. All concrete shall be properly cured and pro- tected by the Contractor. The work shall be protected from the elements, flow- ing water, and from defacement of any nature during the building operations. The concrete shall be cured as soon as it has sufficiently hardened by covering with an approved material. Water-absorptive coverings shall be thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for a period of at least 3 days. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface from being exposed to cur- rents of air. Where wooden forms are used, they shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent the opening of joints and drying out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowed on concrete surfaces for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. SP118A/030785 P-610.,.7 610-3.16 DRAINS OR DUCTS. Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to be encased in concrete shall be installed by the Contractor before the concrete is placed. The pipe shall be held rigidly so that it will not be displaced or moved during the placing of the concrete. 610-3.17 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION. When concrete is placed at temperatures below 40oF., the Contractor shall provide satisfactory methods and means to protect the mix from injury by freezing. The aggregates, or water, or both, shall be heated in order to place the concrete at temperatures between 500F and 100oF. Calcium chloride may be incorporated in the mixing water when directed by the Engineer. Not more than 2 pounds of Type 1 nor more than 1.6 pounds of Type 2 shall be added per bag of cement. After the concrete has been placed, the Contractor shall provide sufficient protection such as cover, canvas, framework, heating apparatus, etc., to enclose and protect the structure and maintain the temperature of the mix at not less than 50oF. until at least 60% of the designed strength nas be attained. 610-3.18 FILLING JOINTS. All joints which require filling shall be thoroughly cleaned, and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out wi th proper too 1 s. Joint filling shall not be started until after final curing and shall be done only when the concrete is completely dry. The cleaning and filling shall be carefully done with proper equipment and in a manner to obtain a neat looking joint free from excess filler. Basis of Payment 610-4.1 The cost of the portland cement concrete and the reinforcing steel required in this project shall be incidental to the costs of the individual items and shall be included in the bid for that item. These incidental costs are items such as the electrical vault, security fencing post foundations, head- walls, inlets, manholes, drainage pipes, duct encasements, light fixture bases, taxiway guidance sign anchors, pull boxes, duct, cable and splice "markers, side- walks, tie down anchor footings, etc. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title AASHTO T 27 - Gradation AASHTO T 96 - Abrasion AASHTO T 26 - Water AASHTO M 80 - Aggregate AASHTO M 6 - Aggregate AASHTO M 85 - Portland Cern. AASHTO T 121 - Yield AASHTO T 84 - Absorption AASHTO T 85 - Absorption AASHTO T 152 - Air Content AASHTO T 23 - Cylinders AASHTO T 96 - Beams AASHTO T 119 - Slump AASHTO M 134 -Air-Entrained Portland Cement AASHTO M 151 - Slag Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C 350 - Fly-Ash ASTM C 402 - Pozzolans AASHTO M 154 -Air-Entrained SP118A/030785 P-610-8 ~.~~ u.~w..",,,,,~~, SPl18A/030785 P-610-9 Additives ASTM C 494 - Retarder AASHTO M 33 - Joint Material AASHTO M 90 - Joint Material AASHTO M 153 - Joint Material AASHTO M 213 - Joint Material AASHTO M 18 - Joint Material AASHTO M 31 - Steel AASHTO M 42 - Steel AASHTO M 55 - Steel AASHTO M 137 - Steel AASHTO M 144 - Accelerator AASHTO M 73 - Cotton Mats AASHTO M 139 - Paper AASHTO M 171 - Polyethylene AASHTO M 132 - Burlap AASHTO M 148 - Membrane ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING Description 620-1.1 This item shall consist of the painting of numbers, markings, and stripes on the surface of runways and taxiways applied in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans, or as directed by the engineer. Materi a 1 s 620-2.1 PAINT. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P- 1952, water emulsion base paint. Runway markings shall be white, taxiway mark- ings shall be yellow, runway chevrons shall be yellow. All paint shall incor- porate reflective media (glass spheres). . 620-2.2 REFLECTIVE MEDIA. This feature will be provided by the addition of glass spheres to the surface of the pigmented binder. The reflective media shall conform to Federal Specification TT-B-1325, Type III, gradation A. Construction Methods 620-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The painting shall be performed only upon a dry surface, when the atmospheric temperature is above 450F. (loC), and when the weather is not foggy or windy. 620-3.2 EQUIPMENT. All equipment for the work shall be approved by the engineer and shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing sur- face, a mechanical marking machine, and such auxiliary hand painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The mechanical marker shall be an atomizing spray type marking machine suitable for appl ication of traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall be designed so as to apply markings of uniform cross sections and clear cut edges without running or spattering. 620-3.3 PREPARATION OF EXISTING SURFACE. Immediately before application of the paint, the existing surface shall be dry and entirely free' from dirt, grease, oil, acids, laitance, loose materials, or other foreign material which would reduce the bond between the paint and the pavement. The area to be painted shall be cleaned by sweeping and blowing or by other methods as required to remove all dirt, liatance and loose materials. Areas which cannot be satisfac- torily cleaned by brooming and blowing shall be scrubbed as directed with a water solution of trisodium phosphate (10% Na1PoA.. by weight) or an approved equal solution. After scrubbing, the solution snall be rinsed off and the sur- face dried prior to painting. Existing markings or stripes which are to be abandoned or removed shall be obl iterated or obscured by' the best methods suited for the purpose and to the satisfaction of the engineer. Application of high pressure water (water blast) is preferred to the use of milling with diamond edge cutters. Remove all loose paint, all loose asphaltic surface materials and foreign matter. SP 118/042384 P-620-1 Seal the reworked area with a bituminous surface treatment per P-603, with application rate of 0.1 to 0.15 gallons per square yard. 620-3.4 LAYOUT OF MARKINGS. On those sections of pavement where no previously applied markings are available to serve as a guide, the proposed markings shall be laid out in advance of the paint application. 620-3.5 APPLICATION. Markings shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing shown on the plans. Paint shall not be applied until the layout and condition of the surface have been approved by the engineer. The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and applied to the pavement with a marking machine at the rate of 100 square feet per gallon. The addition of thinner will not be permitted. A period of 24 hours shall 1 apse between pl acement of a bituminous surface course or seal coat and application of the paint. The edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than ~ inch (12 mm) in 50 feet (15 m), and the dimensions shall be within a tolerance of plus or minus 5 percent. Glass spheres shall be distributed to the surface of the marked areas immediately after application of the paint. A dispenser shall be furnished which is properly designed for attachment to the marking machine and suitable for dispensing glass spheres. The spheres shall be applied at the rate of 10 pounds per gallon of paint. The contractor shall furnish certified test reports for the materials shipped to the project. The reports shall not be interpreted as a basis for final accep- tance. The contractor shall notify the engineer upon arrival of a shipment of paint to the job site. All emptied containers shall be returned to the paint storage area for checking by the engineer. The containers shall not be removed from the airport or destroyed until authorized by the engineer. 620-3.6 PROTECTION. After application of the paint, all markings shall be pro- tected from damage until the paint is dry. All surfaces shall be protected from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, or drippings of paint. Method of Measurement 620-4.1 The quantity of runway and taxiway markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet of paint performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the engineer. Basis for Payment 620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot for runway and taxiway painting. This price shall be full compensation for furnish- ing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Removal of existing painting, surface preparation and sealing of reworked areas are incidental to the completion of the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-620-5.1 Runway and Taxiway Painting per square foot SP118/050884 P-620-2 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Federal Specification TT-P-1952 Paint, Traffic and Airfield Marking, Water Emulsion Base Federal Specification TT-B-1325 Beads, (Glass Spheres) Retro-Reflective SP 118/042384 P-620-3 ITEM P-625 COAL-TAR PITCH EMULSION SEALCOAT Description 625-1.1. This item shall consist of an application of a rubberized coal-tar emulsion sea1coat, without mineral aggregate, and with the use of a latex rubber containing a silicone additive applied on an existing, previously prepared bitu- minous surface, in accordance with these specifications for the area shown on the plans or as designated by the Engineer. Materials 625-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS. The bituminous material shall be a coal-tar pitch emulsion prepared from a high-temperature, coal-tar pitch conforming to the requirements of Federal Specification R-T-143. Oil and water gas tar shall not be used even though they comply with R-T-143. The coal-tar pitch emulsion shall conform to all rquirements of Federal Specification R-P-355 except the water content shall not exceed 50 percent. 625-2.2 WATER. soluble salts. The water used in mixing shall be potable and free from harmful The temperature of the water shall be at least 50 degrees F. 625-2.3 LATEX RUBBER. The rubber shall be a copolymer latex containing 51-70 parts butadiene and 30-49 parts acrylonitrile or styrene, with sil icones at 3 percent of the rubber content. The average part i c 1 e size sha 11 be between 300 and 1500 angstroms and the rubber shall be compat i b 1e with the coal-tar pitch emu 1 s'ion used by the Contractor. The rubber must mi x homogeneous 1y with the coal-tar emulsion and water, in the proportions specified. Composition and Application 625-3.1 COMPOSITION. The rubberized coal-tar pitch emulsion sea1coat shall consist of a mixture of coal-tar pitch emulsion, water, and latex rubber in the proportions shown in Table 1. The amount of water added to the rubberized coa1- tar pitch emulsion or to the rubberized coal-tar pitch emulsion sand slurry, to achieve application consistency, shall not exceed 100 percent of the coal-tar pitch emulsion. The amount of water added to the coal-tar pitch emulsion sand slurry or to the emulsion shall not exceed 10 percent of the coal-tar pitch emulsion. The final composition shall be determined by the Engineer within the limitations of Table 1. SP118/050l84 P-625-1 Table 1 COMPOSTION OF MIXTURE Type of Sealcoat Water ga 1. /ga 1. of emu 1 . Composition and Quantities Rubber ga 1. /ga 1. of emu 1 . Application Rate gal./sq. yd. (Per Application) Rubberized Emulsion 0.80 0.04 0.2 (0.1 x 2 applications) 625-3.2 APPLICATION. The rubberized coal-tar emulsion sealcoat shall be applied in one coat at the rate specified in Table 1. 625-3.3 TEST SECTION. Prior to full production, the Contractor shall prepare a quantity of mixture in the proportions shown in Table 1. The amount of mixture shall be sufficient to place a test section of approximately 50 square yards at the application rate shown in Table 1. The area to be tested will be designated by the Engineer and will be located on the existing pavement. The test sect ion sha 11 be used to verify the adequacy of the mi xture and to determi ne the exact app 1 i cat i on rate. The same equ i pment and method of opera- tions shall be used on the test section as will be used on the remainder of the work. If the test section should prove to be unsatisfactory, the necessary adjustments to the mix composition, application rate, placement operations, and equipment shall be made. Additional test sections shall be placed and evaluated, if required. Construction Methods 625-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The sealcoat shall not be applied when the surface is wet or when the humidity or impending weather conditions will not allow proper curing nor when the atmospheric or pavement temperature is below 50 degress F unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 625-4.2 EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS. All methods employed in performing the work and all equipment, tools, and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer before the work is started. (1) Distributors. Distributors used for the application of the tar emul- sion shall be self-propelled, equipped with pneumatic tires, and cap- able of uniformly applying 0.15 to 0.50 gallon per square yard of tar emulsion over the required width of application. Distributors shall be equipped with removable manhole covers, tachometers, pressure gauges, and volume-measuring devices. SP118/050184 P-625-2 (2) Mixing Equipment. The mlxlng machine. sh~ll have a con~inuous flow mixing unit capable of accurately de1lVerlng a predetermlned propor- tion of water, emulsion, and rubber, and of discharging the thoroughly mixed product on a continuous basis. The mixing unit shall be capable of thoroughly blending all ingredients together. Spreading Equipment. Attached to the mixing machine shall be a mech- anical-type squeegee distributor, equipped with flexible material in contact with the surface to prevent loss of rubberi zed emu 1 s i on from the distributor. It shall be maintained to prevent loss of rubberized emulsion on varying grades and adjusted to assure uniform spread. There shall be a lateral control device and a flexible strike-off cap- able of being adjusted to lay the rubberized emulsion at the specified rate of application. The spreader box shall have an adjustable width. The box shall be kept clean; asphalt build-up on the box shall not be permitted. (3) 625-4.3 PREPARATION OF PAVEMENT SURFACE. Bituminous pavement surfaces which have been softened by petroleum derivatives or have failed due to any other cause shall be removed to the fu 11 depth of the damage and rep 1 aced with new bi tumi nous concrete s imil ar to that of the ex i st i ng pavement. Areas of the pavement surface to be treated shall be in a firm consolidated condition. They shall be sufficiently cured so that there is no concentration of oils on the surface. This can usually be determined by pouring water on the surface to be treated. If the water, after standing for a short period, picks up a film.of oil, then that surface is not sufficiently cured for the application of the sealcoat. A period of 30 days shall elapse between the placement of a bituminous surface course and the application of the sealcoat. 625-4.4 CLEANING EXISTING SURFACE. Prior to placing the sea 1coat, the surface of the pavement shall be clean and free from dust, dirt, or other loose foreign matter, grease, oi 1, or any type of oQject ionab 1e surface fi 1m. When directed by the Engineer, the existing surface shall be cleaned with a power blower and wire brushes. Cracks should be minimal. Where vegetation exists in cracks, the vegetation shall be removed and the cracks cleaned to depth of two inches where practical. Those cracks shall be treated with a concentrated solution of a herbicide per P- 603-3.3. Cracks may be filled with the slurry at the time it is applied to the pavement. Application must be made with a squeegee as specified in paragraph 4.2(3). Areas that have been subjected to fuel or oil spillage shall be wire brushed to remove any dirt accumulations. The area shall then be primed with shellac or a synthetic resin in prevent the sealcoat from debonding. 625-4.5 APPLICATION OF EMULSION. The emulsion shall be applied at a uniform rate with a distributor at the rate specified in Table 1. When it is necessary to dilute the emulsion in order to aid application, the emulsion may be diluted with clean water but not more than 10 percent. When the emulsion, water and rubber are blended, the material shall be premixed to produce a homogeneous mix- ture of uniform consistency. The quantities of materials to be SP118/050184 P-625-3 combined in each batch shall be in accordance with the proportions shown in Tab 1 e 1. Before application, the materials shall be proportioned accurately and mixed by suitable mixing equipment. The emulsion and the water shall first be charged into the mixer and blended to a desired consistency. The latex rubber shall then be added. After all the constituents are in the mixer, the mixing shall continue for approximately five minutes or longer, if necessary. The mixing shall produce a smooth free flowing homogeneous mixture of uniform consistency. Slow mixing shall be continuous from the time the bitumen is placed into the mi xer until the rubberi zed emu 1 s ion is applied by di stri butor truck or poured into the spreading equipment. During the entire mixing process, no breaking, segregating, or hardening of the emulsion shall be permitted. The rubberized emulsion shall be applied at a uniform rate to provide the desired amount. A sufficient amount of rubberized emulsion shall be fed in the spreader box to keep a full supply against the full width of the squeegee, so that complete coverage of all surface voids and cracks is obtained. In areas where a spreader box cannot be used, the slurry shall be app 1 i ed by means of a hand squeegee. Upon completion of the work, the sealcoat shall have no pin holes, bare spots, or cracks through which liquids or foreign matter could penetrate to the under- lying pavement. The finished surface shall present a uniform texture. Each application shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before the next coat. is app 1 i ed . 625-4.7 CURING. The mixture shall be permitted to dry for a minimum of 24 hours after the final application before opening to traffic and shall be suffi- ciently cured to drive over without damage to the sealcoat. Any damage to the uncured mixture will be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair. 625-4.8 HANDLING. The mixture shall be continuously agitated from the time it had been mixed until its application on the pavement surface. The distributor of applicator, pumps, and all tools shall be maintained in satisfactory working condition. Spray bar nozzles, pumps, or othr equipment can be cleaned with coal-tar toluene or xylene. 625-4.9 CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION. The Contractor shall furnish the manufac- turer's certification that each consignment of emulsion shipped to the project meets the requirements of Federal Specification R-P-355, except the water con- tent shall not exceed 50 percent. The Contractor shall furnish certification to the Engineer that the latex rubber shipped to the project meets the requirements of the material specified in paragraph 2.4. The certifications shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to the beginning of work. The manufacturer's certification for the emulsion and rubber shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. Any certification received shall be subject to verifica- tion by testing samples received for project use. SP118/050184 P-625-4 Method of Measurement 625-5.1. The coal-tar pitch emulsion shall be measured by the gallon of undiluted emulsion. 625-5.2. The latex rubber shall be measured by the gallon. Basis of Payment 625-6.1. Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon for the coal-tar pitch emulsion, and per gallon for the latex rubber. These prices shall fully compensate the Contractor for furnishing all materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the items. Payment will be made under: Item P-625-5.1 Coal-Tar Pitch Emulsion - per gallon. Item P-625-5.2 Latex Rubber - per gallon. TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM 136 Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Federal Specification R-P-355 Pitch, Coal-Tar Emulsion (Coating for Bituminous Pavements) Federal Specification R-T-143 Tars, (for use in) Road Con- struction. SPl18/050184 P-625-5 ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE GROOVING Description 627-1.0 GENERAL. Methods of grooving include the sawing of grooves in existing or properly cured bituminous concrete. The sawed grooves shall be of uniform width, depth, and alignment. This method is to provide an effective means of removing water from the pavement/tire interface and improve the pavement skid resistance of the runway. The grooving contractor shall not proceed with the work until the asphaltic concrete pavement has sufficiently cured to prevent displacement of aggregate. A Thirty (30) day curing period shall apply. 627-2.0 SAWED GROOVES. The contractor shall groove a test section to demonstrate that his equipment will provide the required configuration within the prescribed tolerances. These test section shall be a minimum of two equipment passes in width and from one edge of the runway to the oppos ite edge. The following conditions shal.l be met for flexible pavements overlay: a. The groove pattern shall be 1/4" x 1/4" with center-to-center spacing of 1-1/411. The grooves shall be evenly spaced. Grooves should be continuous for the complete length of the runway and transverse (perpendicular to the direction of aircraft motion). The grooves shall be terminated within 10 feet of the left (northwest) runway pavement edge to allow adequate space for the operation of the grooving equipment. The grooves shall be terminated at the right (southeast) overlay edge. See paragraph 2~c. referencing lighting fixture protection. b. Tolerances should be established to define groove alignment, depth, width, and spacing. Suggested tolerances are ~ 1-1/2" in alighmnet for 75 feet; minimum depth 3/16", maximum width 5/16"; minimum spacing 1-1/811, maximum spacing 1-1/211 center to center. c. Grooves shall not be closer than 3 inches to transverse paving joints. Grooves may be continued through longitudinal construction joints. The contractor is liable for damage to light fixtures and cables. d. Extreme care must be exercised when grooving near inrunway lighting fixtures and subsurface wiring. Grooves should be sawed no nearer than 2 feet of the light fixture. e. Cleanup is extremely important and should be continuous throughout the grooving operation. The waste material collected during the grooving operation must be disposed of by vacuuming. Waste material collected during the grooving operation must not be allowed to enter the airport sotrm or sanitary sewer, as the material will eventually clog the system. Failure to remove the material can create conditions that will be hazardous to aircraft operations. SP118A/031485 P-627-1 Method of Measurement 627-3.1 The square footage of bituminous concrete grooving to be paid for shall be the number of square feet completed and accepted. Basis of Payment 627 -4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot for the bituminous concrete grooving at the thickness, width and spacing specified. The price shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, tools, cleanup, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-627-4.1 Bituminous Concrete Grooving - per square foot. END OF SECTION SP1l8A/031485 P-627-2 DIV ISION I II ITEM F-162 CHAIN LINK FENCES (Class E) Description 162-1.1 This item covers the requirements for furnishing materials and con- structing new chain link fences and gates in accordance with the details i nc 1 uded here in and as shown on the plans. The class of fence to be erected shall be Class E chain link fencing, as indicated on the plans and in the bid propos a 1. The fence shall be the product of a manufacturer who has demon- strated by actual installations of a similar nature that its product is of the type required. The contractor shall include all supplementary parts necessary or required for a complete and satisfactory installation within the true meaning and intent of the drawings. All the runs of the fence shall present the same genera 1 appearance and the product of one manufacturer on ly wi 11 be accepted, except for items which do not influence the appearance of the completed fence. No used, rerolled, or open-seam steel shall be permitted in posts, gate frames, rails, or braces. Materials 162-2.1 FABRIC. The chain link fence fabric shall be in accordance with RR-F- 191/1A. It shall be Type I, zinc coated steel, with 2" diamond mesh using steel wire gauge #9, with twisted and barbed selvage at top and knuckled selvage at bottom. Minimum weight of zinc shall be 2.0 ounces per square foot. 162-2.2 BARBED WIRE. All wires shall be spaced as shown on the plans. Zinc coated barbed wire shall be 2-strand twisted No. 12 112 ASW gauge galvanized steel wire with 4-point barbs of No. 14 ASW gauge galvanized steel wire, 1/2 inch minimum length. All wire shall conform to Fed. Spec. RR-F-221, Type A. The barbs shall be spaced approximately 4 to 6 inches apart. 162-2.3 GATES. The fence swing gates shall be in accordance with RR-F-191I2A, Types I and III round tubular steel frame, as shown on plans. Gate fabric shall be in accordance with Article 2.1. Ten-foot gate leaves shall have a horizontal and a diagonal truss rod. Latches, stops, hinges, keepers and accessories shall be fork type and with center drop rod with height arranged to engage gate stop. The latch shall be constructed so that the center drop rod cannot be raised when locked. Provide lock set and keys for each gate. Key sets to be coordinated with master key set for other airfield security gates. 162-2.4 POSTS, TOP RAILS AND BRACES. Fence posts, top rails, and braces shall be in accordance with RR-F-191/3A. Round Type I, Class I steel posts shall be sized as shown on plans. Top rails and braces shall be round Type II, Class I s tee 1. 1. Galvanized steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A120, Schedule 40, except the hydrostatic testing requirement is waived. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with ASTM A123. SP118A/030785 F-162-1 2. Acrylic-coated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification RR-F-191/3 for Class I steel pipe, Grade B. 3. The steel used in all structural shapes shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A572, Grade 45, and shall be galvanized in accordance with the require- ments of ASTM A123. 4. Roll-formed section shall be fabricated from material meeting the require- ments of ASTM A570, Grade 45, and shall be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A123. 5. Aluminum alloy shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 429, alloy 6063- T6, Schedule 40, for extruded pipe and tube. 6. Aluminum alloy shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B221, alloy 6063- T6, for extruded bar, shape, and tube. 7. Vinyl-coated steel shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification RR-F-191/3. 8. ASTM A 123 specifies a zinc coating weight of not less than 2.0 ounces per square foot. Federal Specification RR-F-191/3 specifies a zinc coating weight of not less than 1.0 ounce per square foot for Grade B pipe with an external chromate coating of 30 micro-grams per square inch and an acrylic coating. of 0.0005 inch or greater. 162-2.5 ACCESSORIES. Fence accessories shall be in accordance with RR-F-191/4A. 162-2.6 WIRE TIES AND TENSION WIRE. Wire fabric ties, wire ties, and tension wire furnished for use in conjunction with a given type of fabric shall be of the same material identified with the fabric type. The tension wire shall be 7 gage coiled spring wire coated similarly to the respective wire fabric being used. Wire fabric ties shall be hog rings, aluminum wire, or galvanized steel wire not less than 9 gage. All material shall conform to Federal Specification RR-F-191/4. 162-2.7 MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS AND HARDWARE. Miscellaneous fittings and hard- ware shall be of design standard with the manufacturer, of commercial grade steel or better quality, wrought or cast as appropriate to the article, and sufficient in strength to provide a balanced design when used in conjunction with fabric, posts, and wires of the quality specified herein. All steel fit- tings and hardware shall be protected with a zinc coating applied in conformance ',oIith ASTM A153. Miscellaneous aluminum fittings for use with aluminum alloy fabric shall be wrought or cast aluminum alloy. Barbed wire support arms shall withstand a load of 250 pounds applied vertically to the outermost end of the arm. 162-2.8 WELDING. Structural members of gates which are in contact shall be fully welded by a method that will procure a continuous weld on all sides and faces of joints at exposed edges. All welds shall be galvanized. Surplus weld- ing material shall be removed. SP118A/030785 F-162-2 162-2.9 CONCRETE. Concrete shall be of a commercial grade with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi and a maximum slump of 5 inches. Contractor shall supply test results from a commercial laboratory certifying above proper- ties. 162-2.10 MARKING. Each roll of fabric shall carry a tag showing the kind of base metal, i.e. steel, aluminum, or aluminum alloy number, kind of coating, the gage of the wire, the length of fencing in the roll, and the name of the manu- facturer. Posts, wire, and other fittings shall be identified as to manufac- turer, kind of base metal, i.e. steel, aluminum, or aluminum alloy number, and kind of coating. Construction Methods 162-3.1 GENERAL. The fence shall be constructed in accordance with the details on the plans and as specified herein using new materials. All work shall be performed in a workmanlike manner satisfactory to the engineer. Prior to the beginning of the work, the contractor shall locate the position of the work, according to the plans, by establishing and marking the property line or fence line, subject to approval by the resident engineer. When directed, the contractor shall span the opening below the fence with barbed wire fastened to stakes of the required length at locations of small natural or drainage ditches where it is not pract i ca 1 to conform the fences to the general contour of the ground surface, as required. The new fence shall be permanently tied to the termi na 1 s of ex i st i ng fences whenever requ i red by the eng i neer. The fi n i shed fence sha 11 be plumb, taut, true to 1 i ne and ground contour, and comp 1 ete in every detail. When directed, the contractor shall be required to stake down the chain link fence at several points between posts. When directed, in order to keep stock on adj 0 i n i ng property i nc 1 osed at all times, the contractor shall arrange the work so that construct i on of the new fence will immediately follow the removal of existing fences. The length of unfenced sect i on at any time shall not exceed 300 feet or it shall be of such length that the stock can be kept in the proper field. The work shall progress in this manner and at the close of the working day the newly constructed fence shall be tied to the existing fence. Openings in the fence shall be guarded when stock is using the adjoining property. 162-3.2 CLEARING FENCE LINE. The site of the fence shall be sufficiently cleared of obstructions, and surface irregularities shall be graded so that the fence wi 11 conform to the general contour of the ground. The fence 1 i ne shall be cleared to a minimum width of 2 feet on each side of the centerline of the fence. This clearing shall consist of the removal of all stumps, brush, rocks, trees, or other obstructions which will interfere with proper construction of the same fence. Stumps within the cleared area of the fence line shall be grubbed or excavated. The bottom of the fence shall be placed a uniform dis- tance above the ground, as specified on the plans. When shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer, the existing fences which coincide with, or are in a position to interfere with, the new fence location, shall be removed by the contractor as a part of the construction work, unless such removal is listed as a separate item in the bid schedule. All holes remaining after post and stump removal shall be refilled with suitable soil, gravel, or other material accept- able to the engineer and shall be compacted properly with tampers. SP118A/030785 F-162-3 The work shall include the handling and disposal of all material cleared, excavated, or removed, regardless of the type, character, composition, or condi- tion of such material encountered. The material removed and disposed of shall not constitute a pay item and shall be considered incidental to fence construc- tion. 162-3.3 INSTALLING POSTS. All posts shall be spaced not more than 10 feet apart as shown on the plans. Terminal (end, corner, pull, and brace) and gate posts sha 11 be set as shown on the plans. All 1 i ne posts shall be set as shown on the plans. The top of the concrete bases shall be slightly above the ground, trowel finished, and sloped to drain away from the posts. Holes of full depth and size for the concrete bases for posts shall be dug to the size and depth as shown on the plans. Blasting of rock or other obstructions shall be done if necessary. A 11 post settings sha 11 be done carefu lly so that a 11 posts sha 11 be vert i ca 1 and in true alignment and rigidly secured in position. On termi na 1 (end, corner, pu 11, and brace) and gate posts, the post tops and brace rail clamps around the posts shall be placed before setting the posts in concrete bases. In setting the gate posts, great care must be taken to make sure that gate posts are set the exact distance apart as shown on the plans. For example, posts for a 6-foot gate must be set so as to leave an opening exactly six feet wide. A line drawn across from the top of one gate post to the other must be level, regardless of the grade at the ground line. If the ground is not level, the upgrade gate post shall be set first to get the proper height for the downgrade gate post. No materials shall be installed on the posts, nor shall the posts be disturbed in any manner within 7 days after the individual post footing is completed. The concrete bases for line posts shall be allowed to cure for 7 days. The concrete bases for end, corner, pull, brace, and gate posts shall be placed first and allowed to cure for 14 days. Stretcher bar bands and truss bands as specified on the plans shall be spread and slipped on end, corner, pull, brace, and gate posts as the next operation. Post tops are then inserted on all other posts. No extra compensation shall be made for rock excavation. Rock excavation shall not be grounds for extension of time. 162-3.4 INSTALLING TOP RAILS. To start the installation, a length of top rail shall be run through the first couple of post tops; a rail clamp shall be assembled on the end, corner, or gate post, as the case may be. The end of the rail already placed shall be butted into the clamp and fastened. The top rail shall be installed along the run of the fence and the various sections joined with sleeve couplings. The top rail shall be continuous and shall pass through the post tops. At not more than every 100 feet an expans i on coup 1 i ng sha 11 be placed to take care of expansion and contraction of the rail. The rail shall be clamped in the end, corner, or gate post at the end of the run of the installa- tion of top rail. 162-3.5 INSTALLING BRACES. Braces shall be provided for each gate, corner, pull or end post when the top rail is omitted. When fabric height is 6 feet or greater in height, braces shall be included for fencing with or without top rails. Double braces shall be included when the fence height is 9 feet (2.7 m) or greater. All horizontal braces shall be attached together with truss rods and turnbuckles at all terminal (end, corner, and pull) and gate posts to the brace posts as shown on the plans. SP118A/030785 F-162-4 162-3.6 INSTALLING FABRIC. The wire fabric shall be firmly attached to the posts and braced in the manner shown on the plans. All wire shall be stretched taut and shall be installed to the required elevations. The fence shall generally follow the contour of the ground, with the bottom of the fence fabric no less than 1 inch or more than 4 inches from the ground surface. Grading shall be performed where necessary to provide a neat appearance. At locations of natural swales or drainage ditches and where it is not practical to have the fence conform to the general contour of the ground surface, longer posts may be used and multiple strands of barbed wire stretched thereon to span the opening below the fence. The vertical clearance between strands of barbed wire shall be 6 inches or less. The fabric shall be unrolled on the outside of the fence line with the bottom edge of the fabric against the posts. The various rolls shall be spliced by bringing the ends close together and weaving in a picket in such a way that it wi 11 engate both of the ro 11 ends and catch wi th each twi st each separate mesh of the end pickets of both rolls of fabric. The fabric shall be raised and tied loosely to the top rail with a temporary tie wire at intervals of about 20 feet. The fabric shall be installed by a method approved by the engineer. One method used is given below. (a) At end, corner, or gate posts, the stretcher bar shall be slipped through the end picket of the fabric and the stretcher bar bands at the s"ame time. Then the bolts in the stretcher bar bands shall be tightened. Additional rolls of fabric shall be spliced and placed as the erection progresses along the fence. (b) In long sections, the fence shall be stretched at intervals of about 100 feet. After the stretching is complete, the fabric shall be tied to the top rails with No. 6 gauge galvanized wire clips securely clinched at the back of the rail. The fastenings shall be spaced not more than 24 inches on centers for the top ra i l. (c) The fabric shall be attached to the line posts with No. 6 gauge gal- vanized wire clips securely clinched to the back of the line posts. The fasten- i ngs sha 11 be spaced not more than 14 inches on centers for 1 i ne posts. The topmost clip shall be placed on the line post as near the top of the fabric as possible and the lowest clip as near the bottom of the fabric as possible. (d) At terminal (end, corner, and pull) and gate posts the fabric shall be fastened with stretcher bars and bands. The fastenings shall be spaced not more than 14 inches on centers for terminal (end, corner, and pull) and gate posts. The topmost band shall be placed on these posts as near the top of the fabric as possible and the lowest band as near the bottom of the fabric as possible. Standard chain-link fence stretching equipment shall be provided for stretching the fabric before tying it to the rails and posts. The stretching and tying operat ions shall be repeated about every 100 feet until the run of fence is completed. Equipment of one type for performing the stretching operation may be composed of four pieces of lumber (2 x 4's or larger) cut into a slightly shorter length than the width of the fabric. The pieces shall be bored for six bolts of about 1/2 or 5/8-inch diameter. One pair shall be used for stretching SP118A/030785 F-162-5 the fabric and both pairs shall be used for making a closure of a run of the fence. Before making a closure, the other end of the run shall be fastened to the end, corner, or gate post as described previously. The operation of making a closure of a run shall be as follows. The stretching equipment as described above shall be clamped on the ends of the fabric parallel to each other and about 5 feet apart when the tension is first applied. The stretching shall continue until the slack has been removed from both sections of the fabric. If the ends over- lap, the fabric shall be cut to match. The ends shall be joined by the inser- tion of a picket similar to the method of connecting two rolls of fabric. 162-3.7 INSTALLING GATES. The gates shall be hung on gate fittings as shown on the plans. The lower hinge (ball and socket type) shall be placed on top of the concrete footing in which the gate post is set; the concrete in the footing shall extend up to the bottom of the lower hinge. The sockets for the cane or foot bolts shall be set in concrete so that the plunger pin will fit perfectly in the socket when the gate is in a closed position. Gates shall be erected to swing in the direction indicated and shall be provided with gate stops as spec- ified or as shown on the plans. All hardware shall be thoroughly secured, properly adjusted, and left in perfect working order. Hinges and diagonal brac- ing in gates shall be adjusted so that the gates will hang level. 162-3.8 EXISTING FENCE CONNECTIONS. Wherever the new fence joins an existing fence, either at a corner or at the intersection of straight fence 1 ines, a corner post with a brace post shall be set at the junction and braced the same as herein described for corner posts or as shown on the plans. If the connection is made at other than the corner of the new fence, the last span of the old fence shall contain a brace span. 162-3.9 CLEANING UP. The contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the com- pleted work all tools, buildings, equipment, etc., used during construction. 162-3.10 GROUNDING METAL FENCES. One grounding pipe is required for each 500 linear feet of fence, or fraction thereof. Sections of fence, regardless of length, isolated by gates, gaps at splices, or plastic connectors, shall be grounded independently. Electrical grounds shall be constructed where power lines pass over the fence. The ground shall be installed directly below at the point of crossing. Grounding of metal fences shall be accomplished by using a 3/411 minimum diameter galvanized iron pipe driven into the ground a minimum of three feet. The iron pipe shall be so located and driven that it shall be against the fence in its final position. The length of the pipe shall be such that when it is driven into the ground the specified depth, the top of the pipe shall be at the same height as the fence. The pipe shall be tightly fastened with No. 11 galvanized iron wire at the top, center and bottom points of the chain link fence. 162-3.11 GROUNDING METAL GATES AND POSTS. Grounding of metal posts shall be as fo llows: (a) Each gate post shall be grounded with #6 AWG BSDC conductor to a separate driven 8-foot long 3/411 diameter copper clad ground rod driven so top SP118A/030785 F-162-6 is a mlnlmUm of one foot below finished grade. Conductor shall be attached to gate post and ground rod with IIUII bolt type ground clamps. (b) Each leaf of metal gate shall have braided flexible copper strap, O. Z. Mfg. Co., No. FB-100-05-01, or equal, bolted to gate leaf and to gate post with IIUII bolt type grounding clamps. Method of Measurement 162-4.1 Fences, Class E, shall be measured in place from outside to outside of end posts or corner posts and shall be the length of fence actually constructed, except the space occupied by the gates. Driveway gates and walkway gates shall be measured in units for each gate installed and accepted. Basis of Payment 162-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for chain link fence. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, erection, and installation of these mate- rials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to com- plete the item. 162-5.2 Payment wi 11 be made at the contract unit price per each for driveway or for walkway gates. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, and for all preparation, erection, and installation of these mate- rials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to com- plete the item. 162-5.3 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per lump sum for relo- cation and/or removal for chain link fence, driveway gates, and walkway gates. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, and for all preparation, erection, installation and/or removal and relocation of these mate- rials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to com- plete the item. All material removed, unless relocated, shall be salvaged to the owner, or as directed by the resident engineer. Payment will be made under: Item F-162-5.1 Fence, Class E - per linear foot. Item F-162-5.2 Driveway Gates - per each. Item F-162-5.3 Walk thru Gates - per each. Item F-162-5.4 Fencing Removal - per linear foot. Testing and Material Requirements ASTM A120 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses ASTM A121 Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed Wire SP118A/030785 F-162-7 ASTM A123 ASTM A153 ASTM A392 ASTM A491 ASTM A570 ASTM A572 ASTM A585 ASTM B211 ASTM B221 Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip Structural Quality High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality Aluminum-Coated Steel Barbed Wire Aluminum-Alloy Bar, Rod, and Wire Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire Shapes and Tubes Federal Specification RR-F-191/1 Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal (Chain-Link Fence Fabric) Federal Specification RR-F-191/3 Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal (Chain-Link Fence Posts, Top Rails and Braces) Federal Specification RR-F~191/4 SP118A/030785 Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal (Chain- Link Fence Accessories) F-162-8 DIVISION II LIGHTING INSTALLATION ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT a-FOOT WIND CONE Description 107-1.1. This item shall consist of an airport wind cone furnished and installed in accordance with this specification at the location and in accor- dance with the dimensions, designs, and details shown in the plans. The work shall include the furnishing and installation of a support for mounting the wind cone, the specified wire, and a concrete foundation. The item shall be also include all cable connections, conduit and conduit fittings, the furnishing and installation of all lamps, ground rod and ground connection, the testing of the installation, and all incidentals necessary to place the wind cone in opera- tion as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Equipment and Materials 107-2.1 GENERAL (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the pri or appro va 1 of the Federal Avi at i on Admi ni stration, Ai rports Service, Washington, D.C. 20590, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifi- cations shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer I s certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the Engineer. 107-2.2 WIND CONES (a) The a-foot wind cone and hinged steel pole shall conform to the requirements of Advisory Circular 150/5345-27B, Specification for Wind Cone Assemblies. 107-2.3 WIRE. Wire rated up to 5,000 volts used in conduit shall conform to Advisory Circular 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits, for rubber insulated neoprene covered wire, of Federal Specification J-C-30, Type RHW, for rubber insulated fibrous covered wire. For ratings up to 600 volts, thermoplastic wire conforming to Federal Specifications J-C-30, Types TW, THW, and THWN, shall be used. The wires shall be of the type, size number of conductors, and voltage shown in the plans or in the proposal. SP 118A/030785 L-107-1 107-2.4 CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification WW-C-581. 107 -2.5 CONCRETE. The concrete for found at ions shall be 2500 ps i concrete, using I-inch maximum size coarse aggregate, and a maximum slump of 5 inches. 107-2.6 PAINT (a) Red lead prlmlng paint for unga1vanized metal surfaces, and the mixing thereof, shall conform to the 97%-grade Federal Specification TT-R-191. The red lead shall be furnished in paste form and delivered to the job in the original unbroken packages bearing the maker's name and brand designation. The raw linseed oil, turpentine, and drier shall be in accordance with the Federal Specifications listed below: . Raw Linseed Oil --------------------------------- TT-L-215 Turpentine -------------------------------------- TT-T-801 Drier; Paint, Liquid, Type I -------------------- TT-D-651 (b) Priming paint for galvanized metal surfaces shall be zinc dust-zinc oxide primer paint conforming to Federal Specification TT-P-641. If necessary, add not more than 1/2 pint of turpentine to each gallon. (c) Orange paint for the body and the finish coats on metal and wood sur- faces shall consist of a ready-mixed nonfading paint meeting the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-59. The color shall be in accordance with Federal Standards 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197. (d) White paint for body and finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall be ready-mixed paint conforming to Federal Specification TT-P-I02. (e) Priming paint for wood surfaces shall be mixed on the job by thinning the above specified aviation-orange or white paint by adding 1/2 pint of raw linseed oil to each gallon. Construction Methods 107-3.1 INSTALLATION. The hinged support or hinged pole shall be installed on a concrete foundation as shown in the plans. 107-3.2 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials and shall make complete electrical connections in accordance with the wiring diagram furnished with the project plans. Underground cable from the transformer vault to the wind cone site is required. The cable shall be installed in accordance with and paid for by linear foot measurement as described in Item L-I08, Installation of Underground Cables for Airports. SP 118A/030785 L-107-2 107-3.3 GROUND CONNECTION AND GROUND ROD. The Contractor shall furnish and install a ground rod, grounding cable, and ground clamps for grounding the pipe support of the 8-foot support near the base. The ground rod shall be of the diameter and length specified in the plans and shall be copper or copper clad. The ground rod shall be driven into the ground adjacent to the concrete founda- tion so that the top is at least 6 inches below grade. The grounding cable shall consist of No.8 bare stranded copper wire or larger and shall be firmly attached to the ground rod by means of a ground connector or clamp. The other end of the grounding cable shall be securely attached to the base of the pipe support with noncorrosive metal and shall be of substantial construction. The resistance to ground shall not exceed 25 ohms. 107-3.4 PAINTING. Three coats of paint shall be applied (one prime, one body, and one finish) to all exposed material installed under this item except the fabric cone, obstruction light globe, and lamp reflectors. The wind cone assembly, if painted on receipt, shall be given one finish coat of paint in lieu of the three coats specified above. The paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-59. The color shall be in accordance with Federal Standard 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197. 107-3.5 LAMPS. The Contractor shall furnish and install four 150-watt, 130- volt lamps for the 8-foot cone. A clear 100-watt, 107-watt, or 116-watt, 130- volt traffic signal lamp with a medium screw base, or a 100-watt, A-21 bulb, 130-volt, medium prefocus base lamp shall be furnished and installed in the obstruction light as required. Method of Measurement 107-4.1 The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be for the materials required to fabricate and install one wind cone as a complete unit in place, accepted, and ready for operation. Basis of Payment 107-5.1. Payment will be made at the contract unit price for materials listed to fabricate, connect and accept as a complete wind cone ready for operation. Payment will be made under: Item L-107-5.1 (a) 8-Foot Wind Cone, in Place -- per unit. Number Federal Specificati~ns Referenced in Item L-107 Title J-C-30 TT-D-651 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation). Drier; Paint, Liquid. SP118A/030785 L-107-3 TT-l-215 TT-P-59 TT-P-641 TT-P-102 TT-R-191 TT-T-801 W-P-115 WW-C-581 Fed. Std. 595 Number MIl-I-7854 Federal Specifications Referenced in Item l-107 (continued) linseed Oil, Raw, (for Use in Organic Coatings). Paint: Ready-Mixed, International Orange. Primer, Paint; Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide. Paint, Oil: Titanium-lead-Zinc and Oil, Exterior, Ready- Mixed, White and light Tints. Red lead, Dry and Paste In Oil. Turpentine; Gum Spirits, Steam Distilled, Sulphate Wood, and Destructively Distilled. Panel, Power Distribution. Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated. Colors. Military Specifications Referenced in Item L-107 Title Indicator Assemblies, Wind Cone, Unlighted and Externally Lighted. FAA Specifications Referenced in Item l-107 Number Title AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Cables for Airport lighting Circuits. AC 150/5345-27B Specification for Wind Cone Assemblies. SPl18A/030785 l-107-4 ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS Description 108-1.1 This item shall consist of underground cable furnished and installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance w,ith the design, dimensions, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the excavation and backfill of the trench and the installation of cable and counter- poise wire in trench, duct or conduit. It shall include splicing, cable mark- ing, and testing of the installation and all incidentals necessary to place the cable in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This item shall not include the installation of the duct or conduit. Equipment and Materials 108-2.1 GENERAL (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20591, and shall be listed in the latest issue of Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equi pment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifi- cations shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compl'iance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. 108-2.2 CABLE. Insulated Underground cable shall conform to the requirements of specification for L824, Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. Only Type C single conductor cable rated at 600v or 5000v with cross linked polyethylene insulation shall be used as specified in the plans. Cable rated at 600 volts shall have 7 strands, cable rated at 5000 volts, 19 strands and minimum conductor size shall be No.8 AWG. Minimum Control cable conductor size shall be not less than No. 12 AWG. These limits on conductor sizes shall not apply to leads furnished by manufacturers on transformers and fixtures. Cable type, size, number of conductors, and strands and service voltage shall be as specified or shown on the plans. 108-2.3 BARE COPPER WIRE (Counterpoise). Bare copper wire for counterpoise installations shall be solid wire conforming to ASTM Specifications 83 and 88. Where soil conditions would adversely affect bare copper counterpoise conductor wire, thermoplastic insulated wire conforming to Federal Specification J-C-30, Type TW, 600 volt, may be used. SPl18A/030785 L-I08-1 108-2.4 CABLE SPLICES AND CONNECTIONS. In-line splices and connections for underground No. 8 AWG or larger service with approved solderless connectors, then encapsulated as described below for direct burial. Field-attached plug-in connectors shall be according to specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle, cable connectors, then encapsulated as described below for direct burial. (a) Encapsulation. All splices and connectors shall be water proofed by means of encapsulation using heat-shrinkable tubing per Airport Lighting Splice Kit, 1300/400-14 by Raychem Corp. with Joy Connector Kit No. X8077 or equiva- lents as approved by the Engineer. 108-2.5 CONCRETE. Concrete for cable, duct, and splice markers and back filling trenching in runway and taxiway surfaces shall be 2500 psi concrete, using 1- inch maximum size coarse aggregate, and a maximum slump of 5 inches. Construction Methods 108-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall install the specified cable at the approximate locations indicated in the airport lighting layout plans. The Engineer shall indicate specific locations. Cable connections between lights will be permitted only at the light locations for connecting the underground cable to the primary leads of the individual insulating transformers. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing cable in continuous lengths for home runs or other long cable runs without con- nections, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Engineer or as shown in the plans. The Contractor shall coordinate all power outages affecting airfield lighting operations to minimize inconvenience to normal airfield operations. Before modification of existing airfield lighting functions, the Contractor shall pro- vide the Resident Project Representative with a written plan for new construc- tion and a schedule for an integrated modification program, followed by final changeover with a two working day period. The Resident Project Representative shall advise the Chairman of the Airport Committee to issue a Notice to Airman (NOTAM) and Flight Service advising of a specific two-day lighting change over and modification schedule. During the two-day conversion period, the beacon and runway lighting shall be operable for all hours of darkness. Temporary connec- tions according to NEC permitted. Factory drawings of all proposed cabine~s and control wiring or of the proposed rewiring provisions shall be submitted to the Engineer one month before the final changeover. Existing airport lighting facilities shall be tested before the end of each day. s construct i on act i vity to ascertain they are in work i ng order. The con- tractor shall immediately repair any damage occurring to such equipment or cables to return to service same day. Temporary repairs in accordance with National Electrical Code and local code requirements will be allowed until such permanent repairs, approved by the Engineer, can be completed. All such repairs shall be performed at Contractor expense. Contractor shall verify that all branch circuit devices such as lighting, motor loads and regulators are wired for the service voltage as specified on the plans before energizing service or individual branch circuit. SP 118A/030785 L-108-2 108-3.2 TRENCHING. Where turf is well esablished and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for conduit and cable shall be excavated mechanically as shown in the plans. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench with their blades. The bottom surface of trenches shall be essentially smooth and free from coarse aggregate. Cable trenches shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 8 inches below the finished grade when trenching on the air operations area northeast of the aircraft parking area, and 36 inches below the finished grade between the aircraft parking apron, vault, beacon and power pole along the entrance road, to accept conduit specified in the plans. The Contractor shall excavate all cable trenches to a wi dth not 1 ess than six inches. The trench shall be wi dened where more than two cab 1 es are to be installed parallel in the same trench. Unless otherwise specified in the plans, all cables in the same location and running in the same general direction shall be installed in the same trench. When rock excavation is encountered, and no conduit installation is specified for cable placement, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at 1 east three inches below the requi red cable depth and it shall be replaced with beddi ng material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. The Contractor shall ascertain the type. of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall be unclass- if i ed. 108-3.3 INSTALLATION IN TRENCHES. The Contractor shall not use a cable plow for installing the cable. mechanical cable-laying equipment may be used in con- junction with a trenching machine if specified on the project plans and specifi- cations; and it should provide for physical inspection of cable prior to back- filling. Sharp bends or kinks in the cable shall not be permitted. .Cables shall be unreeled in place along side or in the trench and shall be carefully placed along the bottom of the trench. The cable shall not be unreeled and pulled into the trench from one end. Where two or more cables are laid parallel in the same trench, they shall be placed laterally a minimum distance of 3 inches apart, and the trench shall be widened sufficiently to accomplish this. Cables crossing over each other shall have a minimum of three-inch vertical placement with the topmost cable depth at or below the minimum required depth below finished grade. Not less than one foot of cable slack shall be left on each side of all connec- tions, insulating transformers, light units, and at all other points where cable is connected to field equipment. The slack cable shall be placed in the trench in a series of S curves. Additional slack cable shall be left in runway light bases, handholes, manholes, etc., where it is required to bring the cable above- ground level to make connections. The amount of slack cable shall be stipulated by the Engineer, or as shown in the plans and specifications. SP118A/030785 L-108-3 Cables crossing over each other shall have a mlnlmum of three inch vertical dis- placement with the topmost cable a depth at or below the minimum required depth below finished grade. Not less than one foot of cable slack shall be left on each side of all connec- tions, insulating transformers, light units, and at all other points where cable is connected to field equipment. The slack cable shall be placed in the trench in a series of S curves. Additional slack cable shall be left in runway light bases, handholes, manholes, etc., where it is required to bring the cable above ground level to make connections. The amount of slack cable shall be stipulated by the Engineer, or as shown in the plans and specifications. 108-3.4 INSTALLATION IN DUCT OR CONDUIT. This item includes the installation of the cable in duct or conduit as described below. The maximum number and voltage ratings of cables installed in each single duct or conduit, and the current carrying capacity of each cable shall be in accordance with the latest National Electrical Code, or the code of the local agency having jurisdiction, as shown on the plans. The Contractor shall make no connections or joints of any kind in cables installed in conduits or ducts. The duct or conduit shall be installed as a separate item in accordance with Item L-II0, Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct. The Contractor sha 11 make sure that the duct is open, cont i nuous, and clear of debri s before installing cable. The cable shall be installed in a manner to prevent harmful stretching of the conductor, injury to the insulation, or damage to the outer protective covering. The ends of all cables shall be sealed with moisture-seal tape before pulling into the conduit and it shall be left sealed until connec- tions are made. Where more than one cable is to be installed in a duct under the same contract, all cable shall be pulled in the duct at the same time. The pulling of a cable through ducts or conduits shall be accomplished by handwinch or power winch with the use of cable grips or pulling eyes. Pulling tensions should be governed by recommended standard practices for straight pulls or bends. A lubricant recolllTlended for the type of cable being installed shall be used where pull i ng 1 ubricant is required. Duct or conduit markers temporarily removed for excavations shall be replaced as required. 108-3.5 BACKFILLING. Along unpaved areas, such as the taxiway and home runs. After the conduit has been installed, the trench shall be backfilled three inches deep, loose measurement, and shall be either earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. This layer shall not be compacted. The second layer shall be five inches deep, loose measurement, and shall contain no particles that would be retained on a I-inch sieve. The remainder of the backfill shall be excavated or imported mineral and shall not contain stone or aggregate larger than four inches maximum diameter. The third and subsequent layers of the backfill shall not exceed eight inches in maximum depth, loose measurement. The second, and subsequent layers shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the adjacent undisturbed soil, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill mate- rial shall be moistened or aerated as required. SP118A/030785 L-I08-4 Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water dur- ing backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped 1 eve 1 with the adj acent surf ace, except that when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thick- ness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instruc- tions issued by the Engineer. 108-3.6 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as poss i b 1 e after the backfi 11 i ng is completed. All areas di sturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, pad construction, and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any neces- sary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging or mulching. The Contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. 108-3.7 CABLE MARKERS. The location of runway light circuits shall be marked by a concrete slab marker, two feet square and four inches thick, extending approx- imately one inch above the surface. Each cable run from the 1 ine of runway 1 ights to the equipment vault shall al so be marked at approximately every 200 feet along the cable run, with an additional marker at each change of direction of cable run. All other cable buried directly in the earth shall be marked in the same manner. The Contractor shall not install slab markers where cable lies in straight lines between obstruction light poles which are spaced 300 feet apart, or less. Cable markers shall be installed immediately above the cable. The Contractor shall impress the word "CABLE" and directional arrows on each cable marking slab. The letters shall be approximately four inches high and three inches wide, with a stroke 1/2 inch wide and 1/4 inch deep. The 1 ocat i on of each underground cable connect i on, except at 1 i ght i ng un its or i so 1 at i ng transformers, shall be marked by a concrete marker slab placed above the connection. The Contractor shall impress the word "SPLICE" on each slab. He also shall impress additional circuit identification symbols on each slab if so desired by the Engineer. Letters shall be the same dimensions as called for cable markers. 108-3.8 SPLICING. Connections of the type shown in the plans shall be made by experienced personnel regularly engaged in this type of work and shall be made as f 011 ows : (a) Encapsulation. Prepare cable splice using crimp connector for joining conductors according to manufacturer's instruction, then waterproof by encapsu- lating splice according to the following installation procedures using electric hot air or propane torches suitable for uniform appl icat ion of heat to effect proper tubing shrinkage without overheating. 108-3.9 BARE COUNTERPOISE WIRE INSTALLATION AND GROUNDING FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION. A solid bare copper wire, No.6 AWG minimum size, shall be installed for light- ning protection of the underground cables. The bare counterpoise wire shall be installed in the same trench for the entire length of the insulated cables it is designed to protect, and shall be placed at a distance of approximately four inches from the insulated cable. The counterpoise wire shall be securely attached to each light fixture base, or mounting stake. The counterpoise wire SP118A/030785 L-108-5 shall also be securely attached to copper or copper-clad ground rods installed not more than 400 feet apart around the entire circuit. The ground rods shall be 10 feet-O inches in length and 3/4 inch in diameter. The counterpoise system shall terminate at the transformer vault. It shall be securely attached to the vault or equipment grounding system. The connections shall be made as shown in the project plans and specifications. 108-3.10 TESTING. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and appliances for testing the underground cable circuits after installation. The Contractor shall test and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer the following: (a) That all lighting power and control circuits are continuous and free from short circuits. (b) That all circuits are free from unspecified grounds. (c) That the insulation resistance to ground of all non-grounded series circuits is not less than 50 megohms. (d) That the insulation resistance to ground of all non-grounded conductors of multiple circuits is not less than 50 megohms. (e) That all circuits are properly connected in accordance with applicable wiring diagrams. (f) That all circuits are operable. Tests shall be conducted that include operating each control not less than 10 times and the continuous operation of each lighting and power circuit for not less than 1/2 hour. (g) After driving a ten-foot section of ground rod at the locations shown on the plans, the res i stance to ground shall be checked with a B i ddl e ground meter. If the resistance of the individual ground rod is 25 ohms or less, the rod will be considered as furnishing satisfactory ground. If over 25 ohms, but the overall resistance of the ground system is 10 ohms or less, the system will be considered acceptable. If necessary, additional 8-foot or 12-foot lengths of ground rod shall be added as directed by the Engineer until one of the above requirements is met. (h) Each 3 kv and 5 kv cable circuit including lighting fixtures shall be given a dielectric leakage direct current test at approximately 6000 VAC, unless otherwise recommended by the cable manufacturer. Within one minute of the application of the test voltage, the leakage current shall not exceed 0.1 mil- liamperes. The tests shall be of five minute duration with leakage current readings recorded at one minute intervals. Test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to connecting cable to vault equipments. Test reports shall contain: (a) name of person conducting the test, (b) date of test, (c) weather conditions at time of test, (d) type and name of instrument used, (e) test data, (f) test results, and (g) signature of person conducting the test. SP118A/030785 L-108-6 ,....~,~,""-......-...--"""""-.., ._.-"""~,...~-..,,;.,...,.,,;.-,-~;,..:,, Method of Measurement 108-4.1 The quantity of trench to be paid for shall be the linear feet of trench, including the excavation, backfill, and reconditioning, completed, mea- sured as excavated, and accepted as satisfactory. No separate measurement will be made for various widths of trench required. 108-4.2 The footage of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trenches measured in place, completed, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench, duct or conduit. The length of cable or counterpoise shall be the measured straight line distance between cable turning points. No separate allowance shall be made for offsets to fixtures or for slack in cable trench. 108-4.3 The footage of cable or counterpoise wire pulled into duct or conduit to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet of duct or conduit measured in place, completed, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory, and be independent of the number of cables pulled as bundle into a duct or conduit. Basis of Payment 108-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for trenching cable and bare counterpoise wire installed in trench or duct in place by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. This price shall be full compensation for fur- nishing all materials and for all preparation and installation of these mate- rials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to com- plete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-108-5.1 Cable Trench - per linear foot. Item L-108-5.1 Underground Cable, installed in trench, including connectors and cable or splice markers - per linear foot. Item L-108-5.1 Underground Cable(s), installed in duct or conduit - per linear foot. Item L-108-5.1 Bare Counterpoise Wire, installed in trench - per 1 i near foot. Item L-108-5.1 Bare Counterpoise Wire, installed in duct or conduit - per linear foot. Item L-I08-5.1 Ground Rods, including grounding connectors and testing - each. SP 118A/030785 L-108-7 Number AC 150/5345-7 AC 150/5345-27 Number J-C-30 HH-I-595 Number B-3 B-8 Number MIL-I-3825 MIL-I-7798 SP 118A/030785 FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 Title Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors. Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 Title Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic, for Low-Temperature Application. ASTM Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 Title Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. Concentric-lay-Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. Military Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 Title Insulation Tape, Electrical, Self-Fusing, For Use in Electronics, Communications, and Allied Equipment. Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic. L-108-8 ",."''''',.....____"''~'WM'',',..b"'''''.,~.,'W.,,',~~-~_..'''''''..',,'',..,,''''';O;""","'......j"'"'~.,;;,W_~ -., ITEM L-109 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT TRANSFORMER VAULT AND VAULT EQUIPMENT Description 109-1.1 This item shall consist of an airport transformer vault constructed and installed in accordance with this specification at the location and in accordance with the design and dimensions shown in the plans. This work shall also include the installation of conduits in floor and foundation, painting and lighting of the vault, and the furnishing of all incidentals necessary to pro- duce a completed unit. Included as a separate part under this item or as a separate item where an existing vault is to be utilized shall be the furnishing of all vault equipment, wiring, electrical buses, cable, conduit, potheads, and grounding systems. This work shall also include the painting of equipment and conduit; the marking and labeling of equipment and the labeling or tagging of wires; the testing of the installation; and the furnishing of all incidentals necessary to place it in operating condition as a completed unit to the satis- faction of the Engineer. Equipment and Materials 109-2.1 GENERAL. (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20591, and shall be listed in the latest issue of Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifi- cations shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the Engineer. Vault Housing 109-2.2 CONCRETE. The concrete for the vault shall be proportioned, placed, and cured in accordance with Item P-610, Structural Portl and Cement Concrete, using 3/4-inch maximum size coarse aggregate. 109-2.3 REINFORCING STEEL. Reinforcing steel bars shall be intermediate or structural grade deformed-type bars and shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 31. 109-2.4 ASBESTOS CEMENT DUCT. Asbestos cement duct and fittings shall be in accordance with Fed. Spec. W-C-571. SP118A/030585 L-109-1 109-2.5 FIBER CONDUIT. Fiber conduit and fittings shall be in accordance with Fed. Spec. W-C-581. 109-2.6 PLASTIC CONDUIT. Plastic conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-C-1094. 109-2.7 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall be in accordance with Fed. Spec. WW-C-581. Field cut threads or conduits shall be clean, free of oil, and painted with red lead prior to installation. All tem- porary ends of conduit runs shall be immediately capped after installation. The Contractor shall see that all conduit lines are dry and clean before wires are pulled into them. 109-2.8 LIGHTING. Vault or metal-housing light fixtures shall be of vaporproof type. 109-2.9 OUTLETS. Convenience outlets shall be heavy-duty duplex units designed for industrial service. 109-2.10 SWITCHES. Vault or metal-housing light switches shall be single-pole switches. 109-2.11 PAINT. (a) Red lead priming paint for unga1vanized metal surfaces, and the mixing thereof, shall conform to the 97% grade specified in Fed. Spec. TT-R-191. The red lead shall be furnished in paste form and de1ivred to the job in the original unbroken packages bearing the maker's name and brand. The raw linseed oil, turpentine, and drier shall be in accordance with the Federal Specifications listed below: Raw Linseed Oil TT-L-215 Turpentine TT-T-801 Drier; Paint, Liquid, Type I TT-D-651 (b) White paint for body and finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall be ready-mixed paint conforming to Fed. Spec. TT-P-I02. (c) Priming paint for wood surfaces shall be mixed on the job by thinning the above specified white paint by adding 1/2 pint of raw 1 inseed oil to each gallon. (d) Paint for the floor, ceiling, and inside walls shall be in accordance with Fed. Spec. TT-E-487. Walls and ceiling shall be light gray and the floor shall be medium gray. (e) The roof coating shall be hot asphalt material in accordance with Fed. Spec. SS-R-451. 109-2.12 HIGH-VOLTAGE BUS. High-voltage bus shall be standard weight 3/8-inch IPS copper tubing or it may be insulated copper cable of the size and voltage rating specified. SPl18A/030585 L-I09-2 109-2.13 BUS CONNECTORS. Connectors shall be s imil ar to Burndy Type NT (or equal) for copper tubing. Connectors for insulated bus cable shall be of the proper size and type for the service intended. 109-2.14 BUS SUPPORTS. Bus supports shall be similar to Westinghouse No. 527892 (or equal), insulated for 7,500 volts, single clamp type for 2-bolt flat mounting. 109-2.15 GROUND BUS. Ground bus shall be 1/8 x 3/4-inch copper bus bar. 109-2.16 S UARE DUCT. Duct shall be square similar to that manufactured by the Square 0 Company or equal), or the Trumbull Electric Manufacturing Company (or equal). The entire front of the duct on each section shall consist of hinged or removable cover for ready access to the interior. The cross section of the duct shall be not less than 4 x 4 inches except where otherwise shown in the plans. 109-2.17 GROUND RODS. Ground rods shall be copper or copper-clad of the length and diameter specified in the plans. 109-2.18 POTHEADS. Potheads shall be s imi 1 ar to G&W Type N, Shape C (or equal), unless otherwise specified.. Potheads shall be furnished with plain insulator bushings and conduit couplings. Potheads shall have a rating not less than the circuit voltage. 109-2.19 FAA-APPROVED EQUIPMENT. Certain items of airport lighting equipment installed in vaults are covered by individual FAA equipment specifications. The specifications are listed below: AC 150/5345-3, Specification for L-821 Airport Lighting Panel for Remote Control of Airport Lighting. AC 150/5345-5, SpeCification for L-847 Circuit Selector Switch, 5000 Volt, 20 Ampere. AC 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. AC 150/5345-10, Specification for L-828 Constant Current Regulators. AC 150/5345-13, Specification for L-841 Auxi 1 i ary Rel ay Cabinet Assembly for Pilot Control of Airport Lighting Circuits. 109-2.20 OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. Relays, terminal blocks, transfer relays, circuit breakers, and all other regularly used commercial items of electrical equipment not covered by FAA equipment specifications shall conform to the applicable rulings and standards of the Institute of Electrical Manufacturers Association. When specified, test reports from a testing laboratory indicating that the equipment meets the specifications shall be supplied. In all cases, equipment shall be new and a first-grade product. This equipment shall be sup- plied in the quantities required for the specific project and shall incorporate the electrical and mechanical characteristics specified in the specifications and plans. SP118A/030585 L-109-3 Circuit breakers shall be individually enclosed molded case type with the number of poles and trip rating indicated. Circuit breakers shall have an interrupting rating of not less than 10,000 amperes, rms, symmetrical at 240 volts. Enclo- sures shall be rated NEMA I. The contactors, and relays shall be quiet type, mounted on vibration isolators if required to quiet the installation. 109-2.21 WIRE. Wire in conduit rated up to 5,000 volts shall conform to Advisory Circular 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. For vault wiring ratings up to 600 volts, thermoplastic wire conforming to Fed. Spec. J-C-30, Types TW, THW, and THWN, sha 11 be used. The wi res shall be of the type, size, number of conductors, and voltage shown in the plans for control circuits, wire shall be not less than No. 12 AWG and shall be insulated for 600 volts. All wiring shall be plainly marked on the ja~ket at least every 2 feet with the name of the manufacturer, size and grade of insulation. Each termination shall be identified as to point of wire origin. If beyond immediate panel, the panel number and location by building and room number shall also be provided to facil- itate trouble shooting. Wires shall be by approved manufacturers. All wires and cables shall be continuous between terminal points; no splices shall be permitted, except as approved in advance by Engineer. 109-2.22 TERMINATIONS. Every cable or wire larger than #10 AWG shall be ter- minated in a Burndy, Thomas and Betz, Blackburn or equal solderless high com- pression type connector. Construction Methods Construction of Vault Housing 109-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall construct the transformer vault at the location indicated in the plans. Vault construction shall be reinforced con- crete, concrete masonry, as specified. The mounting pad or floor details, installation methods, and equipment placement are shown in the plans. The contractor shall clear, grade, and seed the area around the vault for a minimum distance of 10 feet on all sides. The slope shall be not less than 1/2- inch per foot away from the vault in all directions. 109-3.2 FOUNDATION AND WALLS. (a) Reinforced Concrete Construction. The contractor shall construct the foundation and walls in accordance with the details shown in the plans. Unless otherwise specified, internal ties shall be of the mechanical type so that when the forms are removed the ends of the ties shall be at least I-inch beneath the concrete surface; the holes shall be plugged and finished to prevent discolora- tion. Reinforcing steel shall be placed, as shown in the Drawings, and secured in position to prevent displacement during the concrete placement. SP118A/030585 L-I09-4 The external surfaces of the concrete shall be thoroughly worked dur- ing the placing operation to force all coarse aggregate from the surface. Thoroughly work the mortar against the forms to produce a smooth finish free from air pockets and honeycomb. The surface film of all pointed surfaces shall be removed before set- ting occurs. As soon as the pointing has set sufficiently, the entire surface inside and outside of the vault shall be thoroughly wet and water and rubbed with a No. 16 carborundum stone, or equal quality abrasive, bringing the surface to a paste. All form marks and projections shall be removed. The surface pro- duced shall be smooth and dense without pits or i rregul arit i es. The materi a 1 s which have been ground into a paste during the rubbing process shall be spread or brushed uniformly over the entire surface (except the interior surfaces that are to be painted shall have all paste removed by washing before painting) and permitted to reset. Final exterior finish shall be obtained by rubbing with No. 30 carborundum stone, or an equal quality abrasive. The surface shall be rubbed until the entire surface is smooth and uniform in color. (b) Concrete Masonry Construction. When this type of construction of specified, the foundation shall be concrete conforming to the details shown in the pl ans. The concrete masonry units shall be standard si zes and shapes and shall conform to ASTM C-90 and shall include the closures, jambs, and other shapes required by the construction as shown in the plans. Standard construc- tion practice shall be followed for this type of work including mortar, joints, reinforcing steel for extensions into roof slab, etc. Plaster for interior walls, if specified, shall be Portland cement plaster. Masonry cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation C 91. Commercially prepared premix mortar shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation C 387, Type M or S. 109-3.3 ROOF. The roof shall be reinforced concrete as shown in the plans. Reinforcing steel shall be placed as shown in the drawing and secured in posi- tion to prevent displacement during the pouring of the concrete. The concrete shall be poured monolithically and shall be free of honeycombs and voids. The surface shall have a steel-trowled finish and shall be sloped as shown in the Drawing. The underside of the roof slab shall be finished in the same manner as specified for walls. Roof coating shall conform to SS-R-451. One brush or mop coat of hot asphalt roof coating shall be applied to the top surface of the roof slab. The asphalt material shall be heated to within the range specified by the manufacturer and immediately applied to the roof. The finished coat shall be continuous over the roof surface and free from holidays and blisters. Smears and dribbles of asphalt on the roof edges and building walls shall be removed. 109-3.4 FLOOR. The floor shall be reinforced concrete as shown in the Drawings. When present, all sod, roots, refuse, and other perishable material shall b removed from the area under the floor to a depth of 8 inches, unless a greater depth is specified in the Invitation for Bids. This area shall be back- filled with materials consisting of sand, cinders, gravel, or stone. Fill shall be placed in layers not to exceed 4 inches and shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping or rolling. A layer of building paper shall be placed over the fill prior to placing concrete. The floor surfaces shall have a steel-trowled SP118A/030585 L-109-5 finish. The floor shall be level. A 1/4-inch asphalt felt expansion joint shall be placed between floor and foundation walls. The floor shall be poured monolithically and shall be free of honeycombs and voids. 109-3.5 CONDUITS IN FLOOR AND FOUNDATION. Conduits shall be installed in the floor and through the foundation walls in accordance with the details shown in the plans. All underground conduit shall be painted with a bituminous compound. Conduit shall be installed with a coupling or metal conduit adapter flush with the top of the floor. All incoming conduit shall be closed with a pipe plug to prevent the entrance of foreign material during construction. Space conduit entrances shall be left closed. 109-3.6 DOORS. Doors shall be metal-clad fireproof Class A doors conforming to requirements of the National Electric Code and local electrical codes. 109-3.7 PAINTING. The floor, ceiling, and inside walls of concrete construc- tion shall first be given a hardening treatment, after which the contractor shall apply two coats of paint as specified below, except that interior face brick walls need not be painted. The hardening treatment shall consist of applying two coats of either a commercial floor hardener or a solution made by dissolving 2 pounds of magnesium fluosilicate or zinc sulphate crystals in 1 gallon of water. Each coat shall be allowed to dry at least 48 hours before the next application. After the second treting coat has dried, the surfaces shall be brushed clean of all crystals and thoroughly washed with clear water. Paint for walls and ceiling shall be a light gray color approved by the enginer. The floor paint shall be medium gray color approved by the engineer. Before paint- ing, the surfaces shall be dry and clean. The first coat shall be thinned by adding 2/3-quart of spar varnish and 113-quart of turpentine to each gallon of paint. The second coat shall be applied without thinning. All doors, lintels, and windows shall be cleaned to remove any rust or foreign material and shall be given one body and one finish coat of white paint. Bare metal surfaces shall be given a prime coat of red lead prior to the body and finish coats. 109-3.8 LIGHTS AND SWITCHES. The contractor shall furnish and install a mini- mum of two duplex convenience outlets in the vault room. Installation of Equipment in Vault Housing 109-3.9 GENERAL. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and connect all equip- ment, equipment accessories, conduit, cables, wires, buses, grounds, and support necessary to insure a complete and buses, grounds, and support necessary to insure a complete and operable electrical distribution center for the airport lighting system as specified herein and shown in the pl~ns. The equipment installation and mounting shall comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code and local code agency having jurisdiction. 109-3.10 POWER SUPPLY EQUIPMENT. Equipment items shall be furnished and installed at the location shown in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The power supply equipment shall be set on steel "W sections, "1" beams, channels, or concrete blocks to provide a minimum space of 1 1/2 inches between the equipment and the floor. The equipment shall be placed so as not to SP 118A/030585 L-109-6 obstruct the oil sampling plugs of the oil filled units; and nameplates shall, so far as possible, not be obscured. 109-3.11 SWITCHGEAR AND PANELS. Oil switches, fused cutouts, relays, transfer switches, panels, panel boards, and other similar items shall be furnished and installed at the location shown in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Wall or ceiling-mounted items shall be attached to the wall or ceiling with gal- vanized bolts of not less than 3/8-inch diameter engaging metal expansion shields or anchors in masonry or concrete structure. 109-3.12 DUCT AND CONDUIT. The Contractor shall furnish and install square type exposed metallic ducts with hinged covers for the control circuits in the vault. These shall be mounted along the walls behind all floor mounted equip- ment and immediately below all wall mounted equipment. The hinged covers shall be placed to open from the front side with the hinges at the front bottom. Wall brackets for square ducts shall be installed at all joints two feet or more apart with intermediate brackets as specified. Conduit shall be used between square ducts and equipment or between different items of equipment when the equipment is designed for conduit connection. When the equipment is not designed for conduit connection, conductors shall enter the square type control duct through insulating bushings in the duct or on the conduit risers. 109-3.13 CABLE ENTRANCE AND HIGH-VOLTAGE BUS SYSTEM. Incoming underground cable from field circuits and supply circuits will be installed outside the walls of the transformer vault as a separate item under Item L-108. The Contractor installing the vault equipment shall bring the cables from the trench or duct through the entrance conduits into the vault and make the necessary electrical connections. For the incoming and outgoing high voltage load cir- cuits, the contractor shall furnish and install rigid metallic conduit risers, surmounted by potheads, from floor level to the level as shown in the plans. The incoming high voltage power supply service to the vault shall enter below the floor of the vault and shall rise from the floor level in a rigid metallic conduit riser, surmounted by a pothead, as described above. Using insulated high voltage cable, the incoming power service shall be connected from the pothead to the oil fused cutouts or to the specified disconnecting switch or equipment. From the oil fused cutouts or disconnecting device, the insulated service conductors shall be connected to the overhead voltage bus system of the vault. The high-voltage bus system shall utilize the materials specified and shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code or the local code agency having jurisdiction. 109-3.14 WIRING AND CONNECTIONS. The Contractor shall make all necessary elec- trical connections in the vault or in accordance with the wiring diagrams fur- nished and as directed by the Engineer. In wiring to the terminal blocks, the Contractor shall leave sufficient extra length on each control lead to make future changes in connections at the terminal block. This shall be accomplished by running each control lead the longest way around the box to the proper ter- minal. Leads shall be neatly laced in place. 109-3.15 MARKING AND LABELING. All equipment, control wires, terminal blocks, etc., shall be tagged, marked, or labeled as specified below: SP 118A/030585 L-109-7 (a) Wire Identification. The Contractor shall furnish and install self- sticking wire labels or identifying tags on all control wires at the point where they connect to the control equipment or to the terminal blocks. Wire labels, if used, shall be of the self-sticking preprinted type and of the manufacturer1s recommended size for the wire involved. Identification markings designated in the plans shall be followed. Tags, if used, shall be of fiber not less than 3/4-inch in diameter and not less than 1/32-inch thick. Identification markings designated in the plans shall be stamped on tags by means of small tool dies. Each tag shall be securely tied to the proper wire by a nonmetallic cord. (b) Labels. The Contractor shall stencil identifying labels on the cases of regulators, breakers, and distribution and control relay cases with white oil paint as designated by the Engineer. The letters and numerals shall be not less than one inch in height and shall be of proportionate width. The Contractor sha 11 also mark the correct c i rcu it des i gnat ions in accordance with the wi ring diagram on the terminal marking strips which are a part of each terminal block. 109-3.16 WIRING DIAGRAMS. The Contractor shall frame and mount airfield wiring schematic and/or connection diagram(s) to the vault wall at a location where clear and unobstructed view can be provided airfield maintenance personnel. A clear protective cover of 1/1611 thick plexiglass shall be provided to preserve the diagrams. 109-3.17 TESTING. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment for testing vault electrical circuits after installation. The Contractor shall pre- pare an equipment listing according to Final Inspection Report, 1.0, attached and test and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer the following: (a) That all circuits are properly connected in accordance with applicable wiring diagrams. That all lighting power and control circuits are continuous and free from short circuits and unspecified grounds. (b) That the insulation resistance to ground is not less than 50 megohms for all non-grounded series circuits and for all non-ground conductors of mul- tiple circuits. (c) That all circuits are operable. Tests shall be conducted that include operating each control in accordance with Final Inspection Report, 2.0 and 3.0 attached, to verify proper system performance and coordinate test results with Item 108-3.10, Testing for Airfield Lighting Circuits, outside of the electrical vault. Method of Measurement 109-4.1 The quantity of vaults to be paid for under this item shall consist of the number of vaults constructed in place and accepted as a complete unit. 109-4.2. The quantity of vault or prefabricated metal housing equipment to be paid for under this item shall consist of all equipment installed, connected, and accepted as a complete unit ready for operation. SP118A/030585 L-109-8 ""._~.,.","""'~-""""'>'''-''''','''''-~~'~~'' Basis of Payment 109-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price completed and accepted vault and equipment installation. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item L-109-5.1 Construction of Airport Transformer Vault in Place - per unit. Item L-109-5.1 Installation of Airport Transformer Vault Equipment in Place - per unit. FAA SPECIFICATIONS REFERENCED IN ITEM L-109 Number Title AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. Specification for L-841 Auxiliary Relay Cabinet Assembly for Pilot Control of Airport Lighting Circuits. Specification for L-828 Constant Current Regulator With Step1ess Brightness Control. Federal Specifications Referenced in L-109 AC 150/5345-13 AC 150/5345-10 ASTM D 91 ASTM C 387 J-C-30 W-C-581 Cement, masonry. Mortar, commercially prepared premix. SS-R-451 TT-D-651 TT-E-487 TT-L-215 TT-P-102 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation). Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, (Bituminized Homogeneous Fiber). Roof-Coating: Asphalt, Brushing-Consistency. Drier, Paint, Liquid. Enamel; Floor and Deck. TT-R-191 Linseed Oil, Raw (For Use in Organic Coatings). Paint, Oil: Titanium-Lead-Zinc and Oil, Exterior, Ready- Mixed, White and Light Tints. Red Lead, Dry and Paste in Oil. SP 118A/030585 L-109-9 TT-T-801 W-C-571 WW-C-581 SPl18Aj030585 Turpentine; Gum Spirits, Steam Distilled, Sulfate Wood, Destructively Distilled. Conduit and Fittings, Nonmetal, Rigid; (Asbestos-Cement or Fire-Clay Cement), (for Electrical Purposes). Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow, and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated. L-109-10 j E-o cr: o 0- ~ cr: z o .... E-o U ~ 0- III Z ... cr: ~ !f o Cl ~ II ... CO'~ oJ o6J C 2: Z;~ 5: lt~'O III 'l:"UII X ~~ ~ ~ ~II ~ ~ U Q, ... 'l:"C III C C~ '0 E-o IIlIoo C U ~O III .:oS ~'::: 100 J, ~ ....11 0 I~'" UQ,.... ,,;;U ~E ~ ......CZ r.II'" C C........ ~ < III ....111 C ... E-o >. 0 ..;j :z: C"" CJ U < ~ c <~!i ....-- II Z 0 !~Z-:~~U ........ '0 ......>.IIt.:ltoloJ .Bt .c .~ = ~ ::: ~ ~ :. ~I~ ~ 111"'~o~0- .... lll"'U E-o III >.Q, U% ........ II.... 0( .... .......... ""... ~ I Et Q, .~ ~IIIIIll~ III U .Q .... ::<: I III Q, III 'CO"''O'" cr: C........ ::;) cr::oJ III III '0 0 tI.llO: 'C .c ... W c:::<: II CillO ~::;) ....Ill U t.:l E-o% ~__ t ~ = 5:!..:l Q III 0 E-o t..':: e > Q, 0 = :J'" 0::> ~.... t.:l %cr: U'" cr: ... ~W := ~ g ~I~ III III ........ cr: .cOO.... 0... III C U III Q,I C lIlll....c: cr: w Q,.c...1 c:W o ~ Ill.... 0( We:: .... CIl C I e::X U........... C X::;) III> 0 W '::l% ...CIl'" :> % ....... III IlI,O E-o C C.... c:; . cr: O.......IIQ,..:l< UOt..IIQ,.o- .... .c< II II II .c.J: 0( ....VZ E-o"'< lilt.. C-. C ~Z.;~I .... <i C .... C U" 0....% G.I-~"O"'" C Z ... "'IE-o .. lDttlllo(lIl C w U I... .... .., :: ~\.J -;;;.u2.~ -5 :x t. I~ .... ~ III ";l~ o V'l'tl Cll::;) .... CCIlO >- III C;Jto.l ... W .... = .oJ a"l -f ~~:II a C CIl QI ....c:'tl II' 4J ." ~~o~ ... ... a:: \ I ..:l .:: Z ... t.. III III W cr: C C 0( cr: ~ a:: ::>, tl <, ~I ~I I E-o % w.: X 0. ...to:: ~ IUZ L-l 09- 11 ~ C ~ C ..:l < ... c: E-o III ::> C % .... C % ... t;1 ~I % t:.: :i: Q, ... ::> 0- w.: \ I i \.. '- E-< g:; 0 ~ III g:; % 0 .... E-< U W c.. V1 % .... '- ..:l '" % ... la. - - 1 -,- I I v- I ao; I a:; ... ~ 0 0 .... W I&: t;J g:; ..:l !- l)'I ~ II: :It ~ C % "- " .... 0< % IrJ a:l . . . .. ~ .. VI !- ~2: ..:l CII % 0:: !- I&: ....a:; u = !-o e = Cla. ~ IrJ .... g 8 >!- i- ~S ;2 ~I . . ,., ~ I iil IrJ ~ !- III IrJ . % Z ~ e t:l .... C 00 N I ~!- uu .... ~ ~ ..:l 85 cc a:; 1rJ'" 0 J:, ...1> Illa:l = a:; c. ~ III '" !- IrJ l)'I % = III #~ ~ '" r III c = ~ 0 :;) u c %e 0 0'" i g .. ....Ill IrJ I .. !- C III 0< 0< ..:l t.l ... ~!- I ~ ... a:; 8s 0< O' . . .... 0< IrJ C .. > ...1> :It ~ t.l CII >- 't c. E-< !- \ I I I r.n ... % Ii- E II: IrJ \ CII % a:; ....r CII I&: a:; %a: r.n ~ol :;) :;)=> - u .u r.n t"" !- .... ~\~ , I Vl ) III IrJ III 0 t.: t. \ E- .... ~c =>0:: CII O!- c..E- 0 .t:. O..:l Zl..:l ;;; ..:l0 ....i~ I i j \ "C > I % CII Ul 0 ... %'" ;r. \ I 1 \ % .... .... OUUl2: 0 E- ... ...%~= .... 0< t.l i-o< 0 I !- U ~ ell c!->c.... I ... ... c. ...1r.nOIrJ 0 ;... ... \ I 0:: : . . III :;)...02:1rJ % ... % r.nr.nlt'l !- 0 U III =~...=~ U IrJ III III ~ r " ~ ..:l r.n z III III IrJ 0< ~ .. ) !- .... ... 0 III 0 :;) ~ U !- % CII'" Z III III C !-... ...... ... !- c.. ~ ... VlVl 0 ~I c r.n !- II: ~t,;,: ........ z ... 0:: Z !-a: III I !- U 5 t) III II: C .... U% ....Ill ... !- U la. a:; ~ ...0= ... ... .... .... IrJ a;"'1Il ..Ill !- :;) la. !- E- i: E-E-E-CI: t).. In In .... = < U"'~1Il QI.... IrJ W !- III :It 1rJ..:l !- ...:l !- Cl: Cl: U t:l ":::l!-l:J QlIll IrJ la. z IIltll..:li II u U !: 0 .. ...%0 ..... ...0 i:i 0 0"'>< t) O:IrJ III " a:; I :l"C !-\.... II; (; :E: 0< 0 'C... ~i\r. 0< z III U 0 C 0 > > > > > > > > !- t:l ..:l U III o tJ ..:lu.... e 0 e e 0 0 e 0 !- ... U 0< V1 U III Uc.J..J 0 0 0 0 It'I It'I It'I It'I < ::l ... ...c..o It'I It'I ~I It'I N :, N N ~ -=: III c. .... o V1:O' N N. N ... .... ... g:; III ~ ...'tl ~ 0 '" a: III C to- \ \ I :E: Z ~ .r::. III .... ~ -=: lJl cr i: III => III :E: c.. - uo Ul " ... ... III c:.... >- V- => 0.... ... C III E- S ... ... U I :It % X '" I&: U III ... ... ... a: Ill'" x ..:l la. '" E-< ... III !- C % V- -:!~ .... ~ E-< -=: 0 V- I..: :;) III W I..: 0.... U 0 ..:l .... a; ... U It a: v III % U ~ - I C .... % C 0 .... 0 U ~ 0 t..l X .... ... il U >- 0:: ~ ... ... >- I - '" ::> ;... w ... c [. 0 ::J ... IW ... 0"C ~ % X V1 --? ~ .- z ~ ... a: ... ..: - NIll ::> :!: la. e..; C c: L-109-12 "",",,,,,,,,,,,,;,,,~_,,,,,,,,,,,",_,,~,,,,,,,,",,,,,,,,>,,,""',",,",<,",,,__,C~",.",.,....,;.",."";...;<",.......","",,,....~, ! ... ... II f- oJ )C ~ . ... ~ ,., )C N ~.. ~ ,.. i' W ~ Q, .. llo t~ (,I .. 0 ~ 0 0 0'0 0 .. - 0 ~ .. ...." ... 0 '0 - ""Ill OIl:UloJ ,I;. .. '0 ...~ ,I;. c: c: 0. II: IG :11:0 lloOOO II: W..:I "-U >- >- >..:: >- .. .&l .&l >- >- 0 .&l~1ll0 .&l U ~ro. o ....... >- >- Z c:"'.,'O ~ ~ >- r.J III 0" Q,IG c: c: ~ 8 II:C coa:; 0 0 c ~x .0 0 r.J ~(,I"'>- ~ ~ II: ~~ 0 "'.&l 0 0 ~ ro. '" . 0 ... ... 0 ~1Il ......Q,>- .. .... ... >- ..:I f-> CIII"'~ I: I: ... .&l 0 8: o ....... I: 0 0 c: II: UfllCO tJ tJ 0 '0 f- I: tJ II Z 0 Ulll.... tJ tl - 0 .. a:; ...... oz ... ... tl ... U IoQfoo ...... 0 ... .... ... ... ~z 2 III" IG IG ... ... 0 11:0 ... III E E IG ... ... ~tJ 00101: 0 0 E III Cl "'e~Q1 ... .. 0 tJ ~ ~~ =' - U,I;. =' =' .. C foo. foo IlCl C =' III < :s c ~l c::: z c .... ~ u w; '- III Z ~ I 0 0 ... 0 ~ ~ III ~ CI Xl. CI:l Ql tJ I: III 0 E' ~ ~ ",I "" 0' XS lC ... ... 8 - E <1: ;u.ON aas) 0 ~ ~ Z III. xc lC 0 ...., ~ Ul ..... '10l!J.NOJ 0 ... oraw ro. ~'! N:3:dO l!:DirJ. ro. ~ Z ,.. 0:3:S0'1J 0 0 u ... '1'1:3::X>J.OHcI ~ I oaSQ'IJ l!:nolI J. Z ~ ~ .r: '! <I3S0'1:l ~ '1'1:DOJ.QHd 0 ~ "C: o:aSO'I:> Z ~ Z ~ III '1'1:DOJ.OHd 0 0 ... ... '" :H.LIl'\ - ;)IJ.~OJ.OY III 01 ~ ... CI lC ... .oJ III C ~ 0 01 ,.., "C IC ~ ~ III .J::. III .UO/NO 0 TiON'iW ~ ..., IC EI t), ~l cl 1\ 1IJ 0 V z u 0 . lS 0 [. ~ z ,.., - ~ ..l .:: z ;:\ L-109-13 U ~ z ~ c Z o tJ ... III r.J ... r.; ~ C > 1IJ.... u...... zua:; ~ at 0 . C.1Il oa::... 0.........:1 I<. C::J a::. III to.lla.l U c.o .11: ::Jill X...O... lIJ....ZIll ......:$'"' ~~~... III 811J . ... ..:10 C 00><0 a:;o,..... ...... ..l Z oe ooz> u~eCl Cl ><z ZlIJlI'lC cu Z::::r.J II:C",> r.J.......a:: >1Il~la.l ....... III la.lOto.llC ~1Il~0 a::lIJlIl..:l O~I.:)~ ..:z:z= Cl "'1Il ~~~a:: to.lU ",:cc.1IJ 1Il0r.JZ la.la::a::.... fool<. I.:) I .z I<.OOU ~~~~ c..~:Z:r.J 000 ..luu... ..l III ~t~~ III < a:; =0 a:;u...z oa:;....c .......x UoC a:; .:: :E1IJ a:; 1.:)1&1\.7 ~z~e z....tIlZ otll>oe U::Jv.::E ... to.l r o z lo: ~ Z << ~ u C g: ... ~ U FLIGHT CHECK REPORT PAPI AIRPORT: LOCATION: DATE: DATE & TIME OF FLIGHT: AIRCRAFT registration: type CREW: SITUATION: day - twilight - night FEET: RVR or Visibility on Approach Less 1300 2000 2600 than to to to .6-3.2 mi 3.2 mi 1 300 ft 2000 ft 2600 ft 3300 ft Lowest Cloud Less 200 300 500 than to to to 200 ft 300 ft 500 ft 2000 ft 2000 ft Precipitation I NIL I Type: INTENSITY LEVEL (% or current) Runway Lights: Approach Lights: PAPI: Comments: RANGE OF PAPI White Lights: NM Red Lights NM For obtaining useful indications (too high, to low, correct): NM Comments: L-109-l4 ~" ~-,....;;,,,,,,,",..,~"-"'"-~ At long range: Satisfactory - Too Large - Not Perceived At short range: Satisfactory - Too Large - Not Perceived Comment: COINCIDENCE BETWEEN VISUAL AND ILS APPROACH SLOPES Co rrec t 2 Whites - 2 Reds Not Correct . .Whi tes - . . Reds Comment: VISUAL (ONLY) APPROACH 2 REDS - 2 WHITES Was it easy/difficult to maintain aircraft on visual glide slope SYMMETRY OF THE SYSTEM, i.e., simultaneity of change of color or light units on both sides of runway (left) (right) Light Units 1 correct or before 2 correct or before 3 correct or before 4 correct or before BY NIGHT (AT MI~IMUM LEVEL OF BRIGHTNESS OF PAPI) Is there any ambiguity regarding discrimination between white and red: yes or no GENERAL COMMENT L-109-l5 ITEM L-110 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT Description 110-1.1 This item shall consist of underground electrical ducts installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, designs, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the i nsta 11 at i on of all underground e 1 ectrica 1 ducts or underground condu its. It shall al so incl ude all trenching, backfi 11 ing, removal, and restoration of any paved areas; manholes, concrete encasement, mandreling installation of steel drag wires and duct markers, capping, and the testing of the installation as a completed duct system ready for installation of cables, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Equipment and Materials 110-2.1 GENERAL. All equipment and materials covered by referenced specifica- tions shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer I s certification. of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by the Engineer. 110-2.2 BITUMINOUS FIBER DUCT. Bituminous fiber duct and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-581 or W-C-575 and shall be one of the following, as specified in the proposal: (a) Type I, for concrete encasement. (b) Type II, for direct burial. 110-2.3 ASBESTOS CEMENT DUCT. Asbestos cement duct and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-571 and shall be one of the following, as specified in the proposal: (a) Type I, for concrete encasement. (b) Type II, for direct burial. 110-2.5 STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-C-581. 110-2.6 CONCRETE. Concrete shall be 2500 psi concrete, using I-inch maximum size coarse aggregate, and a maximum slump of 5 inches. 110-2.7 PLASTIC CONDUIT. Plastic conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-I094 and shall be one of the following, as speci- fied in the proposal: SP 118A/030785 L-ll0-1 (a) Type I - Suitable for underground use either directly in the earth or encased in concrete. (b) Type II - Suitable for either above ground or underground use. Con- duit sealing bushings shall be O.Z. Electrical Mfg. Co., Type CSBG or equal. Construction Methods 110-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall install underground ducts at the approxi- mate locations indicated in the airport layout plans. The Engineer shall indi- cate specific locations as the work progresses. Ducts shall be of the size, material, and type indicated in the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated in the plans or specifications, the ducts shall be not less than 3 inches per 100 feet. On runs where it is not practicable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct lines shall be graded from the center in both directions toward manholes, handho 1 es, or duct ends. Pockets or traps where moi sture may accumulate shall be avoided. The Contractor shall mandrel each duct. An iron-shod mandrel, not more than 1/4-inch smaller than the bore of the duct shall be pushed through each duct by means of jointed conduit rods. The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gas- ket slightly larger than the duct hole. All ducts installed including spares shall be provided with either a No. 12 bare copper conductor or a 3/8-inch polypropylene drag rope for pulling the permanent wiring. Sufficient length shall be left in manholes or handholes to prevent the wire or rope from slipping back into the duct. Where spare ducts are installed, as indicated on the plans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered plugs, designed by the duct manufacturer or with hardwood plugs conforming accurately to the shape of the duct having the larger end of the plug at least 1/4-inch greater in diameter than the duct. All ducts shall be securely fastened in place during construction and progress of the work and shall be plugged to prevent seepage of grout, water, or dirt. Any duct section having a defective joint shall not be installed. All ducts, except steel conduit, installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, and other paved areas shall be encased in a concrete envelope. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for ducts may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equip- ment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. The Contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall be unclassified. 110-3.2 DUCTS ENCASED IN CONCRETE. Unless otherwise shown in the plans, con- crete-encased ducts shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 18 inches below the finished subgrade where installed under SP118A/030785 L-110-2 runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and not 1 ess than 18 inches below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas. Ducts under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet beyond the edges of the pavement or 3 feet beyond any underdrains which may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches for concrete-encased ducts shall be opened the complete 1 ength before concrete is laid so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. All ducts for concrete encasements shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more ducts are encased in concrete, the Contractor shall space them not 1 ess than 1 1/2 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) using spacers applicable to the type of duct. As the duct laying progresses, concrete not less than 3 inches thick shall be placed around the sides and top of the duct bank. End bells or couplings shall be installed flush with the concrete encasement where required. The Contractor shall reinforce the bottom, side and top of encasements with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. When directed, the Contractor shall supply additional supports where the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under roadways, or where otherwi se shown on the plans. Under such conditions, the complete duct structure shall be sup- ported on reinforced concrete footings, piers, or piles located at approximately 5-foot intervals. 110-3.3 DUCTS WITHOUT CONCRETE ENCASEMENT. Trenches for single-duct lines shall be not less than 6 inches nor more than 12 inches wide, and the trench for 2 or more ducts installed at the same level shall be proportionately wider. Trench bottoms for ducts without concrete encasement shall be made to conform accur- ately to grade so as to provide uniform support for the duct along its entire length. A 1 ayer of fi ne earth materi a 1, at 1 east 4 inches thi ck (loose measurement) shall be pl aced in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the duct. The bed- ding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill, and it shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. The bedding material shall be tamped until firm. Unless otherwise shown in plans, ducts for direct burial shall be installed so that the tops of all ducts are at least 18 inches below the finished grade. When two or more ducts are installed in the same trench without concrete encase- ment, they shall be spaced not less than 2 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and not less than 6 inches apart in a vertical direction. Trenches shall be opened the complete length before duct is installed so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. 110-3.4 DUCT MARKERS. The location of the ends of all ducts shall be marked by a concrete slab marker 2 feet square and 4 inches thick extending approximately 1 inch above the surface. The markers shall be located above the ends of all ducts or duct banks, except where ducts terminate in a handhole, manhole, or building. SP1l8A/030785 L-llO-3 The Contractor shall impress the word IIDUCTII on each marker slab. He shalla 1 so impress on the slab the number and size of ducts beneath the marker. The let- ters shall be 4 inches high and 3 inches wide with width of stroke 1/2-inch and 1/4-inch deep or as large as the available space permits. 110-3.5 BACKFILLING. After concrete-encased ducts have been properly installed and the concrete has had time to set, the trench shall be backfilled in at least two layers with excavated material not larger than 4 inches in diameter and thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the surrounding un- disturbed soil. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water dur- ing backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that, when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the Engineer. For ducts without concrete envelope, eight inches of sand, soft earth, or other fine fill (loose measurement) shall be placed around the ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hand tampers. The remai ni ng trench may be filled with regular run of excavated material and thoroughly tamped as specified above. 110-3.6 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, pad construction and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any neces- sary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sprigging, or mulching. All such work shall be performed in accordance with these Specifications. The Contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replace- ments until final acceptance. 110-3.7 TESTING EXISTING DUCTS. Where use of existing ducts is indicated on the plans and before initiating any trenching operations, locate and verify serviceability of ducts crossing affected runway, apron, and taxiway segments. T es t by b 1 owi ng duct clear us i ng compres sed air not to exceed 175 ps i and a rabbit type mandrel, not to exceed 1 inch in diameter. In the event ducts are not serviceable, advise Engineer of findings. The Engineer shall indicate the method of correction. Method of Measurement 110-4.1 The quantity of underground duct to be paid for under this item shall be the number of linear feet of duct installed, measured in place, completed and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. SPl18A/030785 L-110-4 Basis of Payment 110-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each type and size of single-way or multi-way duct completed and accepted. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly and installation of these materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-ll0-5.1 Single-way or Multi-way Electrical Duct including duct markers - per linear foot. Number Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-ll0 Tit 1 e W-C-571 Conduit and Fittings, Nonmetal, rigid; (Asbestos- Cement or Fire-Clay Cement), (for Electrical Purposes). W-C-575 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, Bituminized Fiber; Laminated Wall. Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, (Bituminized Homogeneous Fiber). W-C-581 W-C-l094 WW-C-581 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, (Plastic). Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated. SP 118A/030785 L-ll0-5 ITEM L-125 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS Description 125-1.1 This item shall consist of airport lighting systems furnished and installed in accordance with the specification, the referenced specification, and the applicable advisory circulars. The systems are installed at the loca- tion and in accordance with the dimensions, design and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the furnishing of all equipment, materials, ser- vices, and incidentals necessary to place the systems in operation as completed units to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Equipment and Materials ",. 125-2.1 GENERAL. (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20591 and shall be listed in the latest issue of Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifi- cations shall be subject to acceptance through the manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specifications. . (c) Lists of the equipment and materials required for a particular system are contained in the applicable advisory circulars. 125-2.2 TAPE. Rubber and plastic electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tape Numbers 23 and 88, respectively, as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or an approved equal. 125-2.3 CONCRETE. Concrete for backfill shall be 2,500 psi concrete, using 1- inch maximum size coarse aggregate, and a maximum slump of 5 inches. 125-2.4 CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the require- ments of Fed. Spec. WW-C-581. 125-2.5 SQUEEZE CONNECTORS. Squeeze connectors, if specified, shall be equal to Crouse-Hinds Company, type CGB cable connector with neoprene rubber bushing. 155-2.6 TEES. Large radius bend tees, if specified, shall be equal to Crouse- Hinds Company No. ET-43. SP 118A/030785 L-125-1 Construction Methods 125~3.1 GENERAL. The installation and testing details for the systems shall be as specified in the applicable advisory circulars. 125-3.2 PLACING LIGHTS. The light fixtures shall be installed at the approxi- mate location indicated in the plans. The exact location shall be as directed by the Engineer. 125-3.3 IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS. Each 1 i ght fixture and sign shall be assigned an identification number for maintenance purposes, and this number shall be inscribed on a non-corrosive metal disc, 2 inches minimum diameter. The disc shall be attached to the fixture base with either a non-corrosive metal screw into a tapped hole in the fixture base, or by a non-corrosive metal strap around the support. The identification number assignment shall be approved by the Chairman, Airport Committee. Method of Measurement 125-4.1 The quantity of lights and signs to be paid for under this item shall be the number of each type installed as completed units in place, ready for operation, and acceptance by the Engineer. Bas is of Payment 125-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each new complete sign, or taxiway centerline reflective marker or unit, installed in place by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals neces- sary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-125-5.1 Medium Intensity Runway Lights, Base Mounted in Place - per each. Item L-125-5.1 Medium Intensity Runway Lights, Stake Mounted in Place - per each. Item L-125-5.1 Retroflective Taxi Guidance Signs, in Place, Base Mounted - per unit of like, size and type. Item L-125-5.1 Taxiway Centerline Reflective Markers in Place - per each. Number Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-125 Title WW-C-581 Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated. SP 118A/030785 L-125-2 Number AC 150/5340-20 AC 150/5345-42A AC 150/5345-44B AC 150/5345-48 SP1l8A/030785 FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-125 Title Installation Details and Maintenance Standards for Reflective Markers for Airport Runway and Taxiway Centerlines. FAA Specification L-857, Airport Light Bases, Transformer Housing and Junction Boxes. Specification for L-858 Taxiway Guidance Signs. Specification for Runway and Taxiway Edge Lights. L-125-3 ITEM L-841 AUXILIARY RELAY CABINET ASSEMBLY (ARCA) 1.0 SCOPE This specification establishes the performance requirements for the L-841 Auxiliary Relay Cabinet energy control to operate in an airport electrical vault. Equipment features derived and developed from the basic Auxiliary Relay Cabinet Assembly for Pilot Control of Airport Lighting Circuits, AC 150/5345-13 are incorporated. This specification modifies the design to perform suitable control logic to satisfy the intent of FAA "Recommendations for Conservation of Energy at Airports", dated December 13, 1973, by Mr. W. J. McGill, Chief, Airports Division, Southern Region, Atlanta, Georgia. L-841 panel shall be cap- able of expansion to future taxiway medium intensity lighting and VASI installa- tion in the near future. 2.0 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 FAA Advisory Circular AC 150/5340-27 Air to Ground Radio Control of Airport Lighting Systems. Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. Specification for L-841 Auxiliary Relay Cabinet Assembly for Pilot Control of Airport Lighting Circuits 2.2 Typical Airport Lighting & Visual Aid Systems AC 150/5345-1 AC 150/5345-13 Installation Drawings, FAA Southern Region 11-22-76. 3.0 REQUIREMENTS 3.1 General. Each auxiliary relay cabinet assembly shall be complete in accor- dance with all specification requirements. It shall be designed for installa- tion and operation in the airfield electrical vault where lighting control is required. Control capability of the assembly shall be compatible with and oper- ate upon input from a radio control switch L-854, according to FAA Advisory Circul ar 150/5345-49, Chg. 2 dated May 20, 1977, and an externally mounted photocell as specified in the plans, manufactured in accordance with industrial standards for that type of equipment. 3.2 Environmental Conditions. The equipment shall be designed and constructed to operate in an indoor environmental condition as follows: (a) Temperature. Temperature range of -50oC to +50oC. SP1l8A/030785 L-841-1 (b) Humidity. Relative humidity up to 95%. 3.3 Control Inputs and Outputs. The control panel shall respond to the follow- ing types of inputs. Electrical switch for selection of manual or automatic operating modes. Electrical switch for selection of airfield lighting intensity level, B10, B30, or B100. Time clock with carryover spring to maintain accurate time, in event of power loss for a period of up to 10 hours. L-854 radio control and photocell externally mounted. The assembly shall control the number and type airfield lighting loads described in Table I. Tab 1 e I CONTROLLED LIGHTING LOADS Runway 1 Taxiway 2 segments Intensity Control -Runway & Taxiway Combined 1 Beacon 1 Wind Cone 1 PAPI-4 2 RW ends 3.4 Operating Modes. L-841 auxiliary relay cabinet assembly shall operate air- port lighting facilities in either of the following two modes. 3.4.1 Manual. In the manual operation mode, each installed and connected air- field lighting function shall be actuated as selected. An amber indicator light located on the control panel shall denote manual mode of operation. 3.4.2 Automatic. In the automatic operation mode, each installed and connected airfield lighting function shall be activated automatically according to the operating conditions of the lighting system sensors; namely, photocell, timer, and radio control. A green indicator light located on the control panel shall denote the automatic mode of operation. SP118A/030785 L-841-2 3.5 Oaerational Requirements. The L-841 auxiliary relay cabinet assembly shall provi e basic energy conservation practices of turning off all electrical equip- ment when not in actual use. It shall satisfy the following operational requirements. 3.5.1 Daytime. In the automatic mode all airfield lighting shall be off. In the manual mode, direct operation of such lighting function shall be provided as described in 3.4.1. 3.5.2 Sunset to Close of Normal Operations. In the automatic mode, at sunset the photocell shall activate runway and taxiway lighting at the intensity level preset on the panel. Receipt of an L-854 radio command for an intensity setting other than the preselected value shall cause a 15 minute change in runway/taxi- way lighting intensity as described in Table II. TABLE II L-854 Conrnand 3X 5X 7X Runway/Taxiway Lighting B10 - Low Intensity B30 - Medium Intensity B100 High Intensity Upon completion of the radio command cycle, the runway lighting intensity shall return to the preselected level. The photocell shall activate the MIRLS for Runway 18/36 on B10 intensity, beacon and wind cone for all hours of darkness. A timer shall signal the "close start of normal airport operations", turning off and then on runway lighting. Operation of lighting and PAPI-4Is between these two times shall be by radio control. Timer settings shall be adjustable by user. Set timer initially at 2200 (10:00 P.M.) for "close of normal opera- tions" and at 0600 (6:00 a.m.) for "start of normal operation." 3.5.3 Close of Normal 01erations to Sunrise. In the automatic mode, taxiway lighting and PAPI-4 sha 1 be activated by radio control, according to Table II. Beacon, wind cone, and Runway 18/36 MIRLS (< B10 intensity) shall remain lighted all night. At sunrise, the system shall reset and repeat the operational sequence as described. 3.6 Equipment Safety and Reliability Features. Each auxiliary relay cabinet assembly shall provide the following performance features that affect the safety of the using pilot, airfield lighting maintenance, or equipment reliability such as regulators located in the electrical vault or enclosure on the control equip- ment itse 1 f . 3.6.1 Circuit Protection. To reduce hazards resulting from lightning or high voltage or switching surges, a UL listed per 851N and REA approved lightning arrestor shall be provided to divert these excessive voltages directly and harm- SP 118A/030785 L-841-3 lessly to the ground. Arrestor shall be suitable for 115 volt AC service (max- imum voltage, 175). 3.6.2 Output Relays. Output relays that energi ze a i rfi e 1 d 1 i ght i ng funct ions shall use normally closed contacts only, such that failure of an output relay or fai 1 ure of a control circuit to energi ze an output rel ay will result in the lighting function failing lIonll. Observing a lighted function that should be II off II will aid the airport operator in locating or correcting lighting or con- trol malfunctions. 3.7 Design Requirements. 3.7.1 General. The L-841 auxiliary relay cabinet assembly enclosure shall meet NEMA 12 requirements for use in an indoor environment according to 3.2. All panel wiring shall comply with applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code. The equipment shall be modular in design, provisioning replacement parts to the component or plug-in relay level. The enclosure shall be .090-inch aluminum or 14-gauge sheet steel with a 12-gauge sheet steel door, with a final grey baked enamel or lacquer finish. The enclosure shall have flush or concealed hinges and be suitable for surface mounting. A means for locking the enclosure and 2 keys shall be provided. At least two 1-inch knock- outs shall be provided in the bottom of the enclosure. Lead wires to the radio control and photocell shall also be directed from the control through the wire- way to the respective components. A suitable ground lug and #6 AWG ground wire shall be provided to bond the cabinet to electrical utility ground. 3.7.2 Relays. Control relays shall be of industrial control equipment quality according to UL508, and plug-in type. A standard single relay type shall be used interchangeably for all basic control functions in the equipment. Relays shall be rated to perform 100,000 operations, making an inrush current of 10 amperes at 120 volts, 50/60 Hz, carrying and breaking a continuous 4 ampere, 50/60 Hz inductive load. When relay supply voltage is DC, relay coil arc sup- pression devices shall be used to protect control switching circuits. Each relay shall be identified according to assigned airfield lighting function. 3.7.3 Switches. All togg 1 e switches sh all be mounted to separate III eft II and IIrightll rather than IIUpll and IIdown" with "on" being normally open contacts, and "off" normally closed. All switches shall use fine silver clad or solid con- tacts; provide less than 10 milliohms initial contact resistance, 500 megohms insulation resistance, 1250 volts RMS dielectric strength at sea level, and a life expectancy as follows: 125V AC Contact Rat i ng 5 amps 2 Position 3 Position Momentary 80,000 (6A Res) 60,000 50,000 3.7.4 Wiring. All control panel interconnecting wiring shall be standard con- ductor with plastic insulation rated at 600V for 120V AC circuits, and 300V for 24V or 48V circuits. Minimum wire size shall be AWG #19 for interconnection between component boards, relays and connectors, and AWG #12, stranded, for 120V AC power circuits used to energize regulators and contactors. All wiring shall SP118A/030785 L-841-4 be properly dressed and trained, using tie wraps or other acceptable means of cable lacing to secure wiring properly in place. 3.7.5 Materials and Workmanship. Materials and workmanship shall be in accord- ance with the highest grade commercial quality and practices for equipment of this type. 3.7.6 Nameplate. Each piece of equipment shall have a permanently attached nameplate providing information as follows: (a) Identification - Auxiliary Relay Cabinet Assembly. Type FAA L-841 (b) Input voltage and frequency (c) Manufacturer's name, part no., and trademark 3.8 Instruction Book. An instruction book containing the following information shall be furnished with each system: (a) System block diagram identifying all replaceable, maintainable compo- nents, cross indexed to the parts list. (b) Installation instructions. (c) Maintenance instructions. (d) Troubleshooting charts. (e) Theory of operation. 4.0 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be an auxiliary relay cabinet assembly installed as a completed unit in place, tested, accepted and ready for operation. 5.0 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made at the contract price for the materials necessary to com- plete and accept the job. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, including the L841 and options if specified in the summary of bid and mounting hardware. Payment will be made under: Item L841-5.1 Auxiliary Relay Cabinet Assembly -- per unit. SP 118A/030785 L-841-5 ITEM L-843 STANDBY POWER GENERATOR Description 843-1.1. It is the intent of these Specifications and accompanying Drawings to include a complete system for the generation of electrical power during the emergency condition of loss of the normal power supply. In general, the work includes, but is not limited to, furnishing and installation of the following: 1. Emergency diesel engine driven generator 2. Emergency generator switchgear, automatic transfer switch, including main circuit breakers, relays, instruments and controls 3. Exhaust piping, flexible exhaust connections and mufflers 4. Starting batteries, battery rack, battery cables and battery chargers 5. Day transfer tanks, fuel tansfer pumps and related piping 843~1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 843-1.2.1. The Drawings shall be considered diagrammatic, not necessarily show- ing in detail all of the minor items and they shall not be interpreted to mean that any minor item required, implied, or usually included may be omitted. 843-1.2.2 Service Facility. An established parts and service facility, fran- chised by the engine manufacturer furnishing the unit, shall be in business within a distance of sixty miles of the installation site. Also, at least two service persons shall be available at this facility having had factory training and at least three years experience in service all portions of the equipment of this Specification section. 843-1.2.3 Shop Tests. The engine generator set and its control cubicles shall all be tested as a complete generating unit at the engine generator supplier's factory. All operations of the equipment as specified hereinbefore shall be verified by this testing. The Engineer shall be notified two weeks before this testing is to be accomplished, who at his option may witness these tests. If the witnessed tests fai 1 to meet the Specifications and must be retested, all expenses for the Engineer's revisit for future testing shall be paid by the Contractor. 843-1.2.3 Instruction. The Owner's personnel shall be instructed fully in the operation and maintenance of the equipment specified herein. 843-1.3 SUBMITTALS 843-1.3.1 Shop Drawings. Manufacturer's certified shop drawings shall be sub- mitted to the Engineer before any work is installed or equipment delivered to SP118A/030885 L-843-1 the site. Shop drawings are required for the following items whether specified or substituted. 1. Engine generator set, including radiator, engine drive radiator fan and automatic transfer switch 2. Emergency generator switchgear (including all components) 3. Battery chargers 4. Maximum BHP of engine at rated speed 5. Mufflers, flexible exhaust connections 6. Batteries and battery racks 7. Wiring Diagrams 8. Schematic Wiring Diagrams, including legend of all items and an accompanying written step-by-step sequence of operation for each schematic wiring diagram 9. Vibration Isolators 10. Aboveground fuel tank (Item L-844), day tank, fuel piping and fuel gauge 11. Fuel consumption rate, ventilation and combustion cfm requirements 12. Location of nearest factory authorized service station and nearest parts depot 13. Trained serv ice personne 1 avail ab 1 e, by names of personne 1, areas of service expertize, training and number of years of experience in expertize areas 14. Estimated time in calendar days, from receipt of order, required for shipment 843-1.3.2. Certified engine horsepower curves shall be submitted showing the manufacturer1s approval of the engine rating for standby application. 843-1.3.3 Maintenance Schedule. A maintenance schedule for the equipment provided in this item of the Specifications shall be provided, based on both the equipment and the conditions of operation and of the environment. This information shall, in addition to detailed instructions, be tabulated in easy to read form and shall be included in the overall maintenance manual to be provided for this facility. 843-1.3.4. Manufacturer1s certified test reports shall be provided with shop drawings indicating that the exhaust emissions from the engine generator sets to be provided conform to the applicable requirements of the Rules of Florida Department of Pollution Control, Chapter 17-2 IIAir Pollutionll. SP 118A/030885 L-843-2 ~r,,''''''''''*;'~''.''''''' 843-1.4 INSTALLATION DESIGN 843-1.4.1. The design of the engine/generator set installation is based on engine/generator set manufactured by Kohler. If the set to be provided is of larger physical size and/or having larger ventilation and/or fuel consumption requirements, changes in the installation design, satisfactory to the Engineer, shall be made by the Contractor at no change in contract price or time of com- pletion. 843-1.4.2. If the unit to be provided is of a larger physical size or the unit requires greater clearances for servicing or operations, the Contractor shall provide a larger as specified under Item L-I09 at no additional expense. 843-1.4.3. The Contractor shall coordinate the equipment to be installed under this Item with the design and installation of the airfield electrical vault (Item L-109). Coordination shall include framing for wall and ceiling mounted equipment, location of lighting units and wall openings. Materials 843-2.1 DIESEL ENGINE DRIVEN GENERATOR 843-2.1.1 General Provisions and Requirements: The diesel generator set shall be rated for standby duty capable of continuous service at rated output for the duration of any utility power failure. The standby duty rating shall include allowances for all engine mounted auxiliary driven equipment, including the radiator fan. The engine shall be mounted on a heavy-duty steel base with the driven unit. It shall be the Contractor's complete responsibility to provide the complete unit installed on a common base by the manufacturer of the gener- ator at their main manufacturing plant so as to insure the proper alignment, operat i on, funct i on and manufacturer I s warranty for each item of equ i pment and the comp lete i nsta 11 at i on. The common base shall be des i gned to adequately secure the equipment, and continuous alignment thereof. The base shall be installed on Korfund spring type vibration isolators of sufficient number and capacity to support the complete assembly in accordance with the vibration isolators manufacturer's recommendations. The performance of the electric plant sha 11 be cert ifi ed by an independent testing 1 aboratory as to the plant IS fu 11 power rating, stability and voltage and frequency regulation. The engines shall be approved by the engineer by the shop drawing approval process. 843-2.1.2 Rating. The diesel engine generator set rating shall be as shown on the Drawings at 0.8 power factor continuously for standby power applications at an ambient temperature of 100"F maximum and shall be capable of starting the loads as indicated and per starting sequence indicated. 843-2.1.3 Engine SpeCifications: 843-2.1'.3.1 General: a. The engine shall be a compression ignition engine. It shall be a four stroke cycle, solid injection engine of either vertical in-line or V- type. SP1l8A/031885 L-843-3 b. The maximum standby horsepower rating without fan at 1,800 rpm sha 11 exceed 126 horsepower when corrected to sea 1 eve 1 and at 35 degrees F ambient temperature. The engine speed shall not exceed 1800 rpm at normal full load operation and shall operate on No. 2 diesel fuel oi 1. The engine speed sha 11 be contro 11 ed by a governor to ma i nta i n governed speed with i n 1. 8 cyc 1 es of 60 cycles from no load to full load generator output. 843-2.1.3.2 Lubrication. The engine shall have a gear type lubricating oil pump for supplying oil under pressure to main bearings, crankpin bearings, pistons, piston pins, timing gears, camshaft bearings, and valve rocker mechan- ism. Full flow oil filters, conveniently located for servicing, shall be pro- vided. Filters shall be equipped with a spring loaded bypass valve to insure oil circulation if filters are clogged. The oil drain line shall be extended from the unit to permit drainage into a container. 843-2.1.3.3 Starting. The engine shall be equipped with a 24 volt DC electric starting system of sufficient capacity to crank the engine for starting. Lead acid batteries shall have sufficient capacity for cranking the engine for at least 30 seconds at firing speed and a capacity for starting the diesel a min- imum of four times. A cranking limiter shall be provided to protect the batter- ies and starting circuit. It shall open the starting circuit if the cranking has not started the engine within the 30 seconds. An automatic trickle charger shall be provided to maintain the battery at full capacity. The charger shall be a La Marche Manufacturing Company Model A-46 10-amperer, Onan No. 305 C346'or approved equal. The charger shall be provided with an ammeter and a voltmeter circuit disconnect relay. 843-2.1.3.4 Engine Instruments. The engine mounted instrument panel shall con- tain the following gauges: a. Engine water temperature b. Engine lube oil pressure 843-2.1.3.5 Hour Meter. An engine driven hour meter shall be provided. 843-2.1.3.6 Cooling and Exhaust System. The engine shall be equipped with a radiator and an engine driven blower fan to provide adequate cooling to prevent overheating of the engine at 1250F ambient temperature. The coolant drain line shall be extended from the unit to permit draining into a container. 843-2.1.3.7 Safety Controls. Automatic safety controls which will shut down the engine in the event of low lubricating oil pressure, high jacket water tem- perature, engine overspeed and engine overcrank and shall make electric contacts for alarm lights on the generator control panel (located on the emergency generator control cubicle). 843-2.1.3.8 Exhaust System. A muffler per note 18 Sheet 40 of the plans with bracket supports shall be provided, including flexible exhaust fitting, properly sized and installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Mounting shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. The muffler and all indoor exhaust piping (except the flexible piping from the engine to the silencer) shall be covered with insulation material. SP1l8A/031885 L-843-4 ,,~"'-"''''''''''<''''4!>''''__''''''''_~''''''' 843-2.1.3.9 Day Tank. The day tank shall be of 25 gallons capacity equal to Simplex No. SFT25A, including a 120 volt AC pump motor and pump, float switch, level gauge, control panel and all internal wiring and piping. It shall also contain a 5 gpm hand pump, manual fill cap, fuel strainer and check valve on pump intake, low level and high level alarm contacts, inspection port, drain cock, and floor stand. 843-2.1.3.10 Guards. Guards for all moving parts such as fans, belts, etc. shall be provided as required by OSHA. 843-2.1.3.11 Jacket Water Heater: A unit mounted thermal circulation type water heater incorporating a thermostatic switch shall be furnished to maintain engine jacket water to gooF. The heater shall be single phase, 60 hertz, with the voltage indicated. A heater circuit contactor shall be provided and controlled through the heater thermostat switch. All wiring for the jacket water heater shall be provided complete as a part of the generator package. 843-2.1.4 Generator Specifications. 843-2.1.4.1 Rating: The generators shall be a 240/120 volts, I-phase, 3-wire, kw rated as shown on the Drawings at 0.8 power factor at 1,800 rpm. 843-2.1.4.2 Construction and Manufacture: The generator shall be a revolving field type. The insulation shall be Class F or H. The field excitation shall be provided with a brush less type system or with a solid-state static exciter. The voltage regulation from no load to rated load shall be within a band of plus or minus two percent of rated voltage. The steady state voltage stability shall remain within a 0.5 percent band of rated voltage. For any load up to 100 percent of rated load, the voltage dip shall not exceed 20 percent of rated voltage. The voltage shall recover to, and remain within, the steady band in not more than 1.5 seconds. 843-2.1.4.3 Tropicalized: The generator shall be "tropicalized". Both the stator and rotor windings shall have received a tropicalization process as follows: epoxy. a. Stator winding to receive two dips of 100 percent unmodified b. Stator winding end coils and rotor windings to receive two coats of asphalt modified epoxy. varnish. c. Stator, rotor, exciter and line leads coated with a fungicidal 843-2.1.5 Control Equipment Cubicle and Accessories: The generator control cubicle with meters and accessories shall be provided as indicated and as speci- fied herein to accompliSh the following: 843-2.1.5.1 Operation. a. Automatic: The generator selector switch in "automatic start II positions. The generator breaker is closed. SP1l8A/031885 L-843-5 (2) Upon receiving a "start" signal from the automatic transfer switch the engine generator shall start. Upon receiving a "stop" signal from the automatic transfer switch the engine shall continue for an "idle" shutdown duration from one to 30 minutes adjustable (set initially for 20 minutes). At the end of this time period the engine shut down, however, if a signal is received during this time interval indicating a loss of normal power, engine generator unit shall remain operating and the load shall be tran- sferred to the emergency generator. (1 ) b. Manual: Generator selector switch in "manual start" position. (1) Operator may start up engine generator unit by turning its individual generator start switch. (2) To shut down unit, the operator shall turn the generator selector switch to its "automatic start" position which shall automatically open its generator breaker and shall automatically continue its engine running unloaded for the idle shutdown time period and then automatically shut it down. c. Test: Generator selector switch in "test position". (1) Operator places the system test switch in its "test" posi- tion; system shall automatically start the engine as if signal was given by automatic transfer switch. (2) To shut system down, operator shall return the test switch to its "automatic-start" position; system shall automa- tically accomplish its idle shutdown time period and then automatically shut it down. d. Emergency Stop: An emergency stop pushbutton shall be provided for engine generator unit, which when monmentarily depressed, shall open the generator breaker and shall immediately shut down its engine without the normal idle shutdown period. 843-2.1.5.2 Control Equipment: Control equipment shall consist of, all neces- sary exciter control equipment, generator voltage regulators, voltage adjusting rheostats, kilowatt meters, power factor meters, ammeters, ammeter switches, and speed control equipment as required to satisfactorily control the engine/gener- ator sets as specified herein. All of this control and metering equipment shall be provided in the emergency generator cubicle. The generator main cir- cuit breakers shall be molded case breakers as manufactured by Square D, General Electric, Westinghouse, or ITE-Imperial. 843-2.1.5.3 Automatic Transfer Switches: a. Ratings: Switches shall be finished as shown on the Drawings. Switches shall be capable of switching all classes of loads, and be rated for continuous duty when installed in a NEMA Type I enclosure. SP 118A/030885 L-843-6 ""~'4..~".._-',_<v",'''''"''''"''''''''''''''"-'--''''"''''"''~-''''~''''--'''''''' After the completion of final rolling, the smoothness of the course shall again be tested; humps or depressions exceeding the specified tolerances shall be immediately corrected by removing the defective work and replacing with new material, as directed by the Engineer. This shall be done at the Contractor's expense. The finished surfaces of bituminous courses shall not vary from the gradeline, elevations, and cross sections shown on the contract drawings by more than 112 inch (12.70 mm). The Contractor shall correct pavement areas varying in excess of this amount by removing and replacing the defective work. Skin patching will not be permitted. 401-4.14 SAMPLING PAVEMENT. Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at no extra cost. The size, number, and locations of the samples will be as directed by the Engineer. Samples shall be neatly cut with a saw, core drill, or othre approved equipment. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples and replacing pavement. All tests necessary to determine conformance with requirements specified in this item will be performed by the Engineer without cost to the Contractor. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 401-5.1 Plant mix bituminous concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of tons (kg) of bituminous mixture used in the accepted work. Recorded batch weights or truck scale weights will be used to determine the basis for the ton- nage. SP118/03108585 P-401-13 TABLE 7. TABLE FOR ESTIMATING PERCENT OF LOT WITHIN TOLERANCE LIMITS Percent Positive Values of 0 Within Limits n-3 n-4 n-5 n-6 99 .5895 .6574 .6642 .6611 98 -.5879 .6440 .6387 .6264 97 .5863 .6307 .6166 .5983 96 .5847 .6173 .5966 .5744 95 .5830 .6039 .5777 .5530 94 .5814 .5905 .5600 .5330 93 .5797 .5771 .5431 .5143 92 .5762 .5638 .5267 .4968 91 .5219 .5504 .5108 .4800 90 .5677 .5370 .4955 .4640 89 .5621 .5236 .4808 .4485 88 .5564 .5101 .4657 .4337 87 .5499 .4967 .4514 .4191 86 .5432 .4833 .4373 .4050 85 .5355 .4699 .4234 .3913 84 .5275 .4565 .4097 .3778 83 .5189 .4431 .3962 .3647 82 .5098 .4297 .3829 .3517 81 .5001 .4162 .3697 .3391 80 .4889 .4028 .3567 .3266 79 .4791 .3894 .3438 .3144 78 .4679 .3760 .3311 .3023 77 .4560 .3526 .3184 .2902 76 .4439 .3492 .3059 .2785 75 .4311 .3358 .2935 .2669 74 .4179 .3223 . 2811 .2554 73 .4041 .3088 .2689 .2440 72 .3901 .2954 .2567 .2327 71 .3754 .2820 .2446 .2215 70 .3604 .2685 .2325 .2104 SP175/013085 P-401-14 t. .u....*"'..,,_.'..."'-' ,'- .'. **"~.........,..,,.,...- b. Construction and Performance: The transfer switch shall be double throw, actuated by a single electrical operator momentarily energized; and con- nected to the transfer mechanism by a simple overcenter type linkage. The normal and emergency contacts shall be positively inter- locked mechanically and electrically to prevent simultaneous closing. A manual transfer operator shall be provided and shall be equipped with a design to prevent injury to the operating personnel if the electrical operator should suddenly be energized during a manual transfer. c. Sequence of Operation: Engine starting from Form C" dry contacts shall be provided to signal the generating plant to start if any phase of the normal source drops below 70% of rated voltage or 1% of frequency for an adjust- able time of 0 to 120 seconds. The transfer switch shall transfer to emergency when the voltage and frequency is 90% of rated value. After restoration of normal power on all phases to 90% of rated voltage for an adjustable time delay period of 0-30 minutes the switch shall retransfer back to the normal source and signal the generator to shut off. If the emergency power source should fail during this time delay period, the time delay shall be by-passed and the switch shall immediately return to the normal source. The transfer switch shall include a test switch to simulate normal power failure, pilot lights on the cabinet door to indicate the switch position, and two auxiliary dry contacts on the main shaft, one closed on normal, one closed on emergency. All relays, timers, and accessories shall be front accessible. (1 ) (2) (3) d. Transfer switch shall have minimum withstand rating of 35,000 RMS amperes symmetrical. Certified proof of compl iance shall be provided upon request by the Engineer. 843-2.1.5.4 Control Wiring: All required control wlrlng and interlocking between the generator, generator control equipment cubicle, automatic transfer switch and main 480 volt switchgear to accomplish these functions and sequencing shall be provided. Construction Methods 843-3.1 PREPARATION 843-3.1.1. Before the installation of electrical equipment, conduit and outlets, the Contractor shall check the approved Shop drawings for any necessary deviations required in his work. When interferences make it necessary, or departure from the indicated arrangements is desired, the Contractor shall obtain the permission of the Engineer prior to commencing the installation. 843-3.1.2. The Contractor shall cut all necessary openings, chases, ditching, backfilling, etc., required for the introduction of the work. Damage to the SP 118A/030885 L-843-7 floors, walls, etc., caused by such cutting shall be repaired by this Contractor at no cost to the Owner. 843-3.2 INSTALLATION 843-3.2.1. The work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat appearance. Any work that in the judgment of the Engineer is not neat shall be promptly removed and reinstalled in a proper manner without charge to the Contract cost. All workmen shall be fully competent and experienced. Elec- trical work shall conform to code and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over this project. 843-3.2.2. The muffler shall be supported as shown on the Drawings. 843-3.2.3. The canvas portion in the ducts from the radiator to the louvers shall be 4-inches maximum width and 10 ounces weight minimum; the remainder shall be of #18 gauge galvanized sheet steel and shall conform to ASHRAE Standards. 843-3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 843-3.3.1. After installation, the installed equipment shall be subjected to five continuous hours of full load testing and three startups with engines cold. Portable dry resistance grid type load cells shall be provided for the full load testing. The tests shall be scheduled at least one week in advance with the equipment manufacturer's, Contractor's and Engineer's representative present during the test. Any defects which become evident at this time shall be cor- rected and, if required by the Engineer, additional tests, or test, shall be made to insure that the results of the continuous full load test and the cold start tests are satisfactory, without defects, prior to final acceptance. The Contractor shall provide the necessary fuel and lubricants for testing. END OF SECTION SP 118Aj030885 L-843-8 _ ,"'.", ","",,,,,""~,~,,,,,,,",--,,,,,_____''''''~'_'_'_",,",.,O,k.',,,,,.'._w~',,,n.,,/,,,_.,;,,,,","""""''" ITEM L-844 ABOVEGROUND FUEL STORAGE TANK Description 844-1.1. The work to be performed under this Item includes furnishing and installing the fuel storage tank and related gauges. 844-1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 844-1.2.1 Minimum Standards: The materials, installations and workmanship fur- nished under this Item shall conform at least to the requirements of the Codes in force for this site; however, materials, installations, and workmanship indi- cated on the Drawings, or herein specified which are in excess of the Code Requirements, shall be furnished as indicated and specified. 844-1.2.2 Design: The tank shall be designed to withstand 3 feet of water over the tank top with a 3:1 safety factor against external hydrostatic pressure. 844-1.3 SUBMITTALS 844-1.3.1 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings shall be submitted on the tank showing pipe fitting outlet, hold down locations and hold down assemblies. 344-1.3.2. Manufacturer's data sheets shall be submitted on gauges. 844-1.3.3. Installation instructions for the tank shall be submitted. Materials 844-2.1 Fuel Storage Tank - Aboveground: The diesel fuel storage tank shall be suitable for the particular installation and shall be 12-gauge steel. The tank shall be furnished with all necessary tappings, manholes and capacity as indicated on Drawings and shall be UL and NFPA labeled. 844-2.2 Gauge Stick: 844-2.2.1 Required: One stick and one gauge chart for the fuel tank shall be furnished. 844-2.2.2 Description: One inch x I-inch (net) straight grain maple, FAS Grade, straight stick not less than 10-feet long with a brass shoe on bottom and with a 1/8-inch hole drilled through the stick in one direction near top hanger cord. 844-2.2.3 Markings: The lower 95 inches of the stick shall be marked in feet and inches on face of the stick; each foot and inch mark shall be properly numbered starting from the bottom; all marks shall be clear and legible, face painted black, numerals painted white. One face shall be marked in gallons corresponding to the size of tank it serves. SP118A/030885 L-844-1 844-2.2.4 Coating: Entire stick shall be coated with two coats of shellac after marking. 844-2.3 Fue 1 Gauge: The fue 1 tank shall be prov i ded wi th a separate remote indicating gauge. The remote indicating gague shall be remote indicating levelometer, hand pump operated with "Midget Model: indicator as manufactured by Simonds Precision or approved equal. Construction Methods 844-3.1. The tank shall be installed in accordance with all rules, regulations and ordinances which apply to such installations and shall be installed with strict adherence to installation methods and materials for concrete pad foundation as recommended by the manufacturer. 844-3.2. Excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements of Item P- 152 and coarse aggregate for bedding shall be placed as recommended by the tank manufacturer and as shown on the Drawings. 844-3.3 The Contractor shall be completely responsible for the tank, which may become buoyant during the construction and modification operations due to the ground water or floods and before the structure is put into operation. Should there be any poss i bi 1 i ty of buoyancy of a structure, the Contractor shall take the necessary steps to prevent its buoyancy either by increasing the structure's weight, by filling it with approved material or other acceptable methods. The proposed fi na 1 structures have been des i gned against buoyancy; however, duri ng various construction stages, methods employed by the Contractor and other conditions which may affect the buoyancy, the Contractor shall take the necessary precautions against buoyancy. Damage to any structures due to floating or flooding shall be repaired or the structures replaced at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION SP118A/030885 L-844-2 ~.",~"".-",~,,,''''c>r,;,,,;_~,,,,;,,,,,,'''''''''''''."~''''i.'''.' ITEM L-845 - FIRE PROTECTION Description 845-1.1 The work to be performed under this heading includes the furnishing of all labor, plant, materials, equipment and all work necessary for the installation and placing in operation of the systems. The work shall include, Diesel Fuel System. 845-1. 2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 845-1.2.1 Minimum Standards: The materials, installations and workmanship furnished under this Item shall conform at least to the requirements of the Codes in force for this site and classification of building; however, materials, installations, and workmanship indicated on the Drawings, or herein specified which are in excess of the Code Requirements, shall be furnished as indicated and specified. 345-1.2.2 Supervision: The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with all laws and ordinances governing his work. He shall have, at all times, a competent representative on the site. He shall layout his lines of piping, sleeves, etc., in accordance with the Drawings and in ample time so that all chases or other openings in walls which may be required to accommodate his work may be built in advance to avoid cutting. He shall, at all times, take proper precautions to protect his work from damage and disfigurement. 845-1. 3 SUBMITTALS 845-1.3.1 General: The following data shall be submitted to the Engineer' for approval prior to ordering any fixtures and/or equipment. No fixture, trim, or item .of equipment shall be incorporated in the installation prior to receiving approval by the Engineer. 845-1.3.2 Data Required: Complete data on all fixtures and trim. Manufacturer's name and model number of various types of valves, piping specialities and insulation. Type of insulation and manufacturer's name. 845-1.4 TESTING AND GUARANTEES 845-1.4.1 General: The Contractor shall first make tight and then test all pipes, valves, fittings, specialties and all other equipment installed in any of the plumbing systems installed under this Contract. The cost of all tests made by the Contractor as required by the Owner and all City, County, State and Underwriter Authorities shall be borne by the Contractor. SP118A/031985 L-845-1 a. All materi a 1 s or equipment used in thi s work shall be tested by the manufacturer before shipment. b. All drainage and vent piping shall be tested before fixtures are installed, by capping or plugging the openings and filling the entire system with water and allowing it to stand thus filled for three hours. c. Each fixture shall be tested for soundness, stability of support and satisfactory operation of all its parts. d. All piping shall be absolutely tight under tests. e. Screwed and soldered piping which is not tight under test, shall be taken down and reassembled or replaced. Joints in cast iron pipe not tight under tests shall be dug out, repoured and caulked or replaced. 845-1.4.2 Balancing: All systems under this Item shall be fully balanced before final acceptance to achieve optimum performance characteristics. All systems shall be free from water hammer upon completion of the work. 845-1.5 TESTS FOR PIPING 845-1.5.1 General: Tests shall be performed as hereinafter specified during the course of the construction and at the conclusion of the work. The systems shall be tested in sections as may be required by the progress of the construction. The cost of a 11 tests made by the Contractor as requ i red by the Owner and a 11 City, State, Federal and Underwriters Authorities shall be born by the Contractor. 845-1.5.2 Interior Drainage Systems: All drainage, vent, and inside conductor piping shall be tested before fixtures are installed by capping or plugging the open i ngs and fi 11 i ng the entire port i on of the system to be tested wi th a minimum five foot head of water and allowing it to stand thus filled for three hours. 845-1.5.3 Potable Cold and Hot Water Systems: All piping (prior to equipment or fixture connection) shall be hydrostatically tested at 115 psig for a period of not less than 24 hours. 845-1.5.4 Chilled/Hot Water: Piping shall be hydraulically tested at 150 psig and proven tight for a period of 48 hours prior to covering. 845-1.5.5 Fire Standpipe Systems: All piping shall be hydrostatically tested at 200 psig for a period of not less than two hours. 845-1.5.6 Fire Sprinkler Systems: All piping shall be hydrostatically tested at 200 psig for a period of not less than two hours. 845-1.5.7 Compressed Air: All piping (prior to equipment connection) shall be tested pneumatically under a pressure of 100 psig for a period of not less than 24 hours. SP118A/031985 L-845-2 ~ ',_""'''''.N""",,,,,,,,,*,i~,..,,_.,,,.N''''''''''''''''''~''''''.".....,,, 845-1.5.8 Fuel Oil: Pressure lines shall be pneumatically tested at 1 1/2 times the operating pressure for a period of '4 hours. Lines from underground tanks where oi 1 1 ift is required shall be tested under 15 inches of vacuum for a period of 8 hours. 845-1.5.9 Gas Fuel Systems: All piping (prior to appliance connection) shall be tested pneumatically under a pressure of 25 psig for a period of not less than 24 hours. Materials 845-2 PIPING MATERIALS 845-2.1 Pipe: Pipe for various services specified in this Item shall be furnished as per the follmoiing schedule, except where otherwise indicated or specified. All piping shall be new and of the best quality and indelibly marked with the maker's name and weight or class of pipe. 845-2.2 Pipe Materials and Service Schedule: Black steel pipe, ASTM A 120, Schedule 40 shall be used for diesel fuel oil lines, muffler exhaust stack and engine cooling water. Piping for underground use shall be bituminous coated and wrapped. 845-2.3 Fittings: The Contractor shall furnish and install fittings for the piping listed in above schedule as follows: For steel: Slack iron fittings screwed 2-inches and under, steel welded 2 112- inches and larger. 845-2.4 Joints: Materials for joints shall be as follows: Steel Pipe: Screwed with white lead and oil or approved pipe joint compound. 845-2.5 Unions: In general, unions and couplings shall be of the same material as the pipe on which they are used. Unions on steel pipe shall be ground joint unions with brass to iron seat, where pipe is 2-inches or smaller. 845-2.6 Pipe Sleeves and Escutcheons: 845-2.6.1 Sleeves shall be provided for all piping passing through masonry or concrete walls and floors. 845-2.6.2 Sleeves for walls and floors may be galvanized sheet metal weighing not less than 0.906 pound per square foot. Sleeves shall be at least one pipe size larger than the pipe or pipe and insulation passing through them. Sleeves shall be caulked and made waterproof. SP118A/031985 L-845-3 845-2.6.3 Escutcheons, in all areas except as noted, shall be approved heavy chrome-plated brass floor and ceiling plates, of a type which will remain permanently in position and shall be installed on all pipes in finished rooms, where they pass through floors or ceilings. 845-2.7 Supports, Hangers, etc.: The Contractor shall provide pipe supports as follows: 845-2.7.1 Pipe hangers for steel and copper pipes 3 112-inches and smaller shall be Grinnell Fig. 104, Fee & Mason or approved equal split ring type, adjustable swivel ring hangers. 845-2.7.2 Hangers for all cast iron pipe and for steel and copper pipe 4-inches and larger shall be Grinne1 Fig. 108 with 110R socket, Fee & Mason or approved equa 1. 845-2.7.2.1 Hangers on insulated pipes shall be on the outside of the insulation and insulation shall be protected by 18 gauge galvanized sheet metal shields. 845-2.7.2.2 Pipe hangers shall be complete with rods and clamps or inserts proportioned to the size of the pipe to be supported. 845-2.7.2.3 Size of hanger rods shall be as follows: 2-inches I.P.S. & Smaller 3/8-inch 2 1/2 & 3-inches I.P.S. 1/2-inch 4-inches I.P.S. 5/8-inch 6-inches I.P.S. 5/8-inch 845-2.7.3 Use of perforated band iron, wire or chain as hangers will not be accepted. 845-2.7.4 Supports for metal pipe less than 1 1/2-inches shall be not more than 8-feet on centers. Metal pipes 2-inches and larger shall be supported not less than 10-feet on centers. Supports for PVC pipe shall be spaced at not more than 1/2 distance specified for metal pipe. 845-2.8 Insulation of Diesel Engine Exhaust: The diesel engine muffler and all indoor exhaust piping (except the flexible piping from the engine to the silencer) shall be covered with insulation material. The insulation material shall be noncombustible maximum 1.5 pounds per cubic foot density, abestos or glass fiber mat, highly vibration resistant blanket type insulation rated for continuous operating temperature minimum of 1,200<>F. completely enclosed in UL listed asbestos cloth removable and replaceable envelope. The insulation material shall be as manufactured by Pittsburgh-Corning, Owens-Corning, or Johns-Manville. Insulation shall be applied in a 2-inch thickness and secured with stainless steel or monel bands and hooks, washers and lacing wire. SP1l8A/031985 L-845-4 __~...f''''~.K'''' ~'" 'I,._."_""",_<i>>l~",,.""'" Construction Methods 845.3 PREPARATION Cutting and Patching: Should the Contractor fail to accurately locate and lay out all necessary openings in new construction in sufficient time to incorporate same in the structure, then the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, cut such holes as may be required and replace at his own expense all completed work which may be damaged or destroyed by the cutting of the holes. All such cutting shall be done under the direction and with the permission of the Engineer. 845.4 INSTALLATION 845.4.1 General: All work shall be performed by experienced personnel in accordance with recommended practices. All work shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. 845.4.2 Accessibility: The Contractor shall inform himself fully regarding the peculiarities and limitations of the space available for the installation of all materials under this Contract. He shall see that all of his equipment such as valves, traps, clean-outs and other such appurtenances shall be readily accessible and wherever required, he shall provide a suitably sized Milcor, Titus or equal access door. The foregoing shall also apply in general to any part of the system which may be necessary to be reached from time to time for maintenance and operation of the system. 845.5 PIPING 845.5.1 General: The Contractor shall arrange and install plplng approximately as indicated, straight, plumb and as direct as possible and shall form right angles or parallel lines with building walls. Pipe.s shall be kept close to walls, partitions, ceilings, where possible. The Contractor shall locate groups of pipes parallel to each other and space them at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. All joints shall be made water tight and gas tight under pressures required for various services. 845.5.2 Grading: Horizontal piping shall be installed as high as possible wi thout sags or humps. Hor i zonta 1 drain and waste pipes sha 11 be run with a minimum fall of 1/8-inch per foot, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 845.5.3 Fittings: Concentric or eccentric reducing fittings shall be installed as necessary to reduce sizes of pipe. Bushing will not be permitted. Steel and copper pipe shall be well reamed after cutting, and each piece shall be turned on end and all loose dirt, scale, etc., shall be knocked out. All changes in horizontal direction of soil and waste pipes shall be made with long radius fittings, or with V-branches and 1/8 bends, or 1/16 bends. 845.5.4 Unions: In long runs of piping for water supply and other services except drainage, unions shall be installed at 50-foot intervals and at connections to equipment, valves, strainers and other accessories to permit convenient disassembly for alterations and repairs. SP118A/031985 L-845-5 845-5.5 Valves: The Contractor shall locate valves for easy access and operation. Where concealed, metal access doors, Milcor or equal, shall be provided. The Contractor shall not locate valves with stems below horizontal. Check valves and other apparatus which require adjustment shall be installed at sufficient distance from the building structure to allow for such service. 845-5.6 Concealed Piping: The Contractor shall, where so indicated or specified, conceal piping in building. Such piping shall be installed in time so as not to delay work of other trades and to allow ample time for tests and approval. Fixture branches shall be kept concealed to points above floor close to fixtures or equipment. Only as much as necessary for final connection, shall be exposed. 845-5.7 Interferences: Before i nsta 11 i ng piping, the Contractor shall check plumbing drawings with Architectural, Structural, Air conditioning and Electrical Drawings and shall make accurate layout of plumbing piping. Where interferences may appear and departures from indicated arrangements are required, the Contractor shall consult with other trades involved and come to an agreement as to changed locations of the piping and obtain the Engineer's approval of proposed changes. 845-5.8 scale and entering. purpose. 845-5.9 Pipe Supports, Hangers, Inserts, Etc.: The Contractor shall provide and set all pipe supports as hereinafter specified. Protection of Piping: The Contractor shall keep pipes free from dirt and shall protect open pipe ends to prevent foreign matter Temporary plugs, or other approved material, shall be used for this 845-5.9.1 Iron piping underground shall be firmly bedded on solid ground. Soi 1 and vent stacks shall be well supported at the base by means of piers or heavy hangers close to bottom of the riser and at floor by means of heavy steel riser clamps. 845-5.9.2 Horizontal length of cast iron pipe, not counting the fittings, shall be firmly fastened to wall, or otherwise suitably supported. 845-5.9.3 All water risers shall be properly anchored and allowance made for expansion. Method of Measurement 845-6 Allwork under th i s Item sha 11 be i nc i denta 1 to the construction of the emergency stand-by generator system. Method of Payment 845-7 All costs under this Item shall be considered incidental to the costs of constructing the emergency stand-by generator system. SP118A/031985 L-845-6 --=."..".."'."..,""""-""""......."..,."-,;;...",,,',.;.,. DIVISION VII TESTS AND APPENDIX TEST 611 COMPACTION CONTROL TESTS General 611-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This specification shall govern the determination of the maximum density, field density, and percent compaction of those materials for which a minimum percent compaction is specified. It covers the basic procedures to be followed in performing the test for maximum density, field density, and percent compaction. In all cases density shall be stated as the dry weight in pounds per cubic foot. 611-2.1 MAXIMUM DENSITY. Maximum density is defined as the maximum dry weight in pounds per cubic foot obtained when a material is mixed with different per- centages of water and compacted in a standard manner. The percentage of water at which maximum density is obtained is termed the optimum moisture content. 611-2.2 LABORATORY COMPACTION TESTS. The maximum density shall be determined by the appropriate method shown below: (a) Where all of the Material Passes a No.4 Sieve. Method A (or B) for areas designed for aircraft weighing and AASHO T 99, Method A (or B) for areas des i gned for than 30,000 pounds. (b) Where the Material Contains Particles Larger Than a No.4 Sieve. Use AASHO T 180, Mechod C (or D) for areas designed for aircraft weighing 30,000 pounds or more, and AASHO T 99, Method C (or D) for areas designed for aircraft weighing less than 30,000 pounds. Use AASHO T 180, 30,000 pounds or more, aircraft weighing less (c) Where the Material Contains Particles Larger Than 3/4 Inch. Follow the replacement procedure given in the note under Method C of AASHO T 99 or T 180. 611-3.1 FIELD DENSITY. Field density refers to the dry density expressed in pounds per cubic foot of a layer of compacted material in place at the site as determined by a sample representative of the compacted layer. The field density shall be determined in accordance with AASHO T 147, AASHO T 181, ASTM 0 1556, ASTM 0 2167, or other methods approved by the engineer. 611-4.1 PERCENT COMPACTION. The percent compaction is defined as the density of the compacted layer expressed as a percentage of the maximum density of the material when tested in accordance with these specifications. 611-4.2 COMPUTATION. Percent compaction = The percentage of compaction is computed by the formula: Fie~d Densit~ x 100 Maxlmum Denslty SP 118/042384 T -611-1